LDR 03142nam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162130020 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2003 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780080441474 020 _a0080441475 035 _a(OCoLC)162130020 037 _a104514:104537 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7870 _b.E87 2003eb 072 7 _aTK _2lcco 082 04 _a621.3815 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aEsmark, Kai. 245 10 _aAdvanced simulation methods for ESD protection development _h[electronic resource] / _cKai Esmark, Harald Gossner and Wolfang Stadler. 250 _a1st ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier, _c2003. 300 _axi, 291 p. : _bill. (some col.) ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aSimulation Methods for ESD Protection Development looks at the integration of new techniques into a comprehensive development flow, which is now available due advances made in the field during the recent years. These findings allow for an early, stable ESD concept at a very early stage of the technology development, which is essential now development cycles have been reduced. The book also offers ways of increasing the optimization and control of the technology concerning performance. Thus making the process more cost effective and increasingly efficient This title provides a guide through the latest research and technology presenting the ESD protection development methodology. This is based on a combination of process, device and circuit stimulation, and addresses the optimization of the industry critical issue, reduced development cycles.Written to address the needs of the ESD engineer, this text is required reading by all industry practitioners and researchers and students within this field. The FIRST Extensive overview on the subject of ESD simulation Addresses the industry critical issue of reduced development cycles, and provides solutions Presents the latest research in the field with high practical relevance and its results. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aElectronic apparatus and appliances _xProtection. 650 0 _aElectric discharges. 650 0 _aElectrostatics. 650 0 _aSimulation methods. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aGossner, Harald. 700 1 _aStadler, Wolfgang. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0080441475 _z9780080441474 _w(DLC) 2004271192 _w(OCoLC)53898564 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780080441474 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004271192.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03155nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162567625 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780080443713 020 _a0080443710 035 _a(OCoLC)162567625 037 _a104615:104638 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQA377 _b.G85 2004eb 082 04 _a515.3533 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aGumerov, Nail A. 245 10 _aFast multipole methods for the Helmholtz equation in three dimensions _h[electronic resource] / _cNail A. Gumerov, Ramani Duraiswami. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aLondon : _bElsevier, _c2004. 300 _axxix, 520 p. : _bill. (some col.) ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aElsevier series in electromagnetism 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis volume in the Elsevier Series in Electromagnetism presents a detailed, in-depth and self-contained treatment of the Fast Multipole Method and its applications to the solution of the Helmholtz equation in three dimensions. The Fast Multipole Method was pioneered by Rokhlin and Greengard in 1987 and has enjoyed a dramatic development and recognition during the past two decades. This method has been described as one of the best 10 algorithms of the 20th century. Thus, it is becoming increasingly important to give a detailed exposition of the Fast Multipole Method that will be accessible to a broad audience of researchers. This is exactly what the authors of this book have accomplished. For this reason, it will be a valuable reference for a broad audience of engineers, physicists and applied mathematicians. The Only book that provides comprehensive coverage of this topic in one location. Presents a review of the basic theory of expansions of the Helmholtz equation solutions Comprehensive description of both mathematical and practical aspects of the fast multipole method and it's applications to issues described by the Helmholtz equation. 505 0 _aIntroduction; elementary factored solutions; structure of FMM algorithms; new results on recurrence relations; translation coefficients; transforms of the Helmhlotz equation; properties and representations of translation operators; applications of multipole methods. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 509-513) and index. 650 0 _aHelmholtz equation. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aDuraiswami, Ramani. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0080443710 _z9780080443713 _w(OCoLC)60416679 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780080443713 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c170.00 _d170.00 _i0080443710 _n0006065690 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 07170nam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162130068 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2005 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780080445380 020 _a0080445381 035 _a(OCoLC)162130068 037 _a105574:105602 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1630 _b.B49 2005eb 072 7 _aTK _2lcco 082 04 _a006.4 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBhagat, Phiroz. 245 10 _aPattern recognition in industry _h[electronic resource] / _cPhiroz Bhagat. 250 _a1st ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston ; _aLondon : _bElsevier, _c2005. 300 _axix, 180 p. : _bill. (some col.) ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _a

"Find it hard to extract and utilise valuable knowledge from the ever-increasing data deluge?" If so, this book will help, as it explores pattern recognition technology and its concomitant role in extracting useful information to build technical and business models to gain competitive industrial advantage.
*Based on first-hand experience in the practice of pattern recognition technology and its development and deployment for profitable application in Industry.
Phiroz Bhagat is often referred to as the pioneer of neural net and pattern recognition technology, and is uniquely qualified to write this book. He brings more than two decades of experience in the "real-world" application of cutting-edge technology for competitive advantage in industry.

Two wave fronts are upon us today: we are being bombarded by an enormous amount of data, and we are confronted by continually increasing technical and business advances.

Ideally, the endless stream of data should be one of our major assets. However, this potential asset often tends to overwhelm rather than enrich. Competitive advantage depends on our ability to extract and utilize nuggets of valuable knowledge and insight from this data deluge. The challenges that need to be overcome include the under-utilization of available data due to competing priorities, and the separate and somewhat disparate existing data systems that have difficulty interacting with each other.

Conventional approaches to formulating models are becoming progressively more expensive in time and effort. To impart a competitive edge, engineering science in the 21st century needs to augment traditional modelling processes by auto-classifying and self-organizing data; developing models directly from operating experience, and then optimizing the results to provide effective strategies and operating decisions. This approach has wide applicability; in areas ranging from manufacturing processes, product performance and scientific research, to financial and business fields.

This monograph explores pattern recognition technology, and its concomitant role in extracting useful knowledge to build technical and business models directly from data, and in optimizing the results derived from these models within the context of delivering competitive industrial advantage. It is not intended to serve as a comprehensive reference source on the subject. Rather, it is based on first-hand experience in the practice of this technology: its development and deployment for profitable application in industry.

The technical topics covered in the monograph will focus on the triad of technological areas that constitute the contemporary workhorses of successful industrial application of pattern recognition. These are: systems for self-organising data; data-driven modelling; and genetic algorithms as robust optimizers.

"Find it hard to extract and utilise valuable knowledge from the ever-increasing data deluge?" If so, this book will help, as it explores pattern recognition technology and its concomitant role in extracting useful information to build technical and business models to gain competitive industrial advantage.

Based on first-hand experience in the practice of pattern recognition technology and its development and deployment for profitable application in Industry.

Phiroz Bhagat is often referred to as the pioneer of neural net and pattern recognition technology, and is uniquely qualified to write this book. He brings more than two decades of experience in the "real-world" application of cutting-edge technology for competitive advantage in industry. 505 0 _aPreface -- -- Acknowledgments -- About the Author -- Part I Philosophy -- -- CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION -- CHAPTER 2: PATTERNS WITHIN DATA -- CHAPTER 3: ADAPTING BIOLOGICAL PRINCIPLES FOR DEPLOYMENT IN COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCE -- CHAPTER 4: ISSUES IN PREDICTIVE EMPIRICAL MODELING -- Part II Technology -- CHAPTER 5: SUPERVISED LEARNINGCORRELATIVE NEURAL NETS -- CHAPTER 6: UNSUPERVISED LEARNING: AUTO-CLUSTERING AND SELF-ORGANIZING DATA -- CHAPTER 7: CUSTOMIZING FOR INDUSTRIAL STRENGTH APPLICATIONS -- CHAPTER 8: CHARACTERIZING AND CLASSIFYING TEXTUAL MATERIAL -- CHAPTER 9: PATTERN RECOGNITION IN TIME SERIES ANALYSIS -- CHAPTER 10: GENETIC ALGORITHMS -- Part III Case Studies -- CHAPTER 11: HARNESSING THE TECHNOLOGY FOR PROFITABILITY -- CHAPTER 12: REACTOR MODELING THROUGH IN SITU ADAPTIVE LEARNING -- CHAPTER 13: PREDICTING PLANT STACK EMISSIONS TO MEET ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITS -- CHAPTER 14: PREDICTING FOULING/COKING IN FIRED HEATERS -- CHAPTER 15: PREDICTING OPERATIONAL CREDITS -- CHAPTER 16: PILOT PLANT SCALE-UP BY INTERPRETING TRACER DIAGNOSTICS -- CHAPTER 17: PREDICTING DISTILLATION TOWER TEMPERATURES: MINING DATA FOR CAPTURING DISTINCT OPERATIONAL VARIABILITY -- CHAPTER 18: ENABLING NEW PROCESS DESIGN BASED ON LABORATORY DATA -- CHAPTER 19: FORECASTING PRICE CHANGES OF A COMPOSITE BASKET OF COMMODITIES -- CHAPTER 20: CORPORATE DEMOGRAPHIC TREND ANALYSIS -- EPILOGUE -- Appendices -- APPENDIX A1: THERMODYNAMICS AND INFORMATION THEORY -- APPENDIX A2: MODELING. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aImage processing _xDigital techniques. 650 0 _aPattern recognition systems. 650 6 _aTraitement d'images _xTechniques num�eriques. 650 6 _aReconnaissance des formes (Informatique) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0080445381 _z9780080445380 _w(DLC) 2004063257 _w(OCoLC)57373672 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780080445380 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0619/2004063257-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0619/2004063257-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02737nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162568143 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780080445533 020 _a0080445535 035 _a(OCoLC)162568143 037 _a107465:107501 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aT174.7 _b.M36 2006eb 082 04 _a620 _222 082 04 _a621.381 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMartinez-Duart, J. M. 245 10 _aNanotechnology for microelectronics and optoelectronics _h[electronic resource] / _cJ.M. Mart�inez-Duart, R.J. Mart�in-Palma, F. Agull�o-Rueda. 250 _a1st ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier, _cc2006. 300 _axix, 279 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aWhen solids are reduced to the nanometer scale, they exibit new and exciting behaviours which constitute the basis for a new generation of electronic devices. Nanotechnology for Microelectronics and Optoelectronics outlines in detail the fundamental solid-state physics concepts that explain the new properties of matter caused by this reduction of solids to the nanometer scale. Applications of these electronic properties is also explored, helping students and researchers to appreciate the current status and future potential of nanotechnology as applied to the electronics industry. * Explains the behavioural changes which occur in solids at the nanoscale, making them the basis of a new generation of electronic devices. * Laid out in text-reference style: a cohesive and specialised introduction to the fundamentals of nanoelectronics and nanophotonics for students and researchers alike. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aNanotechnology. 650 0 _aOptoelectronics. 650 0 _aMicroelectronics. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aMart�in-Palma, R. J. _q(Ra�ul J.) 700 1 _aAgull�o-Rueda, F. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0080445535 _z9780080445533 _w(DLC) 2007533211 _w(OCoLC)71018498 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780080445533 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0713/2007533211-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 05794nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162131392 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780080450308 020 _a008045030X 035 _a(OCoLC)162131392 037 _a132408:132516 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aHD9685.A2 _bE557 2006eb 082 04 _a333.7932 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aElectricity market reform _h[electronic resource] : _ban international perspective / _cedited by Fereidoon P. Sioshansi and Wolfgang Pfaffenberger. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier, _cc2006. 300 _axxix, 656 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 440 0 _aElsevier global energy policy and economics series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aSince the late 1980s, policy makers and regulators in a number of countries have liberalized, restructured or deregulated their electric power sector, typically by introducing competition at the generation and retail level. These experiments have resulted in vastly different outcomes - some highly encouraging, others utterly disastrous. However, many countries continue along the same path for a variety of reasons. This book examines the most important competitive electricity markets around the world and provides definitive answers as to why some markets have performed admirably, while others have utterly failed, often with dire financial and cost consequences. The lessons contained within are direct relevance to regulators, policy makers, the investment community, industry, academics and graduate students of electricity markets worldwide. Covers electicity market liberalization and deregulation on a worldwide scale Features expert contributions from key people within the electricity sector. 505 0 _aForeword -- Introduction -- I. What's Wrong with the Status Quo? -- 1. Why Restructure Electricity Markets? -- 2. Sector-specific Market Power Regulation vs. General Competition Law -- 3. Chile: Where It All Started -- 4. Electricity Liberalization in Britain and the Evolution of Market Design -- 5. The Nordic Market: Robust by Design? -- III. Evolving Markets -- 6. The Electricity Industry in Australia: Problems Along the Way to a National Electricity Market -- 7. Restructuring of the New Zealand Electricity Sector, 1984-2005 -- 8. Energy Policy and Investment in the German Power Market -- 9. Competition in the Continental European Electricity Market: Despair of Work in Progress? -- IV. North America, New World, New Challenges -- 10. California Electricity Restructuring, the Crisis, and Its Aftermath -- 11. Texas: The Most Robust Competitive Market in North America -- 12. Electricity Restructuring in Canada -- 13. The PJM Market -- 14. Independent System Operators in the United States: History, Lessons Learned, and Prospects -- 15. Competitive Retail Power Markets and Default Service -- V. Other Markets -- 16. The Case of Brasil: Reform by Trial and Error? -- 17. Understanding the Argentinian and Colombian Electricity Markets -- 18. A New Stage of Electricity Liberalization in Japan: Issues and Expectations. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 505 0 _aWhy restructure electricity markets? / Fereidoon P. Sioshansi and Wolfgang Pfaffenberger -- Sector-specific market power regulation versus general competition law : criteria for judging competitive versus regulated markets / G�unter Knieps -- Chile : where it all started / Ricardo Raineri -- Electricity liberalization in Britain and the evolution of market design / David Newbery -- The Nordic electricity market : robust by design? / Eirik S. Amundsen, Lars Bergman and Nils-Henrik M. von der Fehr -- The electricity industry in Australia : problems along the way to a national electricity market / Alan Moran -- Restructuring the New Zealand electricity sector 1984-2005 / Geoff Bertram -- Energy policy and investment in the German power market / Gert Brunekreeft and Dierk Bauknecht -- Competition in the continental European electricity market : despair or work in progress? / Reinhard Haas ... [et al.] -- California electricity restructuring, the crisis, and its aftermath / James L. Sweeney -- Texas : the most robust competitive market in North America / Parviz Adib and Jay Zarnikau -- Electricity restructuring in Canada / Michael J. Trebilcock and Roy Hrab -- The PJM market / Joseph Bowring -- Independent system operators in the USA : history, lessons learned, and prospects / Richard O'Neill ... [et al.] -- Competitive retail power markets and default service : the US experience / Taff Tschamler -- The case of Brazil : reform by trial and error? / Jo�ao Lizardo R. Hermes de Ara�ujo -- Understanding the Argentinean and Colombian electricity markets / Isaac Dyner, Santiago Arango and Erik R. Larsen -- A new stage of electricity liberalization in Japan : issues and expectations / Mika Goto and Masayuki Yajima. 650 0 _aElectric utilities. 650 0 _aElectric power _xMarketing. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aSioshansi, Fereidoon P. 700 1 _aPfaffenberger, W. _q(Wolfgang) 776 1 _cOriginal _z008045030X _z9780080450308 _w(OCoLC)70657977 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780080450308 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02839nam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162569022 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780120445066 020 _a0120445069 035 _a(OCoLC)162569022 037 _a98197:98199 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5103.592.F52 _bR348 2005eb 082 04 _a621.382/75 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aRaman amplification in fiber optical communication systems _h[electronic resource] / _cClifford Headley, Govind P. Agrawal, editors. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier Academic Press, _cc2005. 300 _axiii, 374 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aOptics and photonics 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aOptical fiber telecommunications depend upon light traveling great distances through optical fibers. As light travels it tends to disperse and this results in some degree of signal loss. Raman amplification is a technique that is effective in any fiber to amplify the signal light as it travels through transmission fibers, compensating for inevitable signal loss. * First comprehensive guide to Raman amplification, a technique whose use has exploded since 1997 in order to upgrade fiber capacity; * Accessible to professionals just entering the field of optical fiber telecommunications; * Detailed enough for experts to use as a reference. 505 0 _aIntroduction; Stimulated Raman Scattering in Optical Fibers; Raman Pumping in Optical Fiber Communications; Distributed Raman amplification along the transmission span; Discrete Raman amplifiers; Impairments and Limitations to Raman Amplification. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aFiber optics. 650 0 _aOptical communications. 650 0 _aOptical amplifiers. 650 0 _aRaman effect. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aHeadley, Clifford. 700 1 _aAgrawal, G. P. _q(Govind P.), _d1951- 776 1 _cOriginal _z0120445069 _z9780120445066 _w(DLC) 2004061043 _w(OCoLC)56799089 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780120445066 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2004061043.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004061043.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03579nam 2200445Ia 4500 001 ocn162569056 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780120471447 020 _a0120471442 035 _a(OCoLC)162569056 037 _a104902:104928 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQA76.575 _b.S46 2004eb 082 04 _a005.8/2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aSencar, Husrev T. 245 10 _aData hiding fundamentals and applications _h[electronic resource] : _bcontent security in digital media / _cHusrev T. Sencar, Mahalingam Ramkumar, Ali N. Akansu. 246 0 _iSubtitle on cover: _aContent security in digital multimedia 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier Academic Press, _cc2004. 300 _axv, 252 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aMultimedia technologies are becoming more sophisticated, enabling the Internet to accommodate a rapidly growing audience with a full range of services and efficient delivery methods. Although the Internet now puts communication, education, commerce and socialization at our finger tips, its rapid growth has raised some weighty security concerns with respect to multimedia content. The owners of this content face enormous challenges in safeguarding their intellectual property, while still exploiting the Internet as an important resource for commerce. Data Hiding Fundamentals and Applications focuses on the theory and state-of-the-art applications of content security and data hiding in digital multimedia. One of the pillars of content security solutions is the imperceptible insertion of information into multimedia data for security purposes; the idea is that this inserted information will allow detection of unauthorized usage. * Provides a theoretical framework for data hiding, in a signal processing context; * Realistic applications in secure, multimedia delivery; * Compression robust data hiding; * Data hiding for proof of ownership--WATERMARKING; * Data hiding algorithms for image and video watermarking. 505 0 _aIntroduction. Frameworks for Data Hiding. Communication with Side Information and Data Hiding. Type-I (Linear) Data Hiding. Type-II and Type-III (Non-Linear) Data Hiding Methods. Advanced Implementations. Major Design Issues. Data Hiding Applications. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 231-238) and index. 650 0 _aMultimedia systems _xSecurity measures. 650 0 _aData encryption (Computer science) 650 6 _aMultim�edia _xS�ecurit�e _xMesures. 650 6 _aChiffrement (Informatique) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aRamkumar Mahalingam. 700 1 _aAkansu, Ali N., _d1958- 776 1 _cOriginal _z0120471442 _z9780120471447 _w(DLC) 2004052921 _w(OCoLC)55680055 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780120471447 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2004052921.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004052921.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03442nam 2200445Ia 4500 001 ocn162569094 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780120586615 020 _a0120586614 035 _a(OCoLC)162569094 037 _a102019:102035 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1800 _b.A53 2004eb 082 04 _a621.382/75 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aAnderson, Duwayne R. 245 10 _aTroubleshooting optical-fiber networks _h[electronic resource] : _bunderstanding and using your optical time-domain reflectometer / _cDuwayne R. Anderson, Larry Johnson, Florian G. Bell. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier Academic Press, _cc2004. 300 _axvi, 437 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book offers comprehensive, state-of-the-art information about time-domain fiber-optic testing. Readers will gain an understanding of how to troubleshoot optical-fiber networks using an optical time-domain reflectometer (OTDR), while learning the fundamental principles underlying the operation of these powerful testing instruments. From basic fiber optics and fiber testing, to detailed event-analysis techniques, this book covers the entire spectrum of time-domain optical cable test theory and applications. * Only book available focusing solely on OTDR theory and practice * Covers the entire spectrum of time-domain optical cable test theory and applications * Designed to be accessible to both engineers and system technicians * Includes OTDR training CD. 505 0 _aEarly Development, Fundamentals of Fiber Optics, Fundamentals of OTDR Operation, Performance Characteristics of OTDRs, Measuring Non-Reflective Events, Loss-Measurement Error, Measuring Reflective Events, Complications Caused by Reflective Events, Measuring the Numerical Aperture and Cut-Off Wavelength of Single-Mode Fiber, Using OTDRs to Analyze Passive Networks that Include Couplers, Automatic-Event Marking Algorithms and Calibration, Test Fixtures, Polarization Mode Dispersion, Dispersion in Optical Fibers, Considerations in Purchasing your OTDR. 500 _aRev. ed. of: Optical time-domain reflectometry. 1997. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aOptical fibers _xTesting. 650 0 _aTime-domain reflectometry. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aJohnson, Larry, _cPh. D. 700 1 _aBell, Florian G. 700 1 _aAnderson, Duwayne R. _tOptical time-domain reflectometry. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0120586614 _z9780120586615 _w(DLC) 2004274110 _w(OCoLC)55887297 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780120586615 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2004274110.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004274110.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03896nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162569741 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 enka s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780120884056 020 _a0120884054 035 _a(OCoLC)162569741 037 _a108377:108422 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7881.15 _b.B674 2006eb 082 04 _a621.317 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBose, Bimal K. 245 10 _aPower electronics and motor drives _h[electronic resource] : _badvances and trends / _cBimal K. Bose. 260 _aOxford : _bAcademic, _c2006. 300 _axvi, 917 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aPower electronics is an area of extremely important and rapidly changing technology. Technological advancements in the area contribute to performance improvement and cost reduction, with applications proliferating in industrial, commercial, residential, military and aerospace environments. This book is meant to help engineers operating in all these areas to stay up-to-date on the most recent advances in the field, as well as to be a vehicle for clarifying increasingly complex theories and mathematics. This book will be a cost-effective and convenient way for engineers to get up-to-speed on the latest trends in power electronics. The reader will obtain the same level of informative instruction as they would if attending an IEEE course or a training session, but without ever leaving the office or living room! The author is in an excellent position to offer this instruction, as he teaches many such courses, and is also the author of a key college textbook in the area with Prentice Hall. * Self-learning advanced tutorial, falling between a traditional textbook and a professional reference. * Almost every page features either a detailed figure or a bulleted chart, accompanied by clear descriptive explanatory text. * The companion CD will include figures as PowerPoint presentations, so the reader can follow along on his or her home computer. 505 0 _aIntroduction; Power Semiconductor Devices; Phase-Controlled Converters and Cycloconverters; Voltage-Fed Converters and PWM Techniques; Current-Fed Converters; AC Machined for Drives; Induction Motor Drives-Control and Estimation; Synchronus Motor Drives-Control and Estimation; Microprocessor/DSP Priciples and Applications; Fuzzy Logic Pronciples and Applications; Neural Network Principles and Applications. 500 _aAccompanied by CD-ROM of power point slides of the figures from chapters 1-11. 500 _aIncludes index. 505 0 _ach. 1. Introduction and perspective -- ch. 2. Power simiconductor devices -- ch. 3. Phase-controlled converters and cyclonverters -- ch. 4. Voltage-fed converters and PWM techniques -- ch. 5. Current-fed converters -- ch. 6. Electrical machines for variable-speed drives -- ch. 7. Induction motor drives -- ch. 8. Synchronous motor drives -- ch. 9. Computer simulation and digital control -- ch. 10. Fuzzy logic and applications -- ch. 11. Neural network and applications -- ch. 12. Some questions and answers. 650 0 _aPower electronics. 650 0 _aElectric motors. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0120884054 _z9780120884056 _w(OCoLC)62760701 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780120884056 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04810nam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162569884 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a fsb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780120884520 020 _a0120884526 035 _a(OCoLC)162569884 037 _a107530:107566 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1650 _b.F325 2006eb 082 04 _a006.37 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aFace processing _h[electronic resource] : _badvanced modeling and methods / _cedited by Wenyi Zhao, Rama Chellappa. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier / Academic Press, _cc2006. 300 _axv, 738 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aMajor strides have been made in face processing in the last ten years due to the fast growing need for security in various locations around the globe. A human eye can discern the details of a specific face with relative ease. It is this level of detail that researchers are striving to create with ever evolving computer technologies that will become our perfect mechanical eyes. The difficulty that confronts researchers stems from turning a 3D object into a 2D image. That subject is covered in depth from several different perspectives in this volume. This book begins with a comprehensive introductory chapter for those who are new to the field. A compendium of articles follows that is divided into three sections. The first covers basic aspects of face processing from human to computer. The second deals with face modeling from computational and physiological points of view. The third tackles the advanced methods, which include illumination, pose, expression, and more. Editors Zhao and Chellappa have compiled a concise and necessary text for industrial research scientists, students, and professionals working in the area of image and signal processing. *Contributions from over 35 leading experts in face detection, recognition and image processing *Over 150 informative images with 16 images in FULL COLOR illustrate and offer insight into the most up-to-date advanced face processing methods and techniques *Extensive detail makes this a need-to-own book for all involved with image and signal processing. 505 0 _aPreface -- PART I: THE BASICS -- Chapter 1: A Guided Tour for Face Processing -- Chapter 2: Eigenface and Beyond -- Chapter 3: Statistical Evaluation of Face Recognition Systems -- PART II: FACE MODELING -- Chapter 4: 3D Morphable Face Model: A Unified Approach for Analysis and Synthesis of Images -- Chapter 5: Expression-Invariant Three-Dimensional Face Recognition -- Chapter 6: 3D Face Modeling from Monocular Video Sequences -- Chapter 7: Face Modeling by Information Maximization -- Chapter 8: Face Recognition by Human -- Chapter 9: Predicting Face Recognition Success for Humans -- Chapter 10: Distributed Representation of Faces and Objects -- PART III: ADVANCED METHODS -- Chapter 11: On the Effect of Illumination and Face Recognition -- Chapter 12: Modeling Illumination Variation with Spherical Harmonics -- Chapter 13: Multi-Subregion Based Probabilistic Approach Toward Pose-Invariant Face Recognition -- Chapter 14:Morphable Models for Training a Component-Based Face Recognition System -- Chapter 15: Model-Based Face Modeling and Tracking with Application to Video Conferencing -- Chapter 16: 3D and MultiModal 3D & 2D Face Recognition -- Chapter 17: Beyond One Still Image: Face Recognition from multiple Still Images or Video Sequence -- Chapter 18: Subset Modeling of Face Localization Error, Occlusion and Expression -- Chapter 19: Real-Time Robust Face and Facial Features Detection with Information-Based Maximum Discrimination -- Chapter 20: Current Landscape of Thermal Infrared Face Recognition -- Chapter 21: Multimodal Biometrics: Augmenting Face with Other Cues. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aHuman face recognition (Computer science) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aZhao, Wenyi. 700 1 _aChellappa, Rama. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0120884526 _z9780120884520 _w(DLC) 2006296212 _w(OCoLC)63911685 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780120884520 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0645/2006296212-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04966nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162569992 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780120884810 020 _a012088481X 035 _a(OCoLC)162569992 037 _a108085:108127 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK8304 _b.G85 2006eb 082 04 _a621.36/92 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aGuided wave optical components and devices _h[electronic resource] : _bbasics, technology, and applications / _cedited by Bishnu P. Pal. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier Academic Press, _cc2006. 300 _axx, 445 p. : _bill. ; _c27 cm. 440 0 _aOptics and photonics 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe book provides a comprehensive, lucid, and clear introduction to the world of guided wave optical components and devices. Bishnu Pal has collaborated with some of the greatest minds in optics to create a truly inclusive treatise on this contemporary topic. Written by leaders in the field, this book delivers cutting-edge research and essential information for professionals, researchers, and students on emerging topics like microstructured fibers, broadband fibers, polymer fiber components and waveguides, acousto-optic interactions in fibers, higher order mode fibers, nonlinear and parametric process in fibers, revolutionary effects of erbium doped and Raman fiber amplifiers in DWDM and CATV networks, all-fiber network branching component technology platforms like fused fiber couplers, fiber gratings, and side-polished fiber half-couplers, arrayed waveguides, optical MEMS, fiber sensing technologies including safety, civil structural health monitoring, and gyroscope applications. * Accessible introduction to wide range of topics relating to established and emerging optical components. * Single-source reference for graduate students in optical engineering and newcomer practitioners, focused on components. * Extensive bibliographical information included so readers can get a broad introduction to a variety of optical components and their applications in an optical network. 505 0 _aCH 1: Single-mode fiber designs - evolutionary trends / CH 2: Recent development of polymer optical fiber and its applications / CH 3: Microstructured optical fibers / CH 4: Photonic Bandgap Bragg fibers / CH 5: Radial effective index method for the analysis of microstructured fibers / CH 6: Some important nonlinear effects in optical fibers / CH 7: Fiber-optic parametric amplifiers for lightwave systems / CH 8: Erbium doped fiber amplifiers / CH 9: Fiber-optic Raman amplifiers / CH 10: Application of numerical analysis techniques for the optimization of wideband amplifier performances / CH 11: Analog and digital transmission using high-power Fiber amplifiers / CH 12: Optical amplifiers for dynamic optical networks / CH 13: Fused fiber couplers: Fabrication, Modeling, and Applications / CH 14: Side-polished evanescently coupled optical fiber overlay devices / CH 15: Fiber gratings / CH 16: Enhancing photosensitivity of optical fibers / CH 17: Solitons in fiber Bragg gratings / CH 18: Advances in DWDM multiplexing/demultiplexing Technologies / CH 19: Dispersion tailored higher order mode fibers for in-line fiber photonic devices / CH 20: Acousto-optic interactions in few-mode optical fibers / CH 21: Basic theory and design procedures for arrayed waveguide structures / CH 22: Photobleached gratings in electrooptic waveguide polymers / CH 23: Optical MEMS using commercial foundries / CH 24: Principles of fiber optic sensors / CH 25: Structural strain and temperature measurements using FBG sensors / CH 26: Principles and status of some actively researched optical fiber sensors. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aOptoelectronic devices. 650 0 _aIntegrated optics. 650 0 _aOptical wave guides. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aPal, Bishnu P., _d1948- 776 1 _cOriginal _z012088481X _z9780120884810 _w(DLC) 2005012672 _w(OCoLC)60321762 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780120884810 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip0512/2005012672.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0634/2005012672-d.html 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c83.95 _d83.95 _i012088481X _n0006426557 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04384nam 2200493Ia 4500 001 ocn162570032 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780120884933 020 _a0120884933 035 _a(OCoLC)162570032 037 _a108362:108407 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aR856 _b.S453 2005eb 060 14 _a2005 E-707 060 14 _aQT 36 _bS472c 2005 070 1 _aR856 _b.S453 2005 082 04 _a621.38102461 _222 082 04 _a610/.28 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aSemmlow, John L. 245 10 _aCircuits, signals, and systems for bioengineers _h[electronic resource] : _ba MATLAB-based introduction / _cJohn Semmlow. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Academic Press, _cc2005. 300 _axiv, 446 p. : _bill. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.). 440 0 _aAcademic Press series in biomedical engineering 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aApproaches such as the Transfer Function and the Fourier and the Laplace transforms are important tools for bioengineers that often considered borrowed from electrical engineering. This text allows bioengineering students and bioengineers the ability to foster a sense of ownership of these tools by providing them with a solid foundation in the concepts of linear systems analysis. Circuits, Signals and Systems for Bioengineers guides readers through the basic engineering concepts that underlie biological systems, medical devices, biocontrol, and biosignal analysis. Material important to their study and traditionally taught in an electrical engineering service course can now be embraced by bioengineers. To further enhance the effectiveness of the book, instructive illustrations and MATLAB routines and examples are provided throughout the book with additional material available on a CD-ROM. Translates important electrical engineering tools such as Fourier Transform, Laplace Transform, analog modeling, systems modeling, and other linear systems analysis techniques for bioengineering students. Includes MATLAB examples and problems. Includes CD-Rom with PowerPoint presentations, extra examples, figures, and support routines. 505 0 _aIntroduction to Biological Systems and Biosignals; -- Basic Signal Processing; Frequency Transformations; Analog Analysis in Sinusoidal Steady State; Analysis of Analog Models and Processes; Transfer and Frequency Characteristics of Analog Models; Relationships in Analog Models; Analysis of Transient Conditions ~ The Laplace Transform; Systems Modeling and Behavior; Appendix A Complex Numbers; Appendix B Laplace Transforms; Appendix D Conversion Factors. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. [437]) and index. 505 0 _a1. Bioengineering signals and systems -- 2. Basic signal processing -- 3. Frequency transformations -- 4. Circuit and analog analysis in sinusoidal steady state -- 5. Analysis of analog models and processes -- 6. Frequency characteristics of circuits and analog processes: the transfer function -- 7. Relationships between analog elements -- 8. The analysis of transients: the Laplace transform -- 9. System models and behavior -- 10. Basic analog electronics: operational amplifiers. 520 _aAccompanying CD-ROM contains ... "MATLAB-based solutions software." -- p. [1] of cover. 650 12 _aBiomedical Engineering. 650 22 _aAutomatic Data Processing. 650 0 _aBiomedical engineering. 650 0 _aElectronics. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0120884933 _z9780120884933 _w(DLC) 2005276723 _w(OCoLC)61121024 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780120884933 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005276723-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005276723-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04574nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162570053 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780120885015 020 _a0120885018 035 _a(OCoLC)162570053 037 _a109066:109112 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7882.S65 _bM855 2006eb 082 04 _a006.4/54 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aMultilingual speech processing _h[electronic resource] / _c[edited by] Schultz & Kirchhoff. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier Academic Press, _cc2006. 300 _axxix, 508 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aTanja Schultz and Katrin Kirchhoff have compiled a comprehensive overview of speech processing from a multilingual perspective. By taking this all-inclusive approach to speech processing, the editors have included theories, algorithms, and techniques that are required to support spoken input and output in a large variety of languages. This book presents a comprehensive introduction to research problems and solutions, both from a theoretical as well as a practical perspective, and highlights technology that incorporates the increasing necessity for multilingual applications in our global community. Current challenges of speech processing and the feasibility of sharing data and system components across different languages guide contributors in their discussions of trends, prognoses and open research issues. This includes automatic speech recognition and speech synthesis, but also speech-to-speech translation, dialog systems, automatic language identification, and handling non-native speech. The book is complemented by an overview of multilingual resources, important research trends, and actual speech processing systems that are being deployed in multilingual human-human and human-machine interfaces. Researchers and developers in industry and academia with different backgrounds but a common interest in multilingual speech processing will find an excellent overview of research problems and solutions detailed from theoretical and practical perspectives. * State-of-the-art research with a global perspective by authors from the USA, Asia, Europe, and South Africa * The only comprehensive introduction to multilingual speech processing currently available * Detailed presentation of technological advances integral to security, financial, cellular and commercial applications. 505 0 _aCH 1: Introduction / CH 2: Language Characteristics / CH 3: Linguistic Data Resources / CH 4: Multilingual Acoustic Modeling / CH 5: Multilingual Dictionaries / CH 6: Multilingual Language Modeling / CH 7: Multilingual Speech Synthesis / CH 8: Automatic Language Identification / CH 9: Other Challenges / CH 10: Speech-to-Speech Translation / CH 11: Multilingual Spoken Dialog Systems / Bibliography. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 449-490) and index. 505 0 _aLanguage characteristics / Katrin Kirchhoff -- Linguistic data resources / Christopher Cieri ... [et al.] -- Multilingual acoustic modeling / Tanja Schultz -- Multilingual dictionaries / Martine Adda-Decker and Lori Lamel -- Multilingual language modeling / Sanjeev P. Khudanpur -- Multilingual speech synthesis / Alan W. Black -- Automatic language identification / Ji�r�i Navr�atil -- Other challenges : non-native speech, dialects, accents, and local interfaces / Silke Goronzy ... [et al.] -- Speech-to-speech translation / Stephan Vogel ... [et al.] -- Multilingual saoken dialog systems / Helen Meng and Devon Li. 650 0 _aSpeech processing systems. 650 6 _aTraitement automatique de la parole. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aSchultz, Tanja, _d1964- 700 1 _aKirchhoff, Katrin. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0120885018 _z9780120885015 _w(DLC) 2006011124 _w(OCoLC)67840108 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780120885015 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0634/2006011124-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03732nam 2200457Ia 4500 001 ocn162130277 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2005 enkac fsb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780120887576 020 _a0120887576 035 _a(OCoLC)162130277 037 _a111784:111869 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7881.15 _b.L86 2005eb 082 04 _a621.317 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aLuo, Fang Lin. 245 10 _aDigital power electronics and applications _h[electronic resource] / _cFang Lin Luo, Hong Ye, Muhammad Rashid. 260 _aLondon : _aBoston : _bElsevier Academic, _cc2005. 300 _axii, 408 p. : _bill., ports. ; 24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe purpose of this book is to describe the theory of Digital Power Electronics and its applications. The authors apply digital control theory to power electronics in a manner thoroughly different from the traditional, analog control scheme. In order to apply digital control theory to power electronics, the authors define a number of new parameters, including the energy factor, pumping energy, stored energy, time constant, and damping time constant. These parameters differ from traditional parameters such as the power factor, power transfer efficiency, ripple factor, and total harmonic distortion. These new parameters result in the definition of new mathematical modeling: A zero-order-hold (ZOH) is used to simulate all AC/DC rectifiers. A first-order-hold (FOH) is used to simulate all DC/AC inverters. A second-order-hold (SOH) is used to simulate all DC/DC converters. A first-order-hold (FOH) is used to simulate all AC/AC (AC/DC/AC) converters. * Presents most up-to-date methods of analysis and control algorithms for developing power electronic converters and power switching circuits * Provides an invaluable reference for engineers designing power converters, commercial power supplies, control systems for motor drives, active filters, etc. * Presents methods of analysis not available in other books. 505 0 _aIntroduction; Energy Factor (EF) and Sub-Sequential Parameters; Basic Mathematics of Digital Control Systems; Mathematical Modeling of Digital Power Electronisc; Digitally Controlled AC/DC Rectifiers; Digitally Controlled DC/AC Inverters; Digitally Controlled DC/DC Converters; Digitally Controlled AC/AC Converters; Open-Loop Control for Digital Power Electronics; Closed-Loop Control for Digital Power Electronisc; Energy Factor Application in AC and DC Motor Drives; Applications in Other Branches of Power Electronics. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aPower electronics. 650 0 _aDigital electronics. 650 0 _aDigital control systems. 650 6 _a�Electronique de puissance. 650 6 _a�Electronique num�erique. 650 6 _aCommande num�erique. 650 6 _aConvertisseurs continu-continu. 650 6 _aCourants �electriques. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aYe, Hong, _d1973- 700 1 _aRashid, M. H. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0120887576 _z9780120887576 _w(DLC) 2005929576 _w(OCoLC)61176410 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780120887576 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04257nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162570621 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780120887958 020 _a0120887959 035 _a(OCoLC)162570621 037 _a112485:112573 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7872.C8 _bW853 2006eb 082 04 _a621.31/7 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aWu, Keng C., _d1948- 245 10 _aSwitch-mode power converters _h[electronic resource] : _bdesign and analysis / _cKeng C. Wu. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier Academic Press, _cc2006. 300 _axv, 392 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book introduces an innovative, highly analytical approach to symbolic, closed-form solutions for switched-mode power converter circuits. This is a highly relevant topic to power electronics students and professionals who are involved in the design and analysis of electrical power converters. The author uses extensive equations to explain how solid-state switches convert electrical voltages from one level to another, so that electronic devices (e.g., audio speakers, CD players, DVD players, etc.) can use different voltages more effectively to perform their various functions. Most existing comparable books published as recently as 2002 do not discuss closed-loop operations, nor do they provide either DC closed-loop regulation equations or AC loop gain (stability) formulae. The author Wu, a leading engineer at Lockheed Martin, fills this gap and provides among the first descriptions of how error amplifiers are designed in conjunction with closed-loop bandwidth selection. BENEFIT TO THE READER: Readers will gain a mathematically rigorous introduction to numerous, closed-form solutions that are readily applicable to the design and development of various switch-mode power converters. * Provides symbolic, closed-form solutions for DC and AC studies * Provides techniques for expressing close-loop operation * Gives readers the ability to perform closed-loop regulation and sensitivity studies * Gives readers the ability to design error amplifiers with precision * Employs the concept of the continuity of states in matrix form * Gives accelerated time-domain, steady-state studies using Laplace transform * Gives accelerated time-domain studies using state transition * Extensive use of matrix, linear algebra, implicit functions, and Jacobian determinants * Enables the determination of power stage gain that otherwise could not be obtained. 505 0 _aCh.1. Isolated Step-down (Buck) Converter -- Ch.2. Push-Pull Converter with Current-mode Control and Slope Compensation -- Ch.3. Non-isolated Forward Converter with Average Current-mode Control -- Ch.4. Phase-shifted Full-bridge Converters -- Ch.5. Current-fed Push-pull Converters -- Ch.6. Isolated Flyback Converters -- Ch.7. Non-isolated Boost Converter -- Ch.8 Quasi-Resonant Converters -- Ch.9. Class-E Resonant Converter -- Ch.10. AC-DC Power Factor Correction Supplies -- Ch.11 Error Amplifiers -- Ch.12. Supporting Circuits -- Ch.13. State Space Average and Cuk Converter -- Ch.14. Simulation -- Ch. 15. Power Quality. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 385-386) and index. 650 0 _aElectric current converters. 650 0 _aSwitching power supplies. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0120887959 _z9780120887958 _w(DLC) 2005014319 _w(OCoLC)60557317 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780120887958 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip0513/2005014319.html 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c93.95 _d93.95 _i0120887959 _n0006476470 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 05240nam 2200445Ia 4500 001 ocn162570940 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a sbf 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780121197926 020 _a0121197921 035 _a(OCoLC)162570940 037 _a102342:102360 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1637 _b.H36 2005eb 082 04 _a621.36/7 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aHandbook of image and video processing _h[electronic resource] / _ceditor, Al Bovik. 246 30 _aImage and video processing 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston, MA : _bElsevier Academic Press, _c2005. 300 _axvi, 1372 p. : _bill. 28 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _a55% new material in the latest edition of this must-have for students and practitioners of image & video processing! This Handbook is intended to serve as the basic reference point on image and video processing, in the field, in the research laboratory, and in the classroom. Each chapter has been written by carefully selected, distinguished experts specializing in that topic and carefully reviewed by the Editor, Al Bovik, ensuring that the greatest depth of understanding be communicated to the reader. Coverage includes introductory, intermediate and advanced topics and as such, this book serves equally well as classroom textbook as reference resource. Provides practicing engineers and students with a highly accessible resource for learning and using image/video processing theory and algorithms Includes a new chapter on image processing education, which should prove invaluable for those developing or modifying their curricula Covers the various image and video processing standards that exist and are emerging, driving todays explosive industry Offers an understanding of what images are, how they are modeled, and gives an introduction to how they are perceived Introduces the necessary, practical background to allow engineering students to acquire and process their own digital image or video data Culminates with a diverse set of applications chapters, covered in sufficient depth to serve as extensible models to the readers own potential applications About the Editor Al Bovik is the Cullen Trust for Higher Education Endowed Professor at The University of Texas at Austin, where he is the Director of the Laboratory for Image and Video Engineering (LIVE). He has published over 400 technical articles in the general area of image and video processing and holds two U.S. patents. Dr. Bovik was Distinguished Lecturer of the IEEE Signal Processing Society (2000), received the IEEE Signal Processing Society Meritorious Service Award (1998), the IEEE Third Millennium Medal (2000), and twice was a two-time Honorable Mention winner of the international Pattern Recognition Society Award. He is a Fellow of the IEEE, was Editor-in-Chief, of the IEEE Transactions on Image Processing (1996-2002), has served on and continues to serve on many other professional boards and panels, and was the Founding General Chairman of the IEEE International Conference on Image Processing which was held in Austin, Texas in 1994. * No other resource for image and video processing contains the same breadth of up-to-date coverage * Each chapter written by one or several of the top experts working in that area * Includes all essential mathematics, techniques, and algorithms for every type of image and video processing used by electrical engineers, computer scientists, internet developers, bioengineers, and scientists in various, image-intensive disciplines. 505 0 _a1. Introduction -- 2. Basic Image Processing Techniques -- 3. Image and Video Processing -- 4. Image and Video Analysis -- 5. Image Compression -- 6. Video Compression -- 7. Image and Video Acquisition -- 8. Image and Video Rendering and Assessment -- 9. Image and Video Storage, Retrieval and Communication -- 10. Applications of Image Processing. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aImage processing _xDigital techniques _vHandbooks, manuals, etc. 650 0 _aVideo compression _vHandbooks, manuals, etc. 650 17 _aBeeldmanipulatie. _2gtt 650 17 _aVideo. _2gtt 650 7 _aComputa�c�ao gr�afica. _2larpcal 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aBovik, Alan C. _q(Alan Conrad), _d1958- 776 1 _cOriginal _z0121197921 _z9780121197926 _w(DLC) 2005045218 _w(OCoLC)58831719 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780121197926 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0624/2005045218-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0624/2005045218-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03889nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162128671 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2003 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780121216825 020 _a0121216829 035 _a(OCoLC)162128671 037 _a77413:77413 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQC446.2 _b.B69 2003eb 082 04 _a535/.2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBoyd, Robert W., _d1948- 245 10 _aNonlinear optics _h[electronic resource] / _cRobert W. Boyd. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aSan Diego, CA : _bAcademic Press, _cc2003. 300 _axvii, 578 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe Optical Society of America (OSA) and SPIE The International Society for Optical Engineering have awarded Robert Boyd with an honorable mention for the Joseph W. Goodman Book Writing Award for his work on Nonlinear Optics, 2nd edition. Nonlinear optics is essentially the study of the interaction of strong laser light with matter. It lies at the basis of the field of photonics, the use of light fields to control other light fields and to perform logical operations. Some of the topics of this book include the fundamentals and applications of optical systems based on the nonlinear interaction of light with matter. Topics to be treated include: mechanisms of optical nonlinearity, second-harmonic and sum- and difference-frequency generation, photonics and optical logic, optical self-action effects including self-focusing and optical soliton formation, optical phase conjugation, stimulated Brillouin and stimulated Raman scattering, and selection criteria of nonlinear optical materials. Covers all the latest topics and technology in this ever-evolving area of study that forms the backbone of the major applications of optical technology Offers first-rate instructive style making it ideal for self-study Emphasizes the fundamentals of non-linear optics rather than focus on particular applications that are constantly changing. 505 0 _aPreface to second edition -- Preface to First edition;1. The Nonlinear Optical Susceptibility; 2. Wave-Equation Description of Nonlinear Optic Interactions;3. Quantum-Mechanical Theory of the Nonlinear Optical Susceptibility;4. The Intensity -Dependent Refractive Index;5. Molecular Origin of the Nonlinear Response;6. Nonlinear Optics in the Two-Level Approximation;7. Processes Resulting from the Intensity-Dependent Refractive Index;8. Spontaneous Light Scattering and Acousto-optics;9. Stimulated Brillouin and Stimulated Rayleigh Scattering;10. Stimulated Raman Scattering and Stimulated Rayleigh-Wing Scattering;11. The Electrooptic Photorefractive Effects;12. Optically Induced Damage and Multiphoton Absorption;13. Ultrafast and Intense-Field Nonlinear Optics;Appendix A; Appendix B; Appendix C; Appendix D. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aNonlinear optics. 650 17 _aNiet-lineaire optica. _2gtt 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0121216829 _z9780121216825 _w(DLC) 2002115608 _w(OCoLC)51610575 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780121216825 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2002115608.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2002115608.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04742nam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162571047 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780121335700 020 _a0121335704 035 _a(OCoLC)162571047 037 _a89559:89559 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQC449.5 _b.B74 2006eb 060 14 _a2006 L-353 060 14 _aWN 206 _bB848o 2006 082 04 _a616.07/54 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBrezinski, Mark E. 245 10 _aOptical coherence tomography _h[electronic resource] : _bprinciples and applications / _cMark E. Brezinski. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bAcademic Press, _cc2006. 300 _axxvii, 599 p. : _bill. (some col.) ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book gives a broad treatment of the subject which will include 1)the optics, science, and physics needed to understand the technology 2)a description of applications with a critical look at how the technology will successfully address actual clinical need, and 3) a discussion of delivery of OCT to the patient, FDA approval and comparisons with available competing technologies. The required mathematical rigor will be present where needed but be presented in such a way that it will not prevent non-scientists and non-engineers from gaining a basic understanding of OCT and the applications as well as the issues of bringing the technology to the market. * Optical Coherence Tomography is a new medical high-resolution imaging technology which offers distinct advantages over current medical imaging technologies and is attracting a large number of researchers. * Provides non-scientists and non-engineers basic understanding of Optical Coherence Tomography applications and issues. 505 0 _aForeword; Section I:The Basics (math, waves, etc.) for the Nonphysical Scientist; Light and Electromagnetic Waves; Light in Matter; Interference, Coherence, Diffraction, and Transfer Functions; Section II: Optical Coherence Tomography: Theory; Optoelectronics And Optical Components; Noise and System Performance with TD-OCT and SD-OCT; Polarization and Polarization Sensitive OCT (PS-OCT); Adjuvant Techniques: Absorption Spectroscopy, Contrast Probes, Phase Contrast, Elastography, and Entangled Photons; Doppler Optical Coherence Tomography; Digital Image Processing Techniques for Speckle Reduction, Enhancement and Segmentation of Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) Images; Section III: Application of OCT to Clinical Imaging: Introduction; Other Technologies; Introduction to Clinical Research Design and Analysis; OCT in Cardiovascular Medicine; OCT in Musculoskeletal Disease; OCT in Oncology; Other Applications and Conclusions; Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 505 0 _aThe basics (math, waves, etc.) for the nonphysical scientist -- Light and electromagnetic waves -- Light in matter -- Interference, coherence, diffraction, and transfer functions -- Optical coherence tomography theory -- Optoelectronics and optical components -- Noise and system performance with TD-OCT and SD-OCT -- Polarization and polarization sensitive OCT -- Adjuvant techniques: absorption spectroscopy, contrast probes, phase contrast, elastography, and entangled photons -- Doppler optical coherence tomography -- Digital image processing techniques for speckle reduction, enhancement, and segmentation of optical coherence tomography (OCT) images -- Application of OCT to clinical imaging: introduction -- Other technologies -- Introduction to clinical research design and analysis -- OCT in cardiovascular medicine -- OCT in musculoskeletal disease -- OCT in oncology. 650 0 _aOptical tomography. 650 0 _aOptical tomography _xTechnological innovations. 650 12 _aTomography, Optical Coherence. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z9780121335700 _z0121335704 _w(DLC) 2006007869 _w(OCoLC)64589074 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780121335700 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip0610/2006007869.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0632/2006007869-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03774nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162129492 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2002 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780121714086 020 _a012171408X 035 _a(OCoLC)162129492 037 _a90101:90101 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5103.592.F52 _bU53 2002eb 082 04 _a621.382/75 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aUndersea fiber communication systems _h[electronic resource] / _c[edited by] Jos�e Chesnoy. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bAcademic Press, _cc2002. 300 _axxvi, 551 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.). 440 0 _aOptics and photonics 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aDescription This book provides a detailed overview of the evolution of undersea communications systems, with emphasis on the most recent breakthroughs of optical submarine cable technologies based upon Wavelength Division Multiplexing, optical amplification, new-generation optical fibers, and high-speed digital electronics. The role played by submarine-communication systems in the development of high-speed networks and associated market demands for multiplying Internet and broadband services is also covered. Importance of This Topic This book will fill the gap between highly specialized papers from large international conferences and broad-audience technology review updates. The book provides a full overview of the evolution in the field and conveys the dimension of the large undersea projects. In addition, the book uncovers the myths surrounding marine operations and installations in that domain, which have remained known so far to only very few specialists. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 505 0 _aI. Introduction : Introduction to submarine fiber communication / Jos�e Chesnoy and jean Jerpahagnon -- Historical overview of submarine communication systems / G�erard Fouchard -- II. Submarine system design : Basics of digital optical communications / Philippe Gallion -- Optical amplification / Dominique Bayart -- Ultra-long-haul submarine transmission / Olivier Gautheron and Omar Ait Sab -- Unrepeatered transmission -/ Eric Brandon and J.-P. Blondel -- Polarization effects in long-haul undersea systems / C.R. Menyuk ... [et al.] -- Nonlinear transmission techniques and solitons / S. Wabnitz -- III. Submarine equipment : Submerged plant / Neville J. Hazell and Christopher E. Little -- Terminal equipment / Katsuo Suzuki -- Networked architectures for submarine systems / Howard Kidorf -- Submarine fiber / Scott R. Bickham and Michael B. Cain -- Cable technology / Jean Fran�cois Libert and Gary Waterworth -- Marine and maintenance (from inception to the grave) / John Horne. 650 0 _aFiber optics. 650 0 _aFiber optic cables. 650 0 _aCables, Submarine. 650 0 _aOptical communications. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aChesnoy, Jos�e. 776 1 _cOriginal _z012171408X _z9780121714086 _z0121714098 _z9780121714093 _w(DLC) 2002100203 _w(OCoLC)50701509 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780121714086 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2002100203.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 05169nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162571393 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2002 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780121742317 020 _a0121742318 035 _a(OCoLC)162571393 037 _a89047:89047 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7870 _b.D55 2002eb 082 04 _a621.381 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aDirect-write technologies for rapid prototyping applications _h[electronic resource] : _bsensors, electronics, and integrated power sources / _c[edited by] Alberto Pique, Douglas B. Chrisey. 260 _aSan Diego : _bAcademic Press, _cc2002. 300 _axxvi, 726 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aDirect-Write Technologies covers applications, materials, and the techniques in using direct-write technologies. This book provides an overview of the different direct write techniques currently available, as well as a comparison between the strengths and special attributes for each of the techniques. The techniques described open the door for building prototypes and testing materials. The book also provides an overview of the state-of-the-art technology involved in this field. Basic academic researchers and industrial development engineers who pattern thin film materials will want to have this text on their shelves as a resource for specific applications. Others in this or related fields will want the book to read the introductory material summarizing isuses common to all approaches, in order to compare and contrast different techniques. Everyday applications include electronic components and sensors, especially chemical and biosensors. There is a wide range of research and development problems requiring state-of-the-art direct write tools. This book will appeal to basic researchers and development engineers in university engineering departments and at industrial and national research laboratories. This text should appeal equally well in the United States, Asia, and Europe. Both basic academic researchers and industrial development engineers who pattern thin film materials will want to have this text on their shelves as a resource for specific applications. This book provides An overview of the different direct write techniques currently available A comparison between the strengths and special attributes for each of the techniques An overview of the state-of-the-art technology involved in this field. 505 0 _a1. Introduction to Direct-Write Technologies for -- Rapid Prototyping -- 2. Overview of Commercial and Military Application -- Areas in Passive and Active Electronic Devices -- 3. Role of Direct-Write Tools and Technologies for -- Microelectronic Manufacturing -- 4. Direct-Write Materials and Layers for -- Electrochemical Power Devices -- 5. The Role of Direct Writing for Chemical and -- Biological Materials: Commercial and Military -- Sensing Applications -- 6. Advanced Materials Systems for Ultra-Low-Temperature, Digital, Direct-Write Technologies -- 7. Direct Write Using Ink-Jet Techniques -- 8. Micropen Printing of Electronic Components -- 9. Direct Write Thermal Spraying of Multilayer -- Electronics and Sensor Structures -- 10. Dip-Pen Nanolithography: Direct Writing Soft -- Structures on the Sub-100-Nanometer-Length -- Scale -- 11. Nanolithography with Electron Beams: Theory -- and Practice -- 12. Focused Ion Beams for Direct Writing -- 13. Laser Direct-Write Micromachining -- 14. 3D Microengineering via Laser -- Direct-Write Processing Approaches -- 15. Flow- and Laser-Guided Direct Write of -- Electronic and Biological Components -- 16. Laser-Induced Forward Transfer: An Approach to -- Single-Step Microfabrication -- 17. Matrix Assisted Pulsed Laser Evaporation-Direct Write (MAPLE-DW): A New Method to Rapidly Prototype Organic and Inorganic Materials -- 18. Technologies for Micrometer and Nanometer -- Pattern and Material Transfer -- Appendix A: Ancillary Techniques -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aElectronic apparatus and appliances _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aMicromachining. 650 0 _aRapid prototyping. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aPiqu�e, Alberto. 700 1 _aChrisey, Douglas B. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0121742318 _z9780121742317 _w(DLC) 2001092384 _w(OCoLC)48651938 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780121742317 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2001092384.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2001092384.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04967nam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162129013 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2001 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780121897109 020 _a0121897109 035 _a(OCoLC)162129013 037 _a81135:81135 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7872.T74 _bM53 2001eb 082 04 _a621.319 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMiano, Giovanni. 245 10 _aTransmission lines and lumped circuits _h[electronic resource] / _cGiovanni Miano, Antonio Maffucci. 260 _aSan Diego : _bAcademic Press, _cc2001. 300 _axxii, 479 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aElectromagnetism 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe theory of transmission lines is a classical topic of electrical engineering. Recently this topic has received renewed attention and has been a focus of considerable research. This is because the transmisson line theory has found new and important applications in the area of high-speed VLSI interconnects, while it has retained its significance in the area of power transmission. In many applications, transmission lines are connected to nonlinear circuits. For instance, interconnects of high-speed VLSI chips can be modelled as transmission lines loaded with nonlinear elements. These nonlinearities may lead to many new effects such as instability, chaos, generation of higher order harmonics, etc. The mathematical models of transmission lines with nonlinear loads consist of the linear partial differential equations describing the current and voltage dynamics along the lines together with the nonlinear boundary conditions imposed by the nonlinear loads connected to the lines. These nonlinear boundary conditions make the mathematical treatment very difficult. For this reason, the analysis of transmission lines with nonlinear loads has not been addressed adequately in the existing literature. The unique and distinct feature of the proposed book is that it will present systematic, comprehensive, and in-depth analysis of transmission lines with nonlinear loads. * A unified approach for the analysis of networks composed of distributed and lumped circuits * A simple, concise and completely general way to present the wave propagation on transmission lines, including a thorough study of the line equations in characteristic form * Frequency and time domain multiport representations of any linear transmission line * A detailed analysis of the influence on the line characterization of the frequency and space dependence of the line parameters * A rigorous study of the properties of the analytical and numerical solutions of the network equations * The associated discrete circuits and the associated resisitive circuits of transmission lines * Periodic solutions, bifurcations and chaos in transmission lines connected to noninear lumped circuits. 505 0 _aForeword -- Preface -- Introduction -- Transmission Line Equations and Properties -- Ideal Two-Conductor Transmission Lines Connected to Lumped Circuits -- Ideal Multiconductor Transmission Lines -- Lossy Two-Conductor Transmission Lines -- Lossy Two-Conductor Transmission Lines with Frequency-Dependent Parameters -- Lossy Multiconductor Transmission Lines -- Nonuniform Transmission Lines -- Transmission Line Equations in Characteristic Form -- Lumped Nonlinear Networks Interconnected by Transmission Lines -- Qualitative Analysis of an Ideal Two-Conductor Line Connected to Nonlinear Resistors: Periodic Solutions, Bifurcations and Chaos -- Appendix A: Some Useful Notes on the Matrix Operators -- Appendix B: Some Useful Notes on the Laplace Transformation -- Appendix C: Some a-priori Estimates -- Appendix D: Tables of Equivalent Representations of Transmission Lines -- References -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 463-470) and index. 650 0 _aElectric lines. 650 0 _aElectric networks. 650 0 _aElectronic circuits. 650 0 _aElectric circuit analysis _xMathematics. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aMaffucci, Antonio. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0121897109 _z9780121897109 _w(DLC) 00108487 _w(OCoLC)46541966 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780121897109 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/00108487.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/00108487.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04442nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162571652 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a fsb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780122060939 020 _a0122060938 035 _a(OCoLC)162571652 037 _a98640:98643 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1634 _b.D39 2005eb 082 04 _a006.3/7 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aDavies, E. R. _q(E. Roy) 245 10 _aMachine vision _h[electronic resource] : _btheory, algorithms, practicalities / _cE.R. Davies. 250 _a3rd ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier, _cc2005. 300 _axxxiii, 934 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aIn the last 40 years, machine vision has evolved into a mature field embracing a wide range of applications including surveillance, automated inspection, robot assembly, vehicle guidance, traffic monitoring and control, signature verification, biometric measurement, and analysis of remotely sensed images. While researchers and industry specialists continue to document their work in this area, it has become increasingly difficult for professionals and graduate students to understand the essential theory and practicalities well enough to design their own algorithms and systems. This book directly addresses this need. As in earlier editions, E.R. Davies clearly and systematically presents the basic concepts of the field in highly accessible prose and images, covering essential elements of the theory while emphasizing algorithmic and practical design constraints. In this thoroughly updated edition, he divides the material into horizontal levels of a complete machine vision system. Application case studies demonstrate specific techniques and illustrate key constraints for designing real-world machine vision systems. Includes solid, accessible coverage of 2-D and 3-D scene analysis. Offers thorough treatment of the Hough Transforma key technique for inspection and surveillance. Brings vital topics and techniques together in an integrated system design approach. Takes full account of the requirement for real-time processing in real applications. 505 0 _a1. Vision, the Challenge -- Part 1 Low-Level Vision -- 2. Images and Imaging Operations -- 3. Basic Image Filtering Operations -- 4. Thresholding Techniques -- 5. Edge Detection -- 6. Binary Shape Analysis -- 7. Boundary Pattern Analysis -- 8. Mathematical Morphology -- Part 2 Intermediate-Level Vision -- 9. Line Detection -- 10. Circle Detection -- 11. The Hough Transform and Its Nature -- 12. Ellipse Detection -- 13. Hole Detection -- 14. Polygon and Corner Detection -- 15. Abstract Pattern Matching Techniques -- Part 3 3D Vision and Motion -- 16. The Three-Dimensional World -- 17. Tackling the Perspective n-Point Problem -- 18. Motion -- 19. Invariants and their Applications -- 20. Egomotion and Related Tasks -- 21. Image Transformations and Camera Calibration -- Part 4 Towards Real-Time Pattern Recognition Systems -- 22. Automated Visual Inspection -- 23. Inspection of Cereal Grains -- 24. Statistical Pattern Recognition -- 25. Biologically Inspired Recognition Schemes -- 26. Texture -- 27. Image Acquisition -- 28. Real-Time Hardware and Systems Design Considerations -- Part 5 Perspectives on Vision -- 29. Machine Vision, Art or Science? -- Appendix A Robust Statistics. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 869-915) and index. 650 0 _aComputer vision. 650 0 _aComputer algorithms. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0122060938 _z9780122060939 _w(DLC) 2005270146 _w(OCoLC)56912655 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780122060939 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005270146-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005270146-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03585nam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162571664 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780122084317 020 _a0122084314 035 _a(OCoLC)162571664 037 _a101538:101547 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1800 _b.D43 2006eb 082 04 _a621.36/92 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aDeCusatis, Casimer. 245 10 _aFiber optic essentials _h[electronic resource] / _cCasimer M. DeCusatis and Carolyn J. Sher DeCusatis. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Academic Press, _cc2006. 300 _axi, 271 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book is a MUST for everyone in and around the optics community! Fiber Optic Essentials provides professionals and students new to the field of fiber optics with a high-level knowledge of principles, theories and applications. This primer can also be used as a succinct overview of optics for those with some engineering and physics background. Individuals involved with optics in non-traditional capacities such as in marketing and legal departments will find this volume introduces basic concepts completely in an easy to read format. Casimer and Carolyn DeCusatis have provided a concise resource with compact chapters and minimal equations conveying this complex topic in a straightforward and clear-cut style. Included in this book are chapters on fibers, cables, connectors, transmitters, modulators, noise, and optical link design. Concluding this reference are three indispensable appendices covering extensive definitions, acronyms (including initials and commonly used slang), measurement conversions and physical constants. This author team has produced a book that has truly shed light on this difficult subject. * Comprehensively covers basic fiber optic facts' * Explains how optics relate to everyday life * Details fiber optic communication standards * Chapter included on medical applications * Timeline traces the history of optics with major milestones. 505 0 _aChapter 1: Fibers, Cables and Connectors -- Chapter 2: Transmitters -- Chapter 3: Detectors and Receivers -- Chapter 4: Optical Link Design -- Chapter 5: Repeaters and Optical Amplifiers -- Chapter 6: Wavelength Multiplexing -- Chapter 7: Fiber Optic Communications Standards -- Chapter 8: Fabrication -- Chapter 9: Medical Applications -- Chapter 10: Fiber Facts -- Chapter 11: Fiber Optics Timeline -- Appendix A: Definitions -- Appendix B: Acronyms, Initials and Slang -- Appendix C: Measurement Conversion and Physical Constants. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aFiber optics. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aDeCusatis, Carolyn J. Sher. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0122084314 _z9780122084317 _w(DLC) 2005051979 _w(OCoLC)61303514 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780122084317 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0632/2005051979-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03066nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162571988 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780122226960 020 _a0122226968 035 _a(OCoLC)162571988 037 _a89438:89438 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1675 _b.D83 2003eb 082 04 _a621.36/6 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aDuarte, F. J. _q(Frank J.) 245 10 _aTunable laser optics _h[electronic resource] / _cFrancisco J. Duarte. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier Academic Press, _cc2003. 300 _axiii, 272 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aChapters will provide self-contained treatment of the topic as much as possible to allow the reader to go directly to the appropriate chapter to deal with a particular topic of concern. This sharp focus is necessary to maintain the emphasis, and to make this a practical reference. The knowledge and experience will integrate aspects of laser oscillators, laser amplifiers, laser systems, engineering of rugged laser cavities, design and engineering of laser-based instrumentation, and design of highly reliable laser systems for material processing applications. * Provides a sharp focus practical aspects of reference material. * Offers an approach that will be simple, direct, and focused only on lasers and optics * Integrates aspects of laser oscillators, laser amplifiers, laser systems, engineering of rugged laser cavities, design and engineering of laser-based instrumentation, and design of highly reliable laser systems for material processing applications. 505 0 _aIntroduction to Lasers; Dirac Optics; The Uncertainty Principle in Optics; The Physics of Multiple-Prism Optics; Linear Polarization; 6 Laser Beam Propagation Matrices; Pulsed Narrow-Linewidth Tunable Laser Oscillators; 8 Nonlinear Optics; Lasers and Their Emission Characteristics; Architecture of N-Slip Interferometric-Laser Optical Systems; Spectrometry and Interferometry; Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aLasers. 650 0 _aElectrooptics. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0122226968 _z9780122226960 _w(DLC) 2003108747 _w(OCoLC)53029727 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780122226960 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2003108747.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2003108747.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03995nam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162572003 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806m20029999ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780122252624 020 _a0122252624 035 _a(OCoLC)162572003 037 _a90069:90069 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5103.592.W38 _bW453 2002eb 082 04 _a621.382/7 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aWDM technologies _h[electronic resource] / _cedited by Achyut K. Dutta, Niloy K. Dutta, Masahiko Fujiwara. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bAcademic Press, _cc2002- 300 _av. <1-2 > : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe communications industry is at the onset of new expansion of WDM technology necessary to meet the new demand for bandwidth. This is the second of a four reference books that will cover this technology comprehensively with all of the major topics covered by a separate volumes - i.e. active components, passive components, systems and networks. This book is the first which covers all key passive optical components required for current and next generation optical communication systems. World-renowned authors, who are pioneers in their research area, have written the chapters in their area of expertise. The book highlights not only the principle of operation and characteristics of the passive optical components, but also provides an in-depth account of the state-of-the-art system applications. - Helps the reader to choose the right device for a given system application. - Provides the reader with insight and understanding for key passive optical components frequently being / to be used in the optical communication systems, essential building blocks of today's/next generation fiber optic networks. - Allows engineers working in different optical communication areas(i.e. from system to component), to understand the principle and mechanics of each key component they deal with for optical system design. - Covers Planar lightwave circuit (PLC) based router, different optical switches technologies (based on MEMS, thermo-optic, and electro-optic) and different optical amplifier technologies (based on semiconductor optical amplifier, EDFA ,and raman amplifier). - Highlights the operating principle of each component, system applications, and also future opportunities. 505 0 _aAWG Router; MUX/DEMUX: Discrete; Circulator; Micro-Electro-Mechanical Optoelectronics Switches; Thermo-Optic PLC Switch; Lithium Niobate Switch; Semiconductor Optical Amplifier; Erbium-Doped-Fiber-Amplifier (EDFA); Raman Amplifier; Semiconductor Monolithic Circuit, Wavelength Locker. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes. 505 1 _a[v. 1]. Active optical components -- v. 2. Passive optical components. 650 0 _aWavelength division multiplexing. 650 0 _aOptical communications. 650 0 _aOptoelectronic devices. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aDutta, Achyut K. 700 1 _aDutta, N. K. _q(Niloy K.), _d1953- 700 1 _aFujiwara, Masahiko. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0122252616 _z9780122252617 _z0122252624 _z9780122252624 _w(DLC) 2002107431 _w(OCoLC)50990436 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780122252624 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2002107431.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2002107431.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03423nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162572019 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 maua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780122252631 020 _a0122252632 035 _a(OCoLC)162572019 037 _a90070:90070 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5103.592.W38 _bW45327 2004eb 082 04 _a621.382/7 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aWDM technologies _h[electronic resource] : _boptical networks : volume III / _cedited by Achyut K. Dutta, Niloy K. Dutta, Masahiko Fujiwara. 260 _aBurlington, MA : _bElsevier Academic Press, _cc2004. 300 _axix, 315 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aInternet information (which is doubling every six months) travels through optical fibers. Today, optical fibers are being installed where a single fiber has the ability to carry information as much as 200 times faster than was possible just five years ago. This revolutionary capability is being achieved with technology known as wavelength division multiplexing WDM). WDM technology relies on the fact that optical fibers can carry many wavelengths of light simultaneously without interaction between each wavelength. Thus, a single fiber can carry many separate wavelength signals or channels simultaneously. The communications industry is at the onset of new expansion of WDM technology necessary to meet the new demand for bandwidth. This book deals with the Networks facet of this field (present and future). * Allows engineers working in optical communications(from systems to components) to understand the principles and mechanics of each key component they deal with for optical system design. * Provides an excellent resource for engineers and researchers engaged in all aspects of fiber optic communications, such as optoelectronics, equipment/system design, and manufacturing. * Provides comprehensive coverage of key concepts in optical networks and their application in commercial systems. 505 0 _a1.Optical Path Crossconnect -- 2.Photonic ATM Switch/IP Router -- 3.Submarine Networks -- 4.Broadcast Center Network -- 5.WDM Routed Network -- 6.WDM Networks: Extended Network Management -- 7.WDM Computer Networks -- 8.WDM Networks: Metro/Access Application -- 9. OADM and its Scalability in WDM Network. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aWavelength division multiplexing. 650 6 _aMultiplexage en longueur d'onde. 650 6 _aT�el�ecommunications optiques. 650 6 _aDispositifs opto�electroniques. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aDutta, Achyut K. 700 1 _aDutta, N. K. _q(Niloy K.), _d1953- 700 1 _aFujiwara, Masahiko. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0122252632 _z9780122252631 _w(DLC) 2004048502 _w(OCoLC)55502921 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780122252631 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03662nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162572078 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 caua s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780122365423 020 _a0122365429 035 _a(OCoLC)162572078 037 _a98158:98160 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5101 _b.E48 2003eb 082 04 _a384.3/3 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aEllis, Juanita. 245 10 _aVoice, video, and data network convergence _h[electronic resource] : _barchitecture and design, from VoIP to wireless / _cJuanita Ellis, Charles Pursell, Joy Rahman. 260 _aSan Diego, Calif. : _bAcademic Press, _cc2003. 300 _axxii, 330 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _a*Covers the latest standards and those being developed in an ever-evolving field *Provides insight into the latest technology of video and data over wireless networks and how convergence will be a driving force in this industry *Provides an understanding of the true capabilities behind each vendor's solution to allow for informed buying decisions A recent survey of 500 U.S. companies with multiple locations found that 81% are planning to implement IP Telephony on their local area networks (LANs) in 2003, and two-thirds are looking at convergence for their wide area networks (WANs) as well. This includes voice, video and data over hard line and wireless networks. Today, new standards and technologies are being developed to support convergence and voice over IP (VoIP) and Video over IP and wireless. Because convergence covers the voice and data world, it will be critical to understand all of these environments. This book provides detailed information on convergence network models, protocol stacks, routing algorithms, gateways and switches required to support these networks. *Covers the latest standards and those being developed in an ever-evolving field *Provides insight into the latest technology of video and data over wireless networks and how convergence will be a driving force in this industry *Provides an understanding of the true capabilities behind each vendor's solution to allow for informed buying decisions. 505 0 _aConvergence; Networks Supported; Differences in Data & Voice Traffic; Voice-over-IP Arch; VOIP Tech; VoIP Clients; Video on the Converged Network; Convergence on a Wireless Networks; The IP-Based Converged Network Elements; Convergence Standards & Protocols; Management & Control Protocols; Deployment Strategies; Convergence Testing; Quality Of Service; The Next Phase, Applications Using the Converged Network. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aConvergence (Telecommunication) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aPursell, Charles. 700 1 _aRahman, Joy. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0122365429 _z9780122365423 _w(DLC) 2003050271 _w(OCoLC)52134864 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780122365423 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2003050271.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2003050271.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02877nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162572093 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2001 enka s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780122370854 020 _a0122370856 035 _a(OCoLC)162572093 037 _a89408:89408 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5102.9 _b.E45 2001eb 082 04 _a620.23 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aElliott, S. J. 245 10 _aSignal processing for active control _h[electronic resource] / _cS.J. Elliott. 260 _aSan Diego, Calif. : _aLondon : _bAcademic, _cc2001. 300 _axviii, 511 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 440 0 _aSignal processing and its applications 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aSignal Processing for Active Control sets out the signal processing and automatic control techniques that are used in the analysis and implementation of active systems for the control of sound and vibration. After reviewing the performance limitations introduced by physical aspects of active control, Stephen Elliott presents the calculation of the optimal performance and the implementation of adaptive real time controllers for a wide variety of active control systems. Active sound and vibration control are technologically important problems with many applications. 'Active control' means controlling disturbance by superimposing a second disturbance on the original source of disturbance. Put simply, initial noise + other specially-generated noise or vibration = silence [or controlled noise]. This book presents a unified approach to techniques that are used in the analysis and implementation of different control systems. It includes practical examples at the end of each chapter to illustrate the use of various approaches. This book is intended for researchers, engineers, and students in the field of acoustics, active control, signal processing, and electrical engineering. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aSignal processing. 650 0 _aActive noise and vibration control. 650 4 _aProcesamiento de se�nales 650 17 _aSignaalverwerking. _2gtt 650 17 _aControlesystemen. _2gtt 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0122370856 _z9780122370854 _w(OCoLC)44915791 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780122370854 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03059nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162129395 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2000 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780122629426 020 _a0122629426 035 _a(OCoLC)162129395 037 _a89269:89269 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK6590.A6 _bF688 2000eb 082 04 _a621.384/135 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aFourikis, Nicholas. 245 10 _aAdvanced array systems, applications and RF technologies _h[electronic resource] / _cNicholas Fourikis. 260 _aSan Diego, CA : _bAcademic Press, _c2000. 300 _axxv, 362 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 440 0 _aSignal processing and its applications 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aAdvanced Array Systems, Applications and RF Technologies adopts a holistic view of arrays used in radar, electronic warfare, communications, remote sensing and radioastronomy. Radio frequency (RF) and intermediate frequency (IF) signal processing is assuming a fundamental importance, owing to its increasing ability to multiply a system's capabilities in a cost-effective manner. This book comprehensively covers the important front-end RF subsystems of active phased arrays, so offering array designers new and exciting opportunities in signal processing. Key Features * provides an up to date record of existing systems from different applications * explores array systems under development * bridges the gap between textbook coverage of idealized phased arrays and practical knowledge of working phased arrays * recognises the significance of cost to the realization of phased arrays * discusses future advances in the field that promise to deliver even more affordable arrays ['intelligent' or self-focussing/-cohering arrays]. 505 0 _aSeries Preface. Preface. List of Abbreviations. Systems and Applications. From Array Theory to Shared Aperture Arrays. Array Antenna Elements. Transmit/Receive Modules. Beamformers. References. Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aRadar _xAntennas. 650 0 _aSignal processing. 650 0 _aAntenna arrays. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0122629426 _z9780122629426 _w(DLC) 99069817 _w(OCoLC)44058345 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780122629426 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els033/99069817.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els033/99069817.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 05278nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162129430 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2001 enka sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780122699511 020 _a0122699513 035 _a(OCoLC)162129430 037 _a89560:89560 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK454.4.M3 _bF87 2001eb 082 04 _a621.34 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aFurlani, Edward P. 245 10 _aPermanent magnet and electromechanical devices _h[electronic resource] : _bmaterials, analysis, and applications / _cEdward P. Furlani. 260 _aSan Diego, Calif. ; _aLondon : _bAcademic, _cc2001. 300 _axvii, 518 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 490 1 _aElectromagnetism series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe book provides both the theoretical and the applied background needed to predict magnetic fields. The theoretical presentation is reinforced with over 60 solved examples of practical engineering applications such as the design of magnetic components like solenoids, which are electromagnetic coils that are moved by electric currents and activate other devices such as circuit breakers. Other design applications would be for permanent magnet structures such as bearings and couplings, which are hardware mechanisms used to fashion a temporary connection between two wires. This book is written for use as a text or reference by researchers, engineers, professors, and students engaged in the research, development, study, and manufacture of permanent magnets and electromechanical devices. It can serve as a primary or supplemental text for upper level courses in electrical engineering on electromagnetic theory, electronic and magnetic materials, and electromagnetic engineering. 505 0 _aPreface -- 1. Materials -- Introduction -- Units -- Classification of Materials -- Atomic Magnetic Moments -- Single electron atoms -- Multielectron atoms -- Paramagnetism -- Ferromagnetism -- Magnetostatic Energy -- Demagnetization Field -- Anisotropy -- Magnetocrystalline Anisotropy -- Shape Anisotropy -- Domains -- Hysteresis -- Soft Magnetic Materials -- Hard Magnetic Materials -- Ferrites -- Alnico -- Samarium-Cobalt -- Neodymium-iron-boron -- Bonded Magnets -- Magnetization -- Stability -- 2. Review of Maxwell's Equations -- Introduction -- Maxwell's Equations -- Constitutive Relations -- Integral Equations -- Boundary Conditions -- Force and Torque -- Potentials -- Quasi-static Theory -- Static Theory -- Magnetostatic Theory -- Electrostatic Theory -- Summary -- 3. Field Analysis -- Introduction -- Magnetostatic Analysis -- Vector Potential -- Force and Torque -- Maxwell Stress Tensor -- Energy -- Inductance -- The Current Model -- The Charge Model -- Force -- Torque -- Magnetic Circuit Analysis -- Current Sources -- Magnet Sources -- Boundary-Value Problems -- Cartesian Coordinates -- Cylindrical Coordinates -- Spherical Coordinates -- Method of Images -- Finite Element Analysis -- Finite Difference Method -- 4. Permanent Magnet Applications -- Introduction -- Magnet Structures -- Rectangular Structures -- Cylindrical Structures -- High Field Structures -- Magnetic Latching -- Magnetic Suspension -- Magnetic Gears -- Magnetic Couplings -- Magnetic Resonance Imaging -- Electrophotography -- Magneto-Optical Recording -- Free-Electron Lasers -- 5. Electromechanical Devices -- Introduction -- Device Basics -- Quasi-static Field Theory -- Stationary Reference Frame -- Moving Reference Frames -- Electrical Equations -- Stationary Circuits -- Moving Coils -- Mechanical Equations -- Electromechanical Equations -- Stationary Circuits -- Moving Coils -- Energy Analysis -- Magnetic Circuit Actuators -- Axial-Field Actuators -- Resonant Actuators -- Magneto-Optical Bias Field Actuator -- Linear Actuators -- Axial-Field Motors -- Stepper Motors -- Hybrid Analytical-FEM Analysis -- Magnetic MEMS -- Vector Analysis -- Cartesian Coordinates -- Cylindrical Coordinates -- Spherical Coordinates -- Integrals of Vector Functions -- Theorems and Identities -- Coordinate Transformations -- Green's Function -- Systems of Equations -- Euler's Method -- Improved Euler Method -- Runge-Kutta Methods -- Units. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aMagnetic devices. 650 0 _aElectromechanical devices. 650 7 _aMateriais magn�eticos. _2larpcal 650 7 _aDispositivos magn�eticos. _2larpcal 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0122699513 _z9780122699511 _w(DLC) 2001089410 _w(OCoLC)47726317 830 0 _aElectromagnetism. 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780122699511 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/fy022/2001089410.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03031nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162129307 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2000 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780123032607 020 _a0123032601 035 _a(OCoLC)162129307 037 _a88785:88785 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQP341 _b.G751 2000eb 070 1 _aQP341 _b.G75 2000 072 0 _aX300 072 0 _aX400 082 04 _a572.437 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aGrimnes, Sverre. 245 10 _aBioimpedance and bioelectricity basics _h[electronic resource] / _cSverre Grimnes and �rjan Gr�ttem Martinsen. 260 _aSan Diego, Calif. ; _aLondon : _bAcademic, _cc2000. 300 _axiii, 359 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aBioimpedance and Bioelectricity Basics is unique in providing all the information needed to follow the interdisciplinary subjects of bioimpedance and bioelectricity without having to be a graduate student in the relevant fields. For the first time, one book offers the broadest possible introduction to all use and effects of electrical fields in tissue, dealing with the most basic chemical and physical functions of life. Very few books have covered the dielectric and electrochemical side of the subject, despite its importance; Bioimpedance and Bioelectricity Basics does. It also includes the electrical engineering concepts of network theory and the complex math needed. Up to now, there has been work done by physicists and engineers on one side, doctors and biologists on the other, this book fills the gap, providing the knowledge for both groups. Key Features * is one complete source and reference guide to a complex and disparate field * gives the reader the latest research and applications * is highly illustrated, with an indepth explanation of all mathematics. 505 0 _aPreface. Introduction. Electrolytics. Dielectrics. Electrical properties of tissue. Geometrical analysis. Instrumentation and measurement. Data and models. Selected applications. History of bioimpedance and bioelectricity. Appendix. References and further reading. Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. [335]-345) and index. 650 0 _aElectrophysiology. 650 4 _aImpedance, Bioelectric. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aMartinsen, �rjan Gr�ttem. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0123032601 _z9780123032607 _w(OCoLC)43541860 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780123032607 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04328nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162572550 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2001 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780123106759 020 _a0123106753 035 _a(OCoLC)162572550 037 _a89609:89609 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7872.C77 _bL69 2001eb 082 04 _a621.381 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aLow temperature electronics _h[electronic resource] : _bphysics, devices, circuits, and applications / _c[edited by] Edmundo A. Gutierrez-D., M. Jamal Deen, C. Claeys. 260 _aSan Diego : _bAcademic Press, _cc2001. 300 _axx, 964 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aLow Temperature Electronics: Physics, Devices, Circuits, and Applications summarizes the recent advances in cryoelectronics starting from the fundamentals in physics and semiconductor devices to electronic systems, hybrid superconductor-semiconductor technologies, photonic devices, cryocoolers and thermal management. Furthermore, this book provides an exploration of the currently available theory, research, and technologies related to cryoelectronics, including treatment of the solid state physical properties of the materials used in these systems. Current applications are found in infrared systems, satellite communications and medical equipment. There are opportunities to expand in newer fields such as wireless and mobile communications, computers, and measurement and scientific equipment. Low temperature operations can offer certain advantages such as higher operational speeds, lower power dissipation, shorter signal transmission times, higher semiconductor and metal thermal conductivities, and improved digital and analog circuit performance. The computer, telecommunication, and cellular phone market is pushing the semiconductor industry towards the development of very aggressive device and integrated circuit fabrication technologies. This is taking these technologies towards the physical miniaturization limit, where quantum effects and fabrication costs are becoming a technological and economical barrier for further development. In view of these limitations, operation of semiconductor devices and circuits at low temperature (cryogenic temperature) is studied in this book. * It is a book intended for a wide audience: students, scientists, technology development engineers, private companies, universities, etc. * It contains information which is for the first time available as an all-in-one source; Interdisciplinary material is arranged and made compatible in this book * It is a must as reference source. 505 0 _a1. Physics of Silicon at Cryogenic Temperatures -- 2. Silicon Devices and Circuits -- 3. Reliability Aspects of Cryogenic Silicon Technologies -- 4. Radiation Effects and Low-Frequency Noise in Silicon Technologies -- 5. Heterostructure and Compound Semiconductor Devices -- 6. Compound Heterostructure Semiconductor Lasers and Photodetectors -- 7. High-Temperature Superconductors/Semiconductor Hybrid Microwave Devices and Circuits -- 8. Cryocooling and Thermal Management -- 9. Applications, Trends, and Perspectives -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aCryoelectronics. 650 6 _aCryo�electronique. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aGutierrez-D., Edmundo A. 700 1 _aDeen, M. Jamal. 700 1 _aClaeys, Cor L. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0123106753 _z9780123106759 _w(DLC) 00104378 _w(OCoLC)46539927 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780123106759 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/00104378.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/00104378.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03457nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162572576 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780123116307 020 _a0123116309 035 _a(OCoLC)162572576 037 _a91338:91335 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQC411 _b.H37 2003eb 082 04 _a535/.47/0287 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aHariharan, P. 245 10 _aOptical interferometry _h[electronic resource] / _cby P. Hariharan. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bAcademic Press, _cc2003. 300 _axvi, 351 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aWhen the first edition of "Optical Interferometry" was published, interferometry was regarded as a rather esoteric method of making measurements, largely confined to the laboratory. Today, however, besides its use in several fields of research, it has applications in fields as diverse as measurement of length and velocity, sensors for rotation, acceleration, vibration and electrical and magnetic fields, as well as in microscopy and nanotechnology. Most topics are discussed first at a level accessible to anyone with a basic knowledge of physical optics, then a more detailed treatment of the topic is undertaken, and finally each topic is supplemented by a reference list of more than 1000 selected original publications in total. * Historical development of interferometry * The laser as a light source * Two-beam interference * Techniques for frequency stabilization * Coherence * Electronic phase measurements * Multiple-beam interference * Quantum effects in optical interference * Extensive coverage of the applications of interferometry, such as measurements of length, optical testing, interference microscopy, interference spectroscopy, Fourier-transform spectroscopy, interferometric sensors, nonlinear interferometers, stellar interferometry, and studies of space-time and gravitation. 505 0 _aOptical interferometry; Two-beam interference; Coherence; Multiple-beam interference; The laser as a light source; Electronic techniques; Measurements of length; Optical testing; Interference microscopy; Interferometric sensors; Interference spectroscopy; Fourier-transform spectroscopy; Nonlinear interferometers; Stellar interferometry; Space-time and gravitation; Single-photon interferometry; Fourth-order interference; Two-photon interferometry. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 309-342) and index. 650 0 _aInterferometry. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0123116309 _z9780123116307 _w(DLC) 2003050272 _w(OCoLC)52107471 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780123116307 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2003050272.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els041/2003050272.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03965nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162572927 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780123693877 020 _a012369387X 035 _a(OCoLC)162572927 037 _a113060:113148 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK6680.5 _b.U55 2006eb 082 04 _a006.3/7 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 02 _aA unified framework for video summarization, browsing, and retrieval with applications to consumer and surveillance video _h[electronic resource] / _cZiyou Xiong ... [et al.]. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Academic Press, _cc2006. 300 _axxi, 267 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aLarge volumes of video content can only be easily accessed by the use of rapid browsing and retrieval techniques. Constructing a video table of contents (ToC) and video highlights to enable end users to sift through all this data and find what they want, when they want are essential. This reference puts forth a unified framework to integrate these functions supporting efficient browsing and retrieval of video content. The authors have developed a cohesive way to create a video table of contents, video highlights, and video indices that serve to streamline the use of applications in consumer and surveillance video applications. The authors discuss the generation of table of contents, extraction of highlights, different techniques for audio and video marker recognition, and indexing with low-level features such as color, texture, and shape. Current applications including this summarization and browsing technology are also reviewed. Applications such as event detection in elevator surveillance, highlight extraction from sports video, and image and video database management are considered within the proposed framework. This book presents the latest in research and readers will find their search for knowledge completely satisfied by the breadth of the information covered in this volume. * Offers the latest in cutting edge research and applications in surveillance and consumer video * Presentation of a novel unified framework aimed at successfully sifting through the abundance of footage gathered daily at shopping malls, airports, and other commercial facilities * Concisely written by leading contributors in the signal processing industry with step-by-step instruction in building video ToC and indices. 505 0 _aLiterature Survey; Video Table-of-content Generation; Video Highlights Extraction; Video Structure Discovery using Unsupervised Learning; Video Indexing; A Unified Framework for Video Summarization, Browsing, and Retrieval; Applications; Conclusions. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 253-259) and index. 650 0 _aDigital video _xIndexes. 650 0 _aVideo recordings _xIndexes. 650 0 _aAutomatic abstracting. 650 0 _aDatabase management. 650 0 _aImage processing _xDigital techniques. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aXiong, Ziyou. 776 1 _cOriginal _z012369387X _z9780123693877 _w(DLC) 2005027690 _w(OCoLC)64065617 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780123693877 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip061/2005027690.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0623/2005027690-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04048nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162573244 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780123694768 020 _a0123694760 035 _a(OCoLC)162573244 037 _a115427:115522 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQA76.9.A25 _bM875 2006eb 082 04 _a005.8 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aMultimedia security technologies for digital rights management _h[electronic resource] / _cedited by Wenjun Zeng, Heather Yu, Ching-Yung Lin. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bAcademic Press, _cc2006. 300 _axxii, 494 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aSecurity is a major concern in an increasingly multimedia-defined universe where the Internet serves as an indispensable resource for information and entertainment. Digital Rights Management (DRM) is the technology by which network systems protect and provide access to critical and time-sensitive copyrighted material and/or personal information. This book equips savvy technology professionals and their aspiring collegiate pro�t�gs with the latest technologies, strategies and methodologies needed to successfully thwart off those who thrive on security holes and weaknesses. Filled with sample application scenarios and algorithms, this book provides an in-depth examination of present and future field technologies including encryption, authentication, copy control, tagging, tracing, conditional access and media identification. The authors present a diversified blend of theory and practice and focus on the constantly changing developments in multimedia applications thus providing an admirably comprehensive book. * Discusses state-of-the-art multimedia authentication and fingerprinting techniques * Presents several practical methodologies from industry, including broadcast encryption, digital media forensics and 3D mesh watermarking * Focuses on the need for security in multimedia applications found on computer networks, cell phones and emerging mobile computing devices. 505 0 _a1. Introduction - digital rights management -- 2. Digital rights management systems -- 3. Putting digital rights management in context -- 4. Multimedia encryption -- 5. Multimedia authentication -- 6. Key management for multimedia access and distribution -- 7. An overview of digital watermarking -- 8. Biometrics in digital rights management -- 9. Format compliant content protection -- 10. Secure media streaming and secure transcoding -- 11. Scalable encryption and multi-access control for multimedia -- 12. Broadcast encryption -- 13. Practical "traitor tracing" -- 14. Steganalysis -- 15. Passive-blind image forensics -- 16. Security in digital cinema -- 17. Drm standard activities -- 18. The digital millennium copyright act. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aComputer security. 650 0 _aMultimedia systems _xSecurity measures. 650 0 _aIntellectual property. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aZeng, Wenjun, _d1967- 700 1 _aYu, Hong Heather, _d1967- 700 1 _aLin, Ching-Yung. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0123694760 _z9780123694768 _w(DLC) 2006003179 _w(OCoLC)63277874 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780123694768 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip067/2006003179.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0629/2006003179-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03300nam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162131366 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780123705211 020 _a0123705215 035 _a(OCoLC)162131366 037 _a131782:131888 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bB45 2006eb 082 04 _a621.3815 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBenini, Luca, _d1967- 245 10 _aNetworks on chips _h[electronic resource] : _btechnology and tools / _cLuca Benini and Giovanni De Micheli. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, _cc2006. 300 _ax, 395 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 440 4 _aThe Morgan Kaufmann series in systems on silicon 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe design of today's semiconductor chips for various applications, such as telecommunications, poses various challenges due to the complexity of these systems. These highly complex systems-on-chips demand new approaches to connect and manage the communication between on-chip processing and storage components and networks on chips (NoCs) provide a powerful solution. This book is the first to provide a unified overview of NoC technology. It includes in-depth analysis of all the on-chip communication challenges, from physical wiring implementation up to software architecture, and a complete classification of their various Network-on-Chip approaches and solutions. * Leading-edge research from world-renowned experts in academia and industry with state-of-the-art technology implementations/trends * An integrated presentation not currently available in any other book * A thorough introduction to current design methodologies and chips designed with NoCs. 505 0 _aI. Introduction and Motivation -- II. Architectures for NoCs -- III. Physical network layer -- IV. Data-link layer and encoding -- V. Switching and Routing in NoCs -- VI. Software for NoCs -- VII. Tools for NoC Design -- VIII. On-Chip multiprocessors -- IX. SoCs based on NoCs -- Examples of other design chips using NoCs. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aSystems on a chip. 650 0 _aComputer networks _xEquipment and supplies. 650 6 _aSyst�emes sur une puce. 650 6 _aR�eseaux d'ordinateurs _xAppareils et mat�eriel. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aDe Micheli, Giovanni. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0123705215 _z9780123705211 _w(DLC) 2006018657 _w(OCoLC)70054285 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780123705211 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip0615/2006018657.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0661/2006018657-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03370nam 2200445Ia 4500 001 ocn162573568 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780123705976 020 _a0123705975 035 _a(OCoLC)162573568 037 _a132281:132389 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7874.75 _b.V587 2006eb 082 04 _a621.39/5 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aVLSI test principles and architectures _h[electronic resource] : _bdesign for testability / _cedited by Laung-Terng Wang, Cheng-Wen Wu, Xiaoqing Wen. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, _cc2006. 300 _axxx, 777 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 440 4 _aThe Morgan Kaufmann series in systems on silicon 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book is a comprehensive guide to new DFT methods that will show the readers how to design a testable and quality product, drive down test cost, improve product quality and yield, and speed up time-to-market and time-to-volume. Most up-to-date coverage of design for testability. Coverage of industry practices commonly found in commercial DFT tools but not discussed in other books. Numerous, practical examples in each chapter illustrating basic VLSI test principles and DFT architectures. Lecture slides and exercise solutions for all chapters are now available. Instructors are also eligible for downloading PPT slide files and MSWORD solutions files from the manual website. 505 0 _aChapter 1 Introduction -- Chapter 2 Design for Testability -- Chapter 3 Logic and Fault Simulation -- Chapter 4 Test Generation -- Chapter 5 Logic Built-In Self-Test -- Chapter 6 Test Compression -- Chapter 7 Logic Diagnosis -- Chapter 8 Memory Testing and Built-In Self-Test -- Chapter 9 Memory Diagnosis and Built-In Self-Repair -- Chapter 10 Boundary Scan and Core-Based Testing -- Chapter 11 Analog and Mixed-Signal Testing -- Chapter 12 Test Technology Trends in the Nanometer Age. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aIntegrated circuits _xVery large scale integration _xTesting. 650 0 _aIntegrated circuits _xVery large scale integration _xDesign. 650 6 _aCircuits int�egr�es �a tr�es grande �echelle _xEssais. 650 6 _aCircuits int�egr�es �a tr�es grande �echelle _xConception et construction. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aWang, Laung-Terng. 700 1 _aWu, Cheng-Wen, _cEE Ph. D. 700 1 _aWen, Xiaoqing. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0123705975 _z9780123705976 _w(DLC) 2006006869 _w(OCoLC)64624834 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780123705976 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip069/2006006869.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0632/2006006869-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04871nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162131448 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780123724984 020 _a0123724988 035 _a(OCoLC)162131448 037 _a133605:133730 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bL45 2006eb 082 04 _a621.3815 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aLeibson, Steve. 245 10 _aDesigning SOCs with configured cores _h[electronic resource] : _bunleashing the Tensilica Xtensa and diamond cores / _cSteve Leibson. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bMorgan Kaufmann Publishers, _cc2006. 300 _axx, 320 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 440 4 _aThe Morgan Kaufmann series in systems on silicon 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aMicroprocessor cores used for SOC design are the direct descendents of Intels original 4004 microprocessor. Just as packaged microprocessor ICs vary widely in their attributes, so do microprocessors packaged as IP cores. However, SOC designers still compare and select processor cores the way they previously compared and selected packaged microprocessor ICs. The big problem with this selection method is that it assumes that the laws of the microprocessor universe have remained unchanged for decades. This assumption is no longer valid. Processor cores for SOC designs can be far more plastic than microprocessor ICs for board-level system designs. Shaping these cores for specific applications produces much better processor efficiency and much lower system clock rates. Together, Tensilicas Xtensa and Diamond processor cores constitute a family of software-compatible microprocessors covering an extremely wide performance range from simple control processors, to DSPs, to 3-way superscalar processors. Yet all of these processors use the same software-development tools so that programmers familiar with one processor in the family can easily switch to another. This book emphasizes a processor-centric MPSOC (multiple-processor SOC) design style shaped by the realities of the 21st-century and nanometer silicon. It advocates the assignment of tasks to firmware-controlled processors whenever possible to maximize SOC flexibility, cut power dissipation, reduce the size and number of hand-built logic blocks, shrink the associated verification effort, and minimize the overall design risk. An essential, no-nonsense guide to the design of 21st-century mega-gate SOCs using nanometer silicon. Discusses today's key issues affecting SOC design, based on author's decades of personal experience in developing large digital systems as a design engineer while working at Hewlett-Packard's Desktop Computer Division and at EDA workstation pioneer Cadnetix, and covering such topics as an award-winning technology journalist and editor-in-chief for EDN magazine and the Microprocessor Report. Explores conventionally accepted boundaries and perceived limits of processor-based system design and then explodes these artificial constraints through a fresh outlook on and discussion of the special abilities of processor cores designed specifically for SOC design. Thorough exploration of the evolution of processors and processor cores used for ASIC and SOC design with a look at where the industry has come from, and where it's going. Easy-to-understand explanations of the capabilities of configurable and extensible processor cores through a detailed examination of Tensilica's configurable, extensible Xtensa processor core and six pre-configured Diamond cores. The most comprehensive assessment available of the practical aspects of configuring and using multiple processor cores to achieve very difficult and ambitious SOC price, performance, and power design goals. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aSystems on a chip _xDesign and construction. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0123724988 _z9780123724984 _w(DLC) 2006011723 _w(OCoLC)67840110 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780123724984 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip0612/2006011723.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0634/2006011723-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03733nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162574303 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2000 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780123797773 020 _a0123797772 035 _a(OCoLC)162574303 037 _a89184:89184 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1634 _b.C648 2000eb 082 04 _a006.3/7 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aComputer vision and applications _h[electronic resource] : _ba guide for students and practitioners / _ceditors, Bernd J�ahne and Horst Haussecker. 260 _aSan Diego : _bAcademic Press, _cc2000. 300 _axxi, 679 p. : _bill. ; _c23 cm. + _e1 computer optical disc (4 3/4 in.) 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aBased on the highly successful 3-volume reference Handbook of Computer Vision and Applications, this concise edition covers in a single volume the entire spectrum of computer vision ranging form the imaging process to high-end algorithms and applications. This book consists of three parts, including an application gallery, and is accompanied by an interactive CD-ROM. * Bridges the gap between theory and practical applications * Covers modern concepts in computer vision as well as modern developments in imaging sensor technology * Presents a unique interdisciplinary approach covering different areas of modern science * An accompanying CD-ROM provides full text with hyperlinks for quick searching and browsing along with reference material, interactive software components, code examples, image material, full-color figures, and references to Internet sources. 505 0 _aPreface. Contributors. B. Jahne, Introduction. Sensors and Imaging. H. Haubecker,Radiation and Illumination. P. Geibler,Imaging Optics. H. Haubecker,Radiometry of Imaging. P. Seitz,Solid-State Image Sensing. R. Godding, Geometric Calibration of Digital Imaging Systems. R. Schwarte, G. Hausler, R.W. Malz, Three-Dimensional Imaging Techniques. Signal Processing and Pattern Recognition. B. Jahne, Representation of Multidimensional Signals. B. Jahne, Neighborhood Operators. H. Haubecker, H. Spies, Motion. P. Geibler, T. Dierig, H.A. Mallot, Three-Dimensional Imaging Algorithms. J. Weickert, Design of Nonlinear Diffusion Filters. C. Schnorr, Variational Adaptive Smoothing and Segmentation. P. Soille, Morphological Operators. J. Hornegger, D. Paulus, H. Niemann,Probabilistic Modeling in Computer Vision. H. Haubecker, H.R. Tizhoosh, Fuzzy Image Processing. A. Meyer-Base, Neural Net Computing for Image Processing. Application Gallery. Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 505 0 _aSensors and imaging -- Signal processing and pattern recognition -- Application gallery. 650 0 _aComputer vision. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aJ�ahne, Bernd, _d1953- 700 1 _aHaussecker, Horst. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0123797772 _z9780123797773 _w(DLC) 99068829 _w(OCoLC)44012962 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780123797773 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els033/99068829.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els033/99068829.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04294nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162574321 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a sb 101 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780123852519 020 _a012385251X 035 _a(OCoLC)162574321 037 _a102337:102355 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQA76.5 _b.M796 2005eb 082 04 _a621.395 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aMultiprocessor systems-on-chips _h[electronic resource] / _cedited by Ahmed Amine Jerraya, Wayne Wolf. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aLondon : _bMorgan Kaufmann, _cc2005. 300 _axx, 581 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 440 0 _aMorgan Kaufmann series in systems on silicon 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aModern system-on-chip (SoC) design shows a clear trend toward integration of multiple processor cores on a single chip. Designing a multiprocessor system-on-chip (MPSOC) requires an understanding of the various design styles and techniques used in the multiprocessor. Understanding the application area of the MPSOC is also critical to making proper tradeoffs and design decisions. Multiprocessor Systems-on-Chips covers both design techniques and applications for MPSOCs. Design topics include multiprocessor architectures, processors, operating systems, compilers, methodologies, and synthesis algorithms, and application areas covered include telecommunications and multimedia. The majority of the chapters were collected from presentations made at the International Workshop on Application-Specific Multi-Processor SoC held over the past two years. The workshop assembled internationally recognized speakers on the range of topics relevant to MPSOCs. After having refined their material at the workshop, the speakers are now writing chapters and the editors are fashioning them into a unified book by making connections between chapters and developing common terminology. *Examines several different architectures and the constraints imposed on them *Discusses scheduling, real-time operating systems, and compilers *Analyzes design trade-off and decisions in telecommunications and multimedia applications. 505 0 _aTable of Contents -- 1. The What, Why, and How of MPSoCs* -- Part I. Hardware -- 2. Techniques for Designing energy-Aware MPSoCs* 3. Networks on Chips*4. Architecture of Embedded Microprocessors* 5. Performance and Flexibility for Multiple-Processor SoC Design*6. MPSOC Performance Modeling and Analysis*7. Design of Communication Architectures for High-Performance and Energy Efficient System-on-Chips* 8. Design space exploration of on-chip networks* -- Part II. Software -- 9. Memory Systems and Compiler Support fo MPSoC Architectures*10. A SystemC-Based Abstract Real-Time Operating System Model for Multiprocessor System-on-Chip*11.Cost-Efficient Mapping of Dynamic Concurrent Tasks in Embedded Real-Time Multimedia Systems*12. ILP-Based Resource-Aware Compilation* -- Part III. Methodologies and Applications -- 13. Component-Based Design for Multiprocessor System-on-chip*15. Models of Computation for Systems-on-Chips* 16. Metropolis: A Design Envrionemnet for Heterogenous Systems* Glossary*Bibliography*Contributors. 500 _a"This book had its origins in the Multiprocessor Systems-on-Chips (MPSoC) Workshop, ... held every summer since 2001"--Pref. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. [513]-556) and index. 650 0 _aSystems on a chip _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aMultiprocessors _xDesign and construction. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aJerraya, Ahmed A. _q(Ahmed Amine) 700 1 _aWolf, Wayne Hendrix. 776 1 _cOriginal _z012385251X _z9780123852519 _w(OCoLC)56467197 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780123852519 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03664nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162129340 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2002 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780124027725 020 _a0124027725 035 _a(OCoLC)162129340 037 _a89044:89044 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7881.15 _b.C68 2002eb 082 04 _a621.31/7 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aControl in power electronics _h[electronic resource] : _bselected problems / _ceditors, Marian P. Kazmierkowski, R. Krishnan, Frede Blaabjerg. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aNew York : _bAcademic Press, _cc2002. 300 _ax, 518 p. : _bill. ; _c28 cm. 440 0 _aAcademic Press series in engineering 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe authors were originally brought together to share research and applications through the international Danfoss Professor Programme at Aalborg University in Denmark. Personal computers would be unwieldy and inefficient without power electronic dc supplies. Portable communication devices and computers would also be impractical. High-performance lighting systems, motor controls, and a wide range of industrial controls depend on power electronics. In the near future we can expect strong growth in automotive applications, dc power supplies for communication systems, portable applications, and high-end converters. We are approaching a time when all electrical energy will be processed and controlled through power electronics somewhere in the path from generation to end use. The most up-to-date information available is presented in the text Written by a world renowned leader in the field. 505 0 _aPart I: PWM Converters: Topologies and Control -- 1. Power Electronic Converters; 2. Resonant dc Link Converters; 3. Fundamentals of the Matrix Converter Technology; 4. Pulse Width Modulation Techniques for Three-Phase Voltage Source Converters -- Part II: Motor Control -- 5. Control of PWM Inverter-Fed Induction Motors; 6. Energy Optimal Control of Induction Motor Drives; -- 7. Comparison of Torque Control Strategies Based on the Constant Power Loss Control System for PMSM; -- 8. Modeling and Control of Synchronous Reluctance Machines; 9. Direct Torque and Flux Control (DTFC) of ac Drives; 10. Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic Control in Power Electronics -- Part III: Utilities Interface and Wind Turbine Systems -- 11. Control of Three-Phase PWM Rectifiers; 12. Power Quality and Adjustable Speed Drives; 13. Wind Turbine Systems -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aPower electronics. 650 0 _aElectronic control. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aKa�zmierkowski, Marian P. 700 1 _aKrishnan, R. _q(Ramu) 700 1 _aBlaabjerg, Frede. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0124027725 _z9780124027725 _w(DLC) 2001098018 _w(OCoLC)50531773 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780124027725 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2001098018.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2001098018.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03932nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162129411 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2003 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780124105904 020 _a0124105904 035 _a(OCoLC)162129411 037 _a89404:89404 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQC174.26.W28 _bK58 2003eb 082 04 _a530.1/4 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aKivshar, Y. S. _q(Yuri S.), _d1959- 245 10 _aOptical solitons _h[electronic resource] : _bfrom fibers to photonic crystals / _cYuri S. Kivshar, Govind P. Agrawal. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bAcademic Press, _cc2003. 300 _axvi, 540 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe current research into solitons and their use in fiber optic communications is very important to the future of communications. Since the advent of computer networking and high speed data transmission technology people have been striving to develop faster and more reliable communications media. Optical pulses tend to broaden over relatively short distances due to dispersion, but solitons on the other hand are not as susceptible to the effects of dispersion, and although they are subject to losses due to attenuation they can be amplified without being received and re-transmitted. This book is the first to provide a thorough overview of optical solitons. The main purpose of this book is to present the rapidly developing field of Spatial Optical Solitons starting from the basic concepts of light self-focusing and self-trapping. It will introduce the fundamental concepts of the theory of nonlinear waves and solitons in non-integrated but physically realistic models of nonlinear optics including their stability and dynamics. Also, it will summarize a number of important experimental verification of the basic theoretical predictions and concepts covering the observation of self-focusing in the earlier days of nonlinear optics and the most recent experimental results on spatial solitons, vortex solitons, and soliton interaction & spiraling. * Introduces the fundamental concepts of the theory of nonlinear waves and solitons through realistic models * Material is based on authors' years of experience actively working in and researching the field * Summarizes the most important experimental verification of the basic theories, predictions and concepts of this ever evolving field from the earliest studies to the most recent. 505 0 _aPreface -- 1.Introduction -- 2.Spatial Solitons -- 3.Temporal Solitons -- 4.Dark Solitons -- 5.Bragg Solitons -- 6.Two-Dimensional Solitons -- 7.Spatiotemporal Solitons -- 8.Vortex Solitons -- 9.Vector Solitons -- 10.Parametric Solitons -- 11.Discrete Solitons -- 12.Solitons in Photonic Crystals -- 13.Incoherent Solitons -- 14.Related Concepts -- References -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aSolitons. 650 0 _aOptical fibers. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aAgrawal, G. P. _q(Govind P.), _d1951- 776 1 _cOriginal _z0124105904 _z9780124105904 _w(DLC) 2002117795 _w(OCoLC)52513080 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780124105904 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2002117795.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2002117795.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04123nam 2200505Ia 4500 001 ocn162574493 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2001 caua s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780124211612 020 _a0124211615 035 _a(OCoLC)162574493 037 _a89662:89662 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aHF5548.32 _b.K667 2001eb 082 04 _a658.8/4 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aKorper, Steffano. 245 14 _aThe e-commerce book _h[electronic resource] : _bbuilding the e-empire / _cSteffano Korper, Juanita Ellis. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aSan Diego, CA : _bAcademic Press, _cc2001. 300 _axiv, 248 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aNew in the Second Edition Contains over 60% new material Complete and extensive glossary will be added Complete revision and update of the security chapter (reflecting the recent Yahoo experience) Strengthened coverage of E-Business to Business Increased and redesigned case studies Increased European and international coverage Revised, expanded, and enhanced illustrations New, attractive text design with features such as margin notes Increased size of tables containing website contacts Redesigned cover * Contains over 60% new material * Complete and extensive glossary will be added * Complete revision and update of the security chapter (reflecting the recent Yahoo experience) * Strengthened coverage of E-Business to Business * Increased and redesigned case studies * Increased European and international coverage * Revised, expanded, and enhanced illustrations * New, attractive text design with features such as margin notes * Increased size of tables containing website contacts * Redesigned cover. 505 0 _aPreface -- Introduction -- 1. Set the Vision -- 2. Know Your Customers -- 3. Select Your Marketing Strategy and Branding -- 4. First Impressions are Forever - Build the Best Site Now -- 5. Keep Your Customers - Invest in Customer Service -- 6. Choose Fulfillment Channels that Work -- 7. Choose Effective Payment Systems -- 8. Know Your Infrastructure -- 9. Select the Right Commerce Vendor -- 10. Secure Your Investment - Security Threats and Solutions -- 11. Get Ready for Wireless -- 12. Commit to Never-Ending Improvement - Know the Trends and Beat Them -- Aft. 500 _aIncludes index. 505 0 _aSetting the vision -- Know your customers -- Marketing and branding -- First impressions may be everlasting -- Keep your customers -- Fulfillment channels that work -- Choose your payment systems -- Know your infrastructure -- Selecting the right commerce package -- Secure your investment : security threats and solutions -- Get ready for wireless! -- Commit to never-ending improvement. 650 0 _aElectronic commerce. 650 0 _aBusiness enterprises _xComputer networks. 650 4 _aComercio electr�onico. 650 4 _aNegocios. 650 4 _aRedes de computadoras. 650 6 _aCommerce �electronique _vGuides, manuels, etc. 650 6 _aEntreprises _xR�eseaux d'ordinateurs. 650 6 _aCommerce �electronique _xPlanification _vGuides, manuels, etc. 650 17 _aE-commerce. _2gtt 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aEllis, Juanita. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0124211615 _z9780124211612 _z0124211607 _z9780124211605 _w(DLC) 00108252 _w(OCoLC)45352540 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780124211612 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/00108252.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/00108252.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03839nam 2200541Ia 4500 001 ocn162574705 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780124375529 020 _a0124375529 035 _a(OCoLC)162574705 037 _a103918:103939 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQP376 _b.S698 2005eb 060 14 _a2005 J-056 060 14 _aWL 150 _bS714b 2005 082 04 _a616.8/047547 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aS�ornmo, Leif. 245 10 _aBioelectrical signal processing in cardiac and neurological applications _h[electronic resource] / _cLeif S�ornmo, Pablo Laguna. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier Academic Press, _cc2005. 300 _axiii, 668 p. : _bill. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe analysis of bioelectrical signals continues to receive wide attention in research as well as commercially because novel signal processing techniques have helped to uncover valuable information for improved diagnosis and therapy. This book takes a unique problem-driven approach to biomedical signal processing by considering a wide range of problems in cardiac and neurological applicationsthe two "heavyweight" areas of biomedical signal processing. The interdisciplinary nature of the topic is reflected in how the text interweaves physiological issues with related methodological considerations. Bioelectrical Signal Processing is suitable for a final year undergraduate or graduate course as well as for use as an authoritative reference for practicing engineers, physicians, and researchers. Solutions Manual available online at http://www.textbooks.elsevier.com A problem-driven, interdisciplinary presentation of biomedical signal processing Focus on methods for processing of bioelectrical signals (ECG, EEG, evoked potentials, EMG) Covers both classical and recent signal processing techniques Emphasis on model-based statistical signal processing Comprehensive exercises and illustrations Extensive bibliography Companion web site with project descriptions and signals for download. 505 0 _aChapter 1. Introduction -- Chapter 2. The Electroencephalogram -- Chapter 3. EEG Signal Processing -- Chapter 4. Evoked Potentials -- Chapter 5. The Electromyogram -- Chapter 6. The Electrocardiogram -- Chapter 7. ECG Signal Processing -- Chapter 8. Heart Rate Variability -- Appendices -- Problems. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 12 _aElectroencephalography. 650 22 _aBrain. 650 22 _aElectrocardiography. 650 22 _aElectromyography. 650 22 _aHeart. 650 22 _aMuscles. 650 0 _aBrain _xElectric properties. 650 0 _aMuscles _xElectric properties. 650 0 _aHeart _xElectric properties. 650 0 _aElectroencephalography. 650 0 _aElectromyography. 650 0 _aElectrocardiography. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aLaguna, Pablo, _d1962- 776 1 _cOriginal _z0124375529 _z9780124375529 _w(DLC) 2005299724 _w(OCoLC)61351569 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780124375529 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005299724-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005299724-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03729cam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162574962 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2000 caua s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dOPELS 020 _a9780124518322 020 _a012451832X 035 _a(OCoLC)162574962 037 _a88110:88110 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bL57 2000eb 082 04 _a004.16 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aLipovski, G. Jack. 245 10 _aEmbedded microcontroller interfacing for M. CORE systems _h[electronic resource] / _cG. Jack Lipovski. 260 _aSan Diego : _bAcademic Press, _cc2000. 300 _axiv, 438 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 computer optical disc (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aAcademic Press series in engineering 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe "MCORE" family of microprocessors is the latest 32-bit integrated circuit from Motorola designed to be a multi-purpose "micro-controller." The processor architecture has been designed for high performance and cost-sensitive embedded control applications with particular emphasis on reduced power consumption. This is the first book on the programming of the new language instruction set using the MCORE chip. Embedded Microcontroller Interfacing for MCORE Systems is the third of a trio of books by G. Jack Lipovski from the University of Texas. The first two books are on assembly language programming for the new Motorola 6812 16-bit microcontroller, and were written to be textbooks and professional references. This book was written at the request of the Motorola design team for the professional users of its new and very successful MCORE chip microcontrollers. Written with the complete cooperation and input of the MCORE design engineers at their headquarters in Austin, Texas, this book covers all aspects of the programming software and hardware of the MCORE chip. * First introductory level book on the Motorola MoCORE * Teaches engineers how a computer executes instructions * Shows how a high-level programming language converts to assembler language * Teaches the reader how a microcontroller is interfaced to the outside world * Hundreds of examples are used throughout the text * Over 200 homework problems give the reader in-depth practice * A CD-ROM with HIWARE's C++ compiler is included with the book * A complete summary chapter on other available microcontrollers. 505 0 _aPreface. List of Figures. List of Tables. Acknowledgements. About the Author. Microcomputer Architecture. Programming in C and C++. Operating Systems. Bus Hardware and Signals. Parallel and Serial Input-Output. Interrupts and Alternatives. Timer Devices and Time-Sharing. Embedded I/O Device Design. Communication Systems. Display and Storage Systems. Appendix. Index. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z012451832X _z9780124518322 _w(DLC) 00102018 _w(OCoLC)45046134 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780124518322 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/00102018.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/00102018.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03094nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162672357 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 maua s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780124518384 020 _a0124518389 035 _a(OCoLC)162672357 037 _a104379:104401 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTJ223.P76 _bL58 2004eb 082 04 _a629.8/95 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aLipovski, G. Jack. 245 10 _aIntroduction to microcontrollers _h[electronic resource] : _barchitecture, programming, and interfacing for the Freescale 68HC12 / _cG.J. Lipovski. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aBoston, Mass. ; _aLondon : _bElsevier Academic Press, _cc2004. 300 _axxxi, 451 p. : _bill. ; _c26 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4.75 in.) 440 0 _aAcademic Press series in engineering 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book is a comprehensive, introductory text/reference for electrical and computer engineers and students with little experience with a high-level programming language. It systematically teaches the programming of a microcontroller in assembly language, as well as C and C++. This books also covers the principles of good programming practice through top-down design and the use of data structures. It is suitable as an introductory text for a first course on microcomputers that demonstrates what a small computer can do. Shows how a computer executes instructions; Shows how a high-level programming language converts to assembler language; Shows how a microcontroller is interfaced to the outside world; Hundreds of examples, experiments, "brain-teasers" and motivators; More than 20 exercises at the end of each chapter; Complete solutions manual available for Instructors; CD includes example code from book as well as the MetroWerks CodeWarrior C++ compiler. 505 0 _aBasic Computer Structure and the 6812. The Instruction Set. Addressing Modes. Assembly Language Programming. Advanced Assemblers, Linkers, and Loaders. Assembly Language Subroutines. Arithmetic Operations. Programming in C and C++. Implementation of C Procedures. Elementary Data Structures. Input/Output. Other Microcontrollers. 504 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aProgrammable controllers. 650 0 _aMicroprocessors. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 710 22 _aMetrowerks (Firm) _tCodeWarrior development studio for Motorola HC(S)12 microcontrollers. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0124518389 _z9780124518384 _w(DLC) 2004052840 _w(OCoLC)78593076 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780124518384 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03908nam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162575256 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2002 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780124666276 020 _a0124666272 035 _a(OCoLC)162575256 037 _a90073:90073 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5984 _b.M35 2002eb 082 04 _a621.382/34 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMallinson, John C. 245 10 _aMagneto-resistive and spin valve heads _h[electronic resource] : _bfundamentals and applications / _cJohn C. Mallinson. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aSan Diego : _bAcademic Press, _cc2002. 300 _axxi, 184 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 490 1 _aAcademic Press series in electromagnetism 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book is aims to be a comprehensive source on the physics and engineering of magneto-resistive heads. Most of the material is presented in a nonmathematical manner to make it more digestible for researchers, students, developers, and engineers. In addition to revising and updating material available in the first edition, Mallinson has added nine new chapters dealing with various aspects concerning spin valves, the electron spin tunneling effect, the electrostatic discharge effects, read amplifiers, and signal-to-noise ratios, making this a completely up-to-date reference. The previous edition of Magneto-Resistive Heads was the first volume in the new Academic Press series in Electromagnetism edited by Professor Isaak Mayergoyz, who is a well-recognized expert in the field. 505 0 _aPreface -- 1. B, H, and M Fields -- 2. The Writing Process -- 3. The Reading Process -- 4. The Anisotropic Magneto-Resistive Effect -- 5. The Giant Magneto-Resistive Effect -- 6. Vertical Biasing Techniques -- 7. Horizontal Biasing Techniques -- 8. Hunt's Unshielded Horizontal and Vertical Anisotropic Magneto-Resistive Heads -- 9. Single-Element Shielded Vertical Magneto-Resistive Heads -- 10. Simple Spin Valve Giant Magneto-Resistive Heads -- 11. Enhanced Spin Valves -- 12. Synthetic Antiferro- and Ferrimagnets -- 13. Antiferromagnet Upsets -- 14. Flux-Guide and Yoke-Type Magneto-Resistive Heads -- 15. Double-Element Magneto-Resistive Heads -- 16. Comparison of Shielded Magneto-Resistive Head and Inductive Head Outputs -- 17. Simplified Design of a Shielded Anisotropic Magneto-Resistive Head -- 18. Simplified Design of a Shielded Giant Magneto-Resistive Head -- 19. Read Amplifiers and Signal-to-Noise Ratios -- 20. Colossal Magneto-Resistance and Electron Spin Tunneling Heads -- 21. Electrostatic Discharge Phenomena -- Appendix: Cgs-emu and MKS-SI (Rationalized) Units -- Recommended Bibliography on Magnetic Recording -- Index. 500 _aRev. ed. of: Magneto-resistive heads. 1996. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aMagnetic recorders and recording _xHeads. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aMallinson, John C. _tMagneto-resistive heads. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0124666272 _z9780124666276 _w(DLC) 2001091917 _w(OCoLC)48481090 830 0 _aElectromagnetism. 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780124666276 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2001091917.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2001091917.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03965nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162129310 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2000 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780124705050 020 _a0124705057 035 _a(OCoLC)162129310 037 _a88786:88786 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1637 _b.M334 2000eb 082 04 _a621.36/7 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMarchand-Maillet, St�ephane. 245 10 _aBinary digital image processing _h[electronic resource] : _ba discrete approach / _cSt�ephane Marchand-Maillet, Yazid M. Sharaiha. 260 _aSan Diego : _bAcademic Press, _cc2000. 300 _axxv, 251 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book is aimed at faculty, postgraduate students and industry specialists. It is both a text reference and a textbook that reviews and analyses the research output in this field of binary image processing. It is aimed at both advanced researchers as well as educating the novice to this area. The theoretical part of this book includes the basic principles required for binary digital image analysis. The practical part which will take an algorithmic approach addresses problems which find applications beyond binary digital line image processing. The book first outlines the theoretical framework underpinning the study of digital image processing with particular reference to those needed for line image processing. The theoretical tools in the first part of the book set the stage for the second and third parts, where low-level binary image processing is addressed and then intermediate level processing of binary line images is studied. The book concludes with some practical applications of this work by reviewing some industrial and software applications (engineering drawing storage and primitive extraction, fingerprint compression). The book: * outlines the theoretical framework underpinning the study of digital image processing with particular reference to binary line image processing * addresses low-level binary image processing, reviewing a number of essential characteristics of binary digital images and providing solution procedures and algorithms * includes detailed reviews of topics in binary digital image processing with up-to-date research references in relation to each of the problems under study * includes some practical applications of this work by reviewing some common applications * covers a range of topics, organised by theoretical field rather than being driven by problem definitions. 505 0 _aForeword. Acknowledgements. Notation. Preface. Digital topology. Discrete geometry. Algorithmic graph theory. Acquisition and storage. Distance transformations. Binary digital image characteristics. Image thinning. Some applications. References. Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aImage processing _xDigital techniques. 650 0 _aBinary system (Mathematics) 650 4 _aImage processing _xMathematics. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aSharaiha, Yazid M., _d1966- 776 1 _cOriginal _z0124705057 _z9780124705050 _w(DLC) 99064631 _w(OCoLC)42622202 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780124705050 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els033/99064631.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els033/99064631.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03011nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162129543 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2003 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780124808737 020 _a0124808735 035 _a(OCoLC)162129543 037 _a90525:90525 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQC754.2.H9 _bM38 1991eb 082 04 _a538/.3 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMayergoyz, I. D. 245 10 _aMathematical models of hysteresis and their applications _h[electronic resource] / _cI.D. Mayergoyz. 250 _a1st ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier, _c2003. 300 _axxv, 472 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aElsevier series in electromagnetism, _x1567-2131 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis new edition has been significantly revised and updated to reflect advances in the field since the publication of the first edition, such as the systematic experimental testing of Preisach models of hysteresis. The author has, however, retained the two most salient features of the original, the emphasis on the universal nature of mathematical models of hysteresis and their applicability to the description of hysteresis phenomena in various areas of science, technology and economics and its accessibility to a broad audience of researchers, engineers, and students. Provides a unique emphasis on the development of universal mathematical models of hysteresis Accessibility to a broad audience, using simple and complex mathematical tools, application to various areas of science. Presents new theoretical and experimental results. 505 0 _aThe classical Preisach model of hysteresis, Generalized scalar Preisach models of hysteresis, Vector Preisach models of hysteresis, Stochastic aspects of hysteresis, Superconducting hysteresis, Eddy current hysteresis. Core losses. 500 _aRev. ed. of: Mathematical models of hysteresis. c1991. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aHysteresis _xMathematical models. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aMayergoyz, I. D. _tMathematical models of hysteresis. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0124808735 _z9780124808737 _w(DLC) 2004266505 _w(OCoLC)50018348 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780124808737 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004266505.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/fy045/2004266505.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03708nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162575417 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780124808744 020 _a0124808743 035 _a(OCoLC)162575417 037 _a104621:104644 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQC754.2.H9 _bS34 2006eb 082 04 _a538.3 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 04 _aThe science of hysteresis _h[electronic resource] / _ceditors, Giorgio Bertotti, Isaak D. Mayergoyz. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston ; _aLondon : _bAcademic, _c2006. 300 _a3 v. : _bill. ; _c26 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aVolume 1 covers: * Mathematical models * Differential equations * Stochastic aspects of hysteresis * Binary detection using hysteresis * Models of unemployment in economics Volume 2 covers: * Physical models of magnetic hysteresis * All aspects of magnetisation dynamics Volume 3 covers: * Hysteresis phenomena in materials * Over 2100 pages, rich with supporting illustrations, figures and equations * Contains contributions from an international list of authors, from a wide-range of disciplines * Covers all aspects of hysteresis - from differential equations, and binary detection, to models of unemployment and magnetisation dynamics. 505 0 _aVolume 1 -- 1. Mathematical Models of Hysteresis. 2. Differential Equations with Hysteresis via a Canonical Example. 3. Scalar Preisach Models of Hysteresis. 4. Vector Preisach Models of Hysteresis. 5. Stochastic Aspects of Hysteresis. 6. Control of Systems with Hysteresis. 7. Binary Detection and Rectangular Hysteresis Operators. 8. Hysteresis and Unemployment: A Preliminary Investigation. INDEX. -- Volume 2 -- 1. Thermodynamics, Hysteresis, and Micromagnetics. 2. Random-Field Isling Models of Hysteresis. 3. The Barkhausen Effect. 4. Recent Analytical Developments in Micromagnetics. 5. Computational Aspects of Micromagnetics. 6. Nonlinear Magnetization Dynamics Switching and Relaxation Phenomena. 7. Nonlinear Magnetization Dynamics Magnetization Modes and Spin Waves under Rotating Fields. INDEX. -- Volume 3 -- 1. Hysteresis in Magnetic Materials. 2. Magnetic Hysteresis in Nanostructured Materials. 3. Superconducting Hysteresis. 4. Hysteresis in Piezoelectric and Ferroelectric Materials. 5. Hysteresis in Shape-Memory Materials. 6. Hysteretic Elastic Systems: Geophysical Materials. 7. Application of the Preisach Model to Soil-Moisture Hysteresis. INDEX. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes. 505 0 _av. 1. Mathematical modeling and applications -- v. 2. Physical modeling, micromagnetics, and magnetization dynamics -- v. 3. Hysteresis in materials. 650 0 _aHysteresis. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aBertotti, Giorgio. 700 1 _aMayergoyz, I. D. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0123694310 _z9780123694317 _z0123694329 _z9780123694324 _z0123694337 _z9780123694331 _z0124808743 _z9780124808744 _w(DLC) 2005936289 _w(OCoLC)60418004 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780124808744 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0702/2005936289-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03883nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162575491 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780124909519 020 _a0124909515 035 _a(OCoLC)162575491 037 _a102775:102794 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1520 _b.M44 2004eb 082 04 _a621.36 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMenn, Naftaly. 245 10 _aPractical optics _h[electronic resource] / _cNaftaly Menn. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier Academic Press, _cc2004. 300 _axii, 321 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aPractical Optics bridges the gap between what students learn in optical engineering curricula and the problems they realistically will face as optical engineering practitioners, in a variety of high-tech industries. A broad range of topics from modern optical engineering are addressed, ranging from geometrical optics and basic layout of electro-optical instruments, to the theory of imaging, radiation sources and radiation sensors, spectroscopy, and color vision and description of optical methods for measurements of numerous physical parameters (temperature, flow velocity, distances, roughness of surfaces, etc.). Condensed background information related to most topics of modern Electro-Optics and Optical Engineering. Coverage of each topic includes examples and problems, most of which are original and derived from realistic, high-tech projects. Detailed solutions are provided for every problem, both theoretical and numerical; many readers will probably start with the problems/solutions and then read the background if necessary. Coverage includes some topics rarely covered in Optics textbooks, such as non-contact measurements of temperature, velocity, or color. 505 0 _aGeometrical Optics in the Paraxial Area; Theory of Imaging; Sources of Light and Illumination Systems; Detectors of Light; Optical Systems for Spectral Measurements; Non-contact Measurements of Temperature; Optical Scanners and Acousto-Optics; Optical Systems for Distance and Size Measurements; Optical Systems for Flow Parameter Measurements; Color and Its Measurement. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 505 00 _g1. _tGeometrical optics in the paraxial area -- _g2. _tTheory of imaging -- _g3. _tSources of light and illumination systems -- _g4. _tDetectors of light -- _g5. _tOptical systems for spectral measurements -- _g6. _tNon-contact measurements of temperature -- _g7. _tOptical scanners and acousto-optics -- _g8. _tOptical systems for distance and size measurements -- _g9. _tOptical systems for flow parameter measurement -- _g10. _tColor and its measurement -- _tReferences -- _tApp. 1. _tPhysical constants -- _gApp. 2. _tSelected data for Schott optical glasses -- _gApp. 3. _tBlack body radiation -- _gApp. 4. _tEmissivity of selected materials -- _tIndex. 650 0 _aOptics. 650 17 _aOptica. _2gtt 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0124909515 _z9780124909519 _w(DLC) 2004005695 _w(OCoLC)54694583 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780124909519 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2004005695.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004005695.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04350nam 2200493Ia 4500 001 ocn162575524 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780124932906 020 _a0124932908 035 _a(OCoLC)162575524 037 _a101581:101591 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aR857.O6 _bM495 2004eb 060 14 _a2003 O-590 060 14 _aWN 26.5 _bM612p 2004 082 04 _a616.07/54 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMeyer-B�ase, Anke. 245 10 _aPattern recognition for medical imaging _h[electronic resource] / _cAnke Meyer-B�ase. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier Academic Press, _cc2004. 300 _axxii, 386 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aMedical Imaging has become one of the most important visualization and interpretation methods in biology and medecine over the past decade. This time has witnessed a tremendous development of new, powerful instruments for detecting, storing, transmitting, analyzing, and displaying medical images. This has led to a huge growth in the application of digital processing techniques for solving medical problems. The most challenging aspect of medical imaging lies in the development of integrated systems for the use of the clinical sector. Design, implementation, and validation of complex medical systems requires a tight interdisciplinary collaboration between physicians and engineers because poor image quality leads to problematic feature extraction, analysis, and recognition in medical application. Therefore, much of the research done today is geared towards improvement of imperfect image material. This important book by academic authority Anke Meyer-Baese compiles and organizes a complete range of proven and cutting-edge new methods, which are playing a leading role in the improvement of image quality, analysis and interpretation in modern medical imaging. These methods offer fresh tools of hope for physicians investigating a vast number of medical problems for which classical methods prove insufficient. Each chapter in Pattern Recognition for Medical Imaging provides a chapter summary and bibliographic remarks for in-depth study. Each presented classification approach is elucidated by a flow-diagram and highlighted with practical medical imaging applications. This is an essential tool for the serious student and professional working with Medical Imaging. *Essential tool for serious students and professionals working with Medical Imaging. 505 0 _aFoundations of Medical Imaging; Feature Selection and Extraction; Theory of Subband Decomposition and Wavelets; The Wavelet Transform in Medical Imaging; Genetic Algorithms; Statistical Pattern Recognition; Syntactic Pattern Recognition; Neural Networks; Theory; Neural Networks: Applications; Fuzzy Logic: Theory and Clustering Algorithms; Computer Aided Diagnosis Systems. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 367-382) and index. 650 0 _aImaging systems in medicine. 650 0 _aDiagnostic imaging _xMathematics. 650 0 _aImage processing _xMathematics. 650 0 _aPattern recognition systems. 650 12 _aDiagnostic Imaging _xmethods. 650 12 _aPattern Recognition, Automated. 650 22 _aImage Processing, Computer-Assisted. 650 22 _aMathematical Computing. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0124932908 _z9780124932906 _w(DLC) 2003058316 _w(OCoLC)52929905 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780124932906 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els041/2003058316.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els041/2003058316.html 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c112.00 _d112.00 _i0124932908 _n0004262218 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04993nam 2200469Ia 4500 001 ocn162575610 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2001 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780125004510 020 _a0125004516 035 _a(OCoLC)162575610 037 _a89045:89045 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1632 _b.N633 2001eb 082 04 _a621.36/7 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aNonlinear image processing _h[electronic resource] / _ceditors, Sanjit K. Mitra, Giovanni L. Sicuranza. 260 _aSan Diego, CA : _bAcademic Press, _cc2001. 300 _axv, 455 p. : _bill. ; _c26 cm. 440 0 _aAcademic Press series in communications, networking and multimedia 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis state-of-the-art book deals with the most important aspects of non-linear imaging challenges. The need for engineering and mathematical methods is essential for defining non-linear effects involved in such areas as computer vision, optical imaging, computer pattern recognition, and industrial automation challenges. * Presents the latest developments in a variety of filter design techniques and algorithms * Contains essential information for development of Human Vision Systems (HVS) * Provides foundations for digital imaging and image capture technology. 505 0 _a1. "Analysis and Optimization of Weighted Order Statistics and Stack Filters" -- S. Siren, P. Kuosmainen, K. Egiazarian, M. Gabbouj and J. Astola -- 2. "Image Enhancement and Analysis with Weighted Medians" -- G. Arce and J. L. Paredes -- 3. "Spatial-Rank Order Selection Filters" -- R. Hardie and K. Barner -- 4. "Signal-Dependent Rank-Ordered Mean (SD-ROM) Filter" -- E. Abreu -- 5. "Nonlinear Mean Filters and Their Applications in Image Filtering and Edge Detection" -- M. Pappas and I. Pitas -- 6. "Two-Dimensional Teager Filters" -- S. Thurnhofer -- 7. "Polynomial and Rational Operators for Image Processing and Analysis" -- G. Ramponi -- 8. "Nonlinear Partial Differential Equations in Image Processing" -- G. Sapiro -- 9. "Region-Based Filtering of Images and Video Sequences: a Morphological Viewpoint" -- P. Salembier -- 10. "Differential Morphology" -- P. Maragos -- 11. "Coordinate Logic Filters" -- B.G. Mertzios and K. Tsirikolias -- 12. "Nonlinear Filters Based on Fuzzy Models" -- F. Russo -- 13. "Digital Halftoning" -- G. Arce and D. Lau -- 14. "Intrinsic Dimensionality: Nonlinear Image Operators and Higher Order Statistics" -- C. Zetzsche and G. Krieger. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 505 00 _tAnalysis and optimization of weighted order statistic and stack filters / _rS. Paltmen...[et al.] -- _tImage enhancement and analysis with weighted medians / _rG. Arce and J. Paredes -- _tSpatial-rank order selection filters / _rK. Barner and R. Hardie -- _tSignal-dependent rank-ordered-mean (SD-ROM) filter / _rE. Aloreu -- _tNonlinear mean filters and their applications in image filtering and edge detection / _rC. Kotropoulos, M. Pappas, and I. Pitas -- _tTwo-dimensional teager filters / _rS. Thurnhofer -- _tPolynomial and rational operators for image processing and analysis / _rG. Ramponi -- _tNonlinear partial differential equations in image processing / _rG. Sapiro -- _tRegion-based filtering of images and video sequences : a morphological viewpoint / _rP. Salembeer -- _tDifferential morphology / _rP. Maragos -- _tCoordinate logic filters : theory and applications in image analysis / _rB. Mertzios and K. Tsirikolias -- _tNonlinear filters based on fuzzy models / _rT. Russo -- _tDigital halftoning / _rD. Lau and G. Arce -- _tIntrinsic dimensionality : nonlinear image operators and higher-order statistics / _rC. Zetzsche and G. Krieger. 650 0 _aImage processing _xDigital techniques. 650 0 _aDigital filters (Mathematics) 650 6 _aTraitement d'images _xTechniques num�eriques _xMath�ematiques 650 6 _aTh�eories non lin�eaires 650 6 _aFiltres num�eriques (Math�ematiques) 650 7 _aComputa�c�ao gr�afica. _2larpcal 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aMitra, Sanjit Kumar. 700 1 _aSicuranza, Giovanni L. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0125004516 _z9780125004510 _w(DLC) 00104376 _w(OCoLC)44786690 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780125004510 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/00104376.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/00104376.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 01806nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162129544 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2002 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780125004534 020 _a0125004532 035 _a(OCoLC)162129544 037 _a90605:90605 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQA76.575 _b.I686 2002eb 082 04 _a006.7 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aIntroduction to multimedia systems _h[electronic resource] / _ceditors, Gaurav Bhtnagar, Shikha Mehta, Sugata Mitra. 260 _aSan Diego : _bAcademic Press, _cc2002. 300 _axi, 207 p. : _bill. ; _c27 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aMultimedia systems. 650 6 _aMultim�edia. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aBhatnagar, Gaurav. 700 1 _aMehta, Shikha. 700 1 _aMitra, Sugata, _d1952- 776 1 _cOriginal _z0125004524 _z9780125004527 _z0125004532 _z9780125004534 _w(DLC) 2001092781 _w(OCoLC)47901431 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780125004534 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2001092781.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2001092781.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03479nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162575632 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780125041904 020 _a012504190X 035 _a(OCoLC)162575632 037 _a78961:78961 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1800 _b.M65 2006eb 082 04 _a621.36/92 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMollenauer, L. F. _q(Linn Frederick), _d1937- 245 10 _aSolitons in optical fibers _h[electronic resource] : _bfundamentals and applications / _cLinn F. Mollenauer and James P. Gordon. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Academic Press, _cc2006. 300 _axv, 277 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aSolitons are waves that retain their form through obstacle and distance. Solitons can be found in hydrodynamics, nonlinear optics, plasma physics, and biology. Optical solitons are solitary light waves that hold their form over an expansive interval. Conservation of this form creates an effective model for long distance voice and data transmission. The application of this principle is essential to the technology of wired communications. Optical solitons produce crystal clear phone calls cross-country and internationally. It is because of these that someone on the other end of the phone sounds 'in the next room.' It is also pertinent to high-speed network information transmittal. Mollenauer and Gordon have written the only text that an engineer or graduate student will need to understand this foundation subject in optics. *Written by Linn Mollenauer and James Gordon who are celebrated for applying optical solitons to telecommnications *Combines mathematical developments with well-chosen practical examples and design formulas *Extensive material on the basic physics of fiber optic transmission and its practical applications. 505 0 _aCh 1: The Non-linear Schrodinger Equation and Ordinary Solitons -- Ch 2: Dispersion-Managed Solitons -- Ch 3: Spontaneous Emission and Its Effects -- Ch 4: Soliton Interations -- Ch 5: Wavelength Division Multiplexing with Ordinary Solitons -- Ch 6: Wavelength Division Multiplexing with Dispersion-Managed Solitions -- Ch 7: Polarization and Its Effect -- Ch 8: Hardware and Measurement Techniques -- Appendix A: Sample Maple Program for the ODE Method -- Appendix B: History of the Soliton. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 261-270) and index. 650 0 _aOptical fibers. 650 0 _aSolitons. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aGordon, James P. 776 1 _cOriginal _z012504190X _z9780125041904 _w(DLC) 2005031663 _w(OCoLC)62290481 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780125041904 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip063/2005031663.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0634/2005031663-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03150nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162575769 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 caua fs 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780125105811 020 _a0125105819 035 _a(OCoLC)162575769 037 _a101005:101030 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7874.6 _b.M86 2005eb 082 04 _a621.395 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMunden, Richard. 245 10 _aASIC and FPGA verification _h[electronic resource] : _ba guide to component modeling / _cRichard Munden. 260 _aSan Francisco, Calif. : _bMorgan Kaufmann, _c2004. 300 _axx, 316 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aMorgan Kaufmann series in systems on silicon 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aRichard Munden demonstrates how to create and use simulation models for verifying ASIC and FPGA designs and board-level designs that use off-the-shelf digital components. Based on the VHDL/VITAL standard, these models include timing constraints and propagation delays that are required for accurate verification of todays digital designs. ASIC and FPGA Verification: A Guide to Component Modeling expertly illustrates how ASICs and FPGAs can be verified in the larger context of a board or a system. It is a valuable resource for any designer who simulates multi-chip digital designs. *Provides numerous models and a clearly defined methodology for performing board-level simulation. *Covers the details of modeling for verification of both logic and timing. *First book to collect and teach techniques for using VHDL to model "off-the-shelf" or "IP" digital components for use in FPGA and board-level design verification. 505 0 _a1.Introduction to Board-Level Verification; 2.Tour of a simple model; 3.VHDL packages for component models; 4.Introduction to SDF; 5.Anatomy of a VITAL Model; 6.Modeling Delays; 7.VITAL truth tables; 8.Modeling timing constraints; 9.Modeling registered devices; 10.Conditional delays and timing constraints; 11.Negative timing constraints; 12.Timing Files and Backannotation; 13.Adding Timing to Your RTL Code; 14.Modeling Memories; 15.Considerations for Component Modeling; 16.Modeling Component Centric Features; 17.Testbenches for Component Models. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aApplication specific integrated circuits. 650 6 _aCircuits int�egr�es �a la demande. 650 6 _aR�eseaux logiques programmables par l'utilisateur. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0125105819 _z9780125105811 _w(OCoLC)56642597 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780125105811 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03030nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162575947 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780125250962 020 _a0125250967 035 _a(OCoLC)162575947 037 _a101789:101805 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1800 _b.O37 2006eb 082 04 _a621.36/9 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aOkamoto, Katsunari, _d1949- 245 10 _aFundamentals of optical waveguides _h[electronic resource] / _cKatsunari Okamoto. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier, _cc2006. 300 _axvi, 561 p. : _bill. ; _c23 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aFundamentals of Optical Waveguides is an essential resource for any researcher, professional or student involved in optics and communications engineering. Any reader interested in designing or actively working with optical devices must have a firm grasp of the principles of lightwave propagation. Katsunari Okamoto has presented this difficult technology clearly and concisely with several illustrations and equations. Optical theory encompassed in this reference includes coupled mode theory, nonlinear optical effects, finite element method, beam propagation method, staircase concatenation method, along with several central theorems and formulas. Since the publication of the well-received first edition of this book, planar lightwave circuits and photonic crystal fibers have fully matured. With this second edition the advances of these fibers along with other improvements on existing optical technologies are completely detailed. This comprehensive volume enables readers to fully analyze, design and simulate optical atmospheres. * Exceptional new chapter on Arrayed-Waveguide Grating (AWG) * In depth discussion of Photonic Crystal Fibers (PCFs) * Thorough explanation of Multimode Interference Devices (MMI) * Full coverage of polarization Mode Dispersion (PMD). 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aOptical wave guides. 650 0 _aIntegrated optics. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0125250967 _z9780125250962 _w(DLC) 2005051978 _w(OCoLC)61303513 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780125250962 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0625/2005051978-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0625/2005051978-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02857nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162576057 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2001 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780125330848 020 _a0125330847 035 _a(OCoLC)162576057 037 _a89178:89178 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7816 _b.P48 2001eb 082 04 _a621.381 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aPlonus, Martin. 245 10 _aElectronics and communications for scientists and engineers _h[electronic resource] / _cMartin Plonus. 260 _aSan Diego : _bHarcourt/Academic Press, _cc2001. 300 _axviii, 415 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aA new type of text for non-majors in electrical engineering, this book satisfies the need for all educated persons to comprehend some basics of electronic technology and the Internet. Class-tested with 300 students at Northwestern University, Electronics and Communications for Scientists and Engineers has been written to meet the recent recommendations of the ABET Criteria 2000 standards for revised engineering curricula. This text covers the essential topics of electronics and communications that need to be understood by students and practitioners in various engineering fields and applied sciences. It contains the best layman's explanation of electronic underpinnings of the World Wide Web currently available in a textbook. It is also appropriate for science and liberal arts majors who need to take an elective course in digital technology, including computing and communications. 505 0 _aCircuit Fundamentals. -- AC Circuits. -- Diode Applications. -- Semiconductor Diodes and Transistors. -- Practical Amplifier Circuits. -- Operational Amplifiers. -- Digital Electronics. -- The Digital Computer. -- Digital Systems. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aElectronics. 650 0 _aTelecommunication. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0125330847 _z9780125330848 _w(DLC) 2001086295 _w(OCoLC)47625456 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780125330848 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2001086295.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2001086295.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03535nam 2200517Ia 4500 001 ocn162576195 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2002 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780125507110 020 _a0125507119 035 _a(OCoLC)162576195 037 _a89270:89270 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aR856 _b.P465 2002eb 060 14 _a2002 F-771 060 14 _aQT 34 _bP438d 2002 082 04 _a681/.761 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aPerez, Reinaldo. 245 10 _aDesign of medical electronic devices _h[electronic resource] / _cReinaldo Perez. 260 _aSan Diego : _bAcademic Press, _cc2002. 300 _axi, 279 p. : _bill. ; _c26 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe design of medical electronics is unique because of the background needed by the engineers and scientists involved. Often the designer is a medical or life science professional without any training in electronics or design. Likewise, few engineers are specifically trained in biomedical engineering and have little or no exposure to the specific medical requirements of these devices. Design of Medical Electronic Devices presents all essential topics necessary for basic and advanced design. All aspects of the electronics of medical devices are also covered. This is an essential book for graduate students as well as professionals involved in the design of medical equipment. Covers every stage of the process, from design to manufacturing to implementation Topics covered include analogue/digital conversions, data acquisition, signal processing, optics, and reliability and failure. 505 0 _aAcknowledgments -- Introduction -- 1 Proper Design of Power Subsystems in Medical Electronics -- 2 Fundamentals of Magnetic Resonance Imaging -- 3 Particle Accelerator Design -- 4 Sensor Characteristics -- 5 Data Acquisition -- 6 Noise and Interference Issues in Analog Circuits -- 7 Hardware Approach to Digital Signal Processing -- 8 Optical Sensors -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aMedical instruments and apparatus. 650 0 _aMedical electronics. 650 0 _aMedical electronics _xEquipment and supplies. 650 0 _aMedical electronics _xTechnological innovations. 650 12 _aElectronics, Medical _xinstrumentation. 650 12 _aEquipment Design _xmethods. 650 22 _aEquipment and Supplies _xstandards. 650 6 _aM�edecine _xAppareils et instruments. 650 6 _a�Electronique en m�edecine. 650 6 _a�Electronique en m�edecine _xAppareils et mat�eriel. 650 6 _a�Electronique en m�edecine _xInnovations. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0125507119 _z9780125507110 _w(DLC) 2001095334 _w(OCoLC)48466957 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780125507110 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2001095334.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2001095334.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04113nam 2200517Ia 4500 001 ocn162128770 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2000 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780126157604 020 _a012615760X 035 _a(OCoLC)162128770 037 _a78247:78247 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQC760.4.M37 _bC48 2000eb 082 04 _a537/.01/515 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aChari, M. V. K. 245 10 _aNumerical methods in electromagnetism _h[electronic resource] / _cM.V.K. Chari, S.J. Salon. 260 _aSan Diego : _bAcademic Press, _cc2000. 300 _axiv, 767 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 490 1 _aAcademic Press series in electromagnetism 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aElectromagnetics is the foundation of our electric technology. It describes the fundamental principles upon which electricity is generated and used. This includes electric machines, high voltage transmission, telecommunication, radar, and recording and digital computing. This book will serve both as an introductory text for graduate students and as a reference book for professional engineers and researchers. This book leads the uninitiated into the realm of numerical methods for solving electromagnetic field problems by examples and illustrations. Detailed descriptions of advanced techniques are also included for the benefit of working engineers and research students. * Comprehensive descriptions of numerical methods * In-depth introduction to finite differences, finite elements, and integral equations * Illustrations and applications of linear and nonlinear solutions for multi-dimensional analysis * Numerical examples to facilitate understanding of the methods * Appendices for quick reference of mathematical and numerical methods employed. 505 0 _a1. Basic Principles of Electromagnetic Fields -- 2. Overview of Computational Methods in Electromagnetics -- 3. The Finite Difference Method -- 4. Variational and Galerkin Methods -- 5. Shape Functions -- 6. The Finite Element Method -- 7. Integral Equations -- 8. Open Boundary Problems -- 9. High- Frequency Problems with Finite Elements -- 10. Low-Frequency Applications -- 11. Solution of Equations -- A. Vector Operators -- B. Triangle Area in Terms of Vertex Coordinates -- C. Fourier Transform Mehtod -- D. Integrals of Area Coordinates -- E. Integrals of Voluume Coordinates -- F. Gauss-Legendre Quadrature Formulae, Abscissae and, Weight Coefficients -- G. Shape Functions for 1D Finite Elements -- H. Shape Functions for 2D Finite Elements -- I. Shape Functions for 3D Finite Elements -- References -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 749-758) and index. 650 0 _aElectromagnetism _xMathematics. 650 4 _aElectromagnetism. 650 4 _aNumerical analysis. 650 04 _aElektromanyetizma _xMatematik 650 04 _aElektromanyetizma. 650 04 _aSay�sal analiz 650 6 _a�Electromagn�etisme _xMath�ematiques. 650 6 _aChamps �electromagn�etiques _xMath�ematiques. 650 6 _aAnalyse num�erique. 650 6 _a�El�ements finis, M�ethode des. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aSalon, S. J. _q(Sheppard Joel), _d1948- 776 1 _cOriginal _z012615760X _z9780126157604 _w(DLC) 99067217 _w(OCoLC)42622178 830 0 _aElectromagnetism. 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780126157604 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/99067217.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els033/99067217.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04547nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162129359 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2001 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780126192612 020 _a0126192618 035 _a(OCoLC)162129359 037 _a89113:89113 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1637 _b.S25 2001eb 082 04 _a621.367 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aSantini, Simone. 245 10 _aExploratory image databases _h[electronic resource] : _bcontent-based retrieval / _cSimone Santini. 260 _aSan Diego : _bAcademic Press, _cc2001. 300 _axviii, 613 p. : _bill. (some col.) ; _c26 cm. 440 0 _aCommunications, networking and multimedia 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe explosion of computer use and internet communication has placed new emphasis on the ability to store, retrieve and search for all types of images, both still photo and video images. The success and the future of visual information retrieval depends on the cutting edge research and applications explored in this book. It combines the expertise from both computer vision and database research. Unlike text retrieval and text/numeric databases the challenges of image databases are enormous. How do you use "data mining" to search for an image if you do not have "key words" to search? Exploratory Image Databases introduces the idea that it is possible to solve this problem by merging database systems into a single search and browse activity called "exploration." Exploratory Image Databases is one of the first single-author books that unifies the critical emerging topic of image databases. A new approach to image databases, the work is divided into four central parts: introduction to the problems that image database research must solve; computer vision and information retrieval techniques; image database issues; and interface and engines for visual searches. Example: Imagine the difficulty of building and using a database for "face recognition," where an image of a face is used. In order to effectively use the image a huge number of characteristics would need to be entered in the database. The goal of future image databases is to use hardware and software to recognize and categorize images without typing in characteristics. * Comprehensive coverage of the image analysis as well as the database/theoretical aspects of image databases. * Extensive coverage of interfaces and interaction models, with a theoretical framework for the development of new interaction schemes. * Identifies three interaction models between users and image databases, two of which have no counterpart in traditional databases. * Coverage of the relation between image and text, including mixed search models and the automatic determination of the relation between images and text on large corpuses like the web. * Analysis of the process of signification in images and its influence on the interaction models and technological problems of image databases. 505 0 _aPreface -- Acknowledgments -- 1. An Eerie Sense of Deja Vu -- 2. The Mysterious Case of the Disappearing Semantics -- 3. How You Can Know You Are Right -- 4. Similarity -- 5. Systems with Limited Ontologies -- 6. Systems with General Ontologies -- 7. Writing About Images -- 8. Algebra and the Modern Query -- 9. Where Is My Image? -- 10. Of Mice and Men -- Appendix -- Bibliography -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 583-599) and index. 650 0 _aDatabase design. 650 0 _aImage processing _xDigital techniques. 650 0 _aMultimedia systems. 650 0 _aDatabase searching. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0126192618 _z9780126192612 _w(DLC) 2001088197 _w(OCoLC)46600306 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780126192612 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2001088197.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2001088197.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04739nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162129499 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2003 ne a sbf 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780126208610 020 _a0126208611 035 _a(OCoLC)162129499 037 _a90150:90150 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5102.5 _b.L69 2003eb 082 04 _a006.7/6 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aLossless compression handbook _h[electronic resource] / _cKhalid Sayood, editor. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bAcademic Press, _cc2003. 300 _axx, 455 p. : _bill. ; _c26 cm. 440 0 _aAcademic Press series in communications, networking and multimedia 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe 21 chapters in this handbook are written by the leading experts in the world on the theory, techniques, applications, and standards surrounding lossless compression. As with most applied technologies, the standards section is of particular importance to practicing design engineers. In order to create devices and communication systems that can communicate and be compatible with other systems and devices, standards must be followed. *Clearly explains the process of compression and transmission of multimedia signals *Invaluable resource for engineers dealing with image processing, signal processing, multimedia systems, wireless technology and more. 505 0 _aPart I Theory: Information Theory behind Source Coding; Complexity Measures; Part II Compression Techniques: Universal Codes; Huffman Coding; Arithmetic Coding; Dictionary-Based Data Compression: An Algorithmic Perspective; Burrows-Wheeler Compression; Symbol-Ranking and ACB Compression; Part III Applications: Lossless Image Compression; Text Compression; Compression of Telemetry; Lossless Compression of Audio Data; Algorithms for Delta Compression and Remote File Synchronization; Compression of Unicode Files; Part IV Standards: JPEG-LS Lossless and Near Lossless Image Compression; The CCDS Losless Data Compression Recommendation for Space Applications; Lossless Bilevel Image Compression; JPEG2000: Highly Scalable Image Compression; PNG Losless Image Compression; Facsimile Compression; Part V Hardware: Hardware Implementation of Data Compression. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 505 00 _gPART I: THEORY -- _tInformation theory behind source coding / _rFrans M.J. Willems, Tjalling J. Tjalkens -- _tComplexity measures / _rStephen R. Tate -- _gPART II: COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES -- _tUniversal codes / _rPeter Fenwick -- _tHuffman coding / _rSteven Pigeon -- _tArithmetic coding / _rAmir Said -- _tDictionary-based data compression: an algorithmic perspective / _rS. Cenk Sahinalp, Nasir M. Rajpoot -- _tBurrows-Wheeler compression ; _tSymbol-ranking and ACB compression / _rPeter Fenwick -- _gPART III: APPLICATIONS -- _tLossless image compression / _rK.P. Subbalakshmi -- _tText compression / _rAmar Mukherjee, Fauzia Awan -- _tCompression telemetry / _rSheila Horan -- _tLossless compression of audio data / _rRobert C. Maher -- _tAlgorithms for delta compression and remote file synchronization / _rTorsten Suel, Nasir Memon -- _tCompression of unicode files / _rPeter Fenwick -- _gPART IV: STANDARDS -- _tJPEG-LS lossless and near lossless image compression / _rMichael W. Hoffman -- _tCCSDS lossless data compression recommendation for space applications / _rPen-Shu Yeh -- _tLossless bilevel image compression / _rMichael W. Hoffman -- _tJPEG2000: highly scalable image compression / _rAli Bilgin, Michael W. Marcellin -- _tPNG lossless image compression / _rGreg Roelofs -- _tFacsimile compression / _rKhalid Sayood -- _gPART V: HARDWARE -- _tHardware implementation of data compression / _rSanjukta Bhanja, N. Ranganathan. 650 0 _aData compression (Telecommunication) _vHandbooks, manuals, etc. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aSayood, Khalid. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0126208611 _z9780126208610 _w(DLC) 2002104270 _w(OCoLC)51109286 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780126208610 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2002104270.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2002104270.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04186nam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162576742 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780126208627 020 _a012620862X 035 _a(OCoLC)162576742 037 _a105786:105816 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5102.92 _b.S39 2006eb 082 04 _a005.74/6 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aSayood, Khalid. 245 10 _aIntroduction to data compression _h[electronic resource] / _cKhalid Sayood. 250 _a3rd ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier, _cc2006. 300 _axxii, 680 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aMorgan Kaufmann series in multimedia information and systems 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aEach edition of Introduction to Data Compression has widely been considered the best introduction and reference text on the art and science of data compression, and the third edition continues in this tradition. Data compression techniques and technology are ever-evolving with new applications in image, speech, text, audio, and video. The third edition includes all the cutting edge updates the reader will need during the work day and in class. Khalid Sayood provides an extensive introduction to the theory underlying todays compression techniques with detailed instruction for their applications using several examples to explain the concepts. Encompassing the entire field of data compression Introduction to Data Compression, includes lossless and lossy compression, Huffman coding, arithmetic coding, dictionary techniques, context based compression, scalar and vector quantization. Khalid Sayood provides a working knowledge of data compression, giving the reader the tools to develop a complete and concise compression package upon completion of his book. * New content added on the topic of audio compression including a description of the mp3 algorithm * New video coding standard and new facsimile standard explained * Completely explains established and emerging standards in depth including JPEG 2000, JPEG-LS, MPEG-2, Group 3 and 4 faxes, JBIG 2, ADPCM, LPC, CELP, and MELP * Source code provided via companion web site that gives readers the opportunity to build their own algorithms, choose and implement techniques in their own applications. 505 0 _aCH 1: Introduction / CH 2: Lossless Compression / CH 3: Huffman Coding / CH 4: Arithmetic Coding / CH 5: Dictionary Techniques / CH 6: Context Based Compression / CH 7: Lossless Image Compression / CH 8: Lossy Coding / CH 9: Scalar Quantization / CH 10: Vector Quantization / CH 11: Differential Encoding / CH 12: Transforms, Subbands, and Wavelets / CH 13: Transform Coding / CH 14: Subband Coding / CH 15: Wavelet-Based Compression / CH 16: Audio Coding / CH 17: Analysis/Synthesis and Analysis by Synthesis Schemes / CH 18: Video Compression / APPENDIX A: Probability and Random Processes / APPENDIX B: A Brief Review of Matrix Concepts / APPENDIX C: The Root Lattices / Bibliography. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aData compression (Telecommunication) 650 0 _aCoding theory. 650 6 _aDonn�ees _xCompression (T�el�ecommunications) 650 6 _aTranscodage. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z012620862X _z9780126208627 _w(DLC) 2005052759 _w(OCoLC)61500081 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780126208627 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0625/2005052759-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0625/2005052759-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03632nam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162132153 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2000 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780126298109 020 _a0126298106 035 _a(OCoLC)162132153 037 _a78224:78224 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQB86 _b.S35 2000eb 082 04 _a522/.2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aSchroeder, D. J. 245 10 _aAstronomical optics _h[electronic resource] / _cDaniel J. Schroeder. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aSan Diego : _bAcademic Press, _cc2000. 300 _axiv, 478 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book provides a unified treatment of the characteristics of telescopes of all types, both those whose performance is set by geometrical aberrations and the effect of the atmosphere, and those diffraction-limited telescopes designed for observations from above the atmosphere. The emphasis throughout is on basic principles, such as Fermat's principle, and their application to optical systems specifically designed to image distant celestial sources. The book also contains thorough discussions of the principles underlying all spectroscopic instrumentation, with special emphasis on grating instruments used with telescopes. An introduction to adaptive optics provides the needed background for further inquiry into this rapidly developing area. * Geometrical aberration theory based on Fermat's principle * Diffraction theory and transfer function approach to near-perfect telescopes * Thorough discussion of 2-mirror telescopes, including misalignments * Basic principles of spectrometry; grating and echelle instruments * Schmidt and other catadioptric telescopes * Principles of adaptive optics * Over 220 figures and nearly 90 summary tables. 505 0 _aIntroduction. Preliminaries: Definitions and Paraxial Optics. Fermat's Principle: An Introduction. Introduction to Aberrations. Fermat's Principle and Aberrations. Reflecting Telescopes. Schmidt Telescopes and Cameras. Catadioptric Telescopes and Cameras. Auxiliary Optics for Telescopes. Diffraction Theory and Aberrations. Transfer Functions: Hubble Space Telescope. Spectrometry: Definitions and Basic Principles. Dispersing Elements and Systems. Grating Aberrations: Concave Grating Spectrometers. Adaptive Optics: An Introduction. Detectors, Signal-to-Noise, and Detection Limits. Large Mirrors and Telescope Arrays. Table of Symbols. Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aAstronomical instruments. 650 0 _aOptics. 650 17 _aGeometrische optica. _2gtt 650 17 _aOptische instrumenten. _2gtt 650 17 _aSpectrometrie. _2gtt 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0126298106 _z9780126298109 _w(DLC) 99065098 _w(OCoLC)42622177 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780126298109 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els033/99065098.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els033/99065098.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03886nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162576900 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2000 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780126441406 020 _a0126441405 035 _a(OCoLC)162576900 037 _a85489:85489 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQC374 _b.S49 2000eb 082 04 _a620.1/1295 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aSimmons, J. H. _q(Joseph Habib), _d1941- 245 10 _aOptical materials _h[electronic resource] / _cJoseph H. Simmons and Kelly S. Potter. 260 _aSan Diego : _bAcademic Press, _cc2000. 300 _axv, 391 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book presents, in a unified form, the underlying physical and structural processes that determine the optical behavior of materials. It does this by combining elements from physics, optics, and materials science in a seamless manner, and introducing quantum mechanics when needed. The book groups the characteristics of optical materials into classes with similar behavior. In treating each type of material, the text pays particular attention to atomic composition and chemical makeup, electronic states and band structure, and physical microstructure so that the reader will gain insight into the kinds of materials engineering and processing conditions that are required to produce a material exhibiting a desired optical property. The physical principles are presented on many levels, including a physical explanation, followed by formal mathematical support and examples and methods of measurement. The reader may overlook the equations with no loss of comprehension, or may use the text to find appropriate equations for calculations of optical properties. * Presents the optical properties of metals, insulators, semiconductors, laser materials, and non-linear materials * Physical processes are discussed and quantified using precise mathematical treatment, followed by examples and a discussion of measurement methods * Authors combine many years of expertise in condensed matter physics, classical and quantum optics, and materials science * The text is written on many levels and will benefit the novice as well as the expert * Explains the concept of color in materials * Explains the non-linear optical behavior of materials in a unified form * Appendices present rigorous derivations. 505 0 _aForeword. Wave Propagation. Optical Properties of Conductors. Optical Properties of Insulators 1--Fundamentals. Optical Properties of Insulators 2--Some Applications. Optical Properties of Semiconductors. Optical Gain and Lasers. Non-Linear Optical Behavior of Materials. Subject Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 376-378) and index. 650 0 _aOptical materials. 650 6 _aOptique. 650 6 _aMat�eriaux optiques. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aPotter, Kelly S. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0126441405 _z9780126441406 _w(DLC) 99065137 _w(OCoLC)42622172 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780126441406 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els033/99065137.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els033/99065137.html 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c118.00 _d118.00 _i0126441405 _n0003361719 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03603nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162577085 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 maua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780126801453 020 _a0126801452 035 _a(OCoLC)162577085 037 _a90494:90494 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aRC78.7.U4 _bS93 2004eb 060 14 _a2004 L-684 060 14 _aWN 208 _bS996d 2004 070 1 _aRC78.7.U4 _bS93 2004 082 04 _a616.07543 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aSzabo, Thomas L. 245 10 _aDiagnostic ultrasound imaging _h[electronic resource] : _binside out / _cThomas L. Szabo. 260 _aBurlington, MA : _bElsevier Academic Press, _cc2004. 300 _axxii, 549 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aDiagnostic Ultrasound Imaging provides a comprehensive introduction to and a state-of-the-art review of the essential science and signal processing principles of diagnostic ultrasound. The progressive organization of the material serves beginners in medical ultrasound science and graduate students as well as design engineers, medical physicists, researchers, clinical collaborators, and the curious. This it the most comprehensive and extensive work available on the core science and workings of advanced digital imaging systems, exploring the subject in a unified, consistent and interrelated manner. From its antecedents to the modern day use and prospects for the future, this it the most up-to-date text on the subject. Diagnostic Ultrasound Imaging provides in-depth overviews on the following major aspects of diagnostic ultrasound: absorption in tissues; acoustical and electrical measurements; beamforming, focusing, and imaging; bioeffects and ultrasound safety; digital imaging systems and terminology; Doppler and Doppler imaging; nonlinear propagation, beams and harmonic imaging; scattering and propagation through realistic tissues; and tissue characterization. Based on the author's over thirty-five years of experience in developing laboratory methodology and standards and conducting research in ultrasound. Conveys the fundamentals of diagnostic ultrasound as well as state-of-the-art reviews of major topics. from a historical perspective. Matlab MATLAB problems and examples included. . MATLAB problems and examples included. 505 0 _aIntroduction; Acoustic wave propagation; Attenuation; piezoelectric transducers; Beamforming; Array beamforming; Wave scattering in tissue; Imaging systems and applications; Imaging modes; Nonlinear acoustics and imaging; Ultrasonic exposimetry and acoustic measurements; Ultrasound-induced bioeffects; Contrast agents; Emerging research areas. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aDiagnosis, Ultrasonic. 650 0 _aUltrasonic imaging. 650 12 _aUltrasonics. 650 12 _aUltrasonography _xinstrumentation. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0126801452 _z9780126801453 _w(OCoLC)56912156 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780126801453 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03921nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162577250 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2001 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780127015101 020 _a0127015108 035 _a(OCoLC)162577250 037 _a79214:79214 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK2785 _b.T75 2001eb 082 04 _a621.46 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aTrzynadlowski, Andrzej. 245 10 _aControl of induction motors _h[electronic resource] / _cAndrzej M. Trzynadlowski. 260 _aSan Diego : _bAcademic Press, _cc2001. 300 _axii, 228 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aAcademic Press series in engineering 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book is a comprehensive reference source for practicing engineers and students specializing in electric power engineering and industrial electronics. It will illustrate the state of the art in induction motors. Beginning with characteristics and basic dynamic models of induction motors, and progressing to low- and high- performance drive systems. The book will be rich in useful information, without an excessive mathematical burden. Computer simulations resulting in mock oscillograms of physical quantities are used for illustration of basic control concepts. The content of this book is divided into three basic parts: 1) control-oriented description of induction motors, 2) control methods, and systems, 3) control means. An induction motor is presented as an electromechanical power converter, and basic relations between the electrical, magnetic and mechanical quantities in the motor will be explained. Control methods and systems will be classified according to the controlled variables(torque, speed, flux), actuating variables(voltage, current), and dynamic performance (uncontrolled, low-performance, and high-performance). An overview of power electronic converters and information processing equipment used in the modern induction motor drives is included. Such systematic approach will give the readers a comprehensive overview of the field of induction motor control. 505 0 _aBackground. -- Construction and Steady-State Operation of Induction Motors. -- Uncontrolled Induction Motor Drives. -- Power Electronic Converters for Induction Motor Drives. -- Scalar Control Methods. -- Dynamic Model of the Induction Motor. -- Field Orientation. -- Direct Torque and Flux Control. -- Speed and Position Control. -- Sensorless Drives. -- Literature. -- Glossary of Symbols. -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 203-219) and index. 505 0 _aBackground -- Construction and steady-state operation of induction motors -- Uncontrolled induction motor drives -- Power electronic converters for induction motor drives -- Scalar control methods -- Dynamic model of the induction motor -- Field orientation -- Direct torque and flux control -- Speed and position control -- Sensorless drives. 650 0 _aElectric motors, Induction _xAutomatic control. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0127015108 _z9780127015101 _w(DLC) 00104379 _w(OCoLC)44915769 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780127015101 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/00104379.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/00104379.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03304nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162577617 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780127484518 020 _a0127484515 035 _a(OCoLC)162577617 037 _a89837:89837 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQA39.3 _b.W37 2004eb 082 04 _a510 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aWickerhauser, Mladen Victor. 245 10 _aMathematics for multimedia _h[electronic resource] / _cMladen Victor Wickerhauser. 250 _a1st ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bAcademic Press, _c2004. 300 _axi, 302 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aMathematics and Multimedia focuses on the mathematics behind multimedia applications. This timely and thoroughly modern text is a rigorous survey of selected results from algebra and analysis, requiring only undergraduate math skills.The topics are `gems' chosen for their usefulness in understanding and creating application software for multimedia signal processing and communication.The book is aimed at a wide audience, including computer science and mathematics majors and those interested in employing mathematics in multimedia design and implementation. For the instructor, the material is divided into six chapters that may be presented in six lecture hours each. Thus, the entire text may be covered in one semester, with time left for examinations and student projects. For the student,there are more than 100 exercises with complete solutions, and numerous example programs in Standard C. Each chapter ends with suggestions for further reading. A companion website provides more insight for both instructors and students on challenging equations, and their solutions. Explains when and why modern robust methods provide more accurate results Does not assume or require previous training in statistics Includes many illustrations using data from actual studies Describes and illustrates easy-to-use software for applying cutting-edge techniques. 505 0 _aNumbers and Arithmetic; Space and Linearity; Time and Frequency; Sampling and Estimation; Scale and Resolution; Redundancy and Information; Answers; Basics, Technicalities, and Digressions. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aMathematics. 650 0 _aMultimedia systems _xMathematics. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0127484515 _z9780127484518 _w(DLC) 2003049305 _w(OCoLC)52631504 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780127484518 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els041/2003049305.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els041/2003049305.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03869nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162129039 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2000 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780127748108 020 _a0127748105 035 _a(OCoLC)162129039 037 _a81263:81263 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1750 _b.P475 2000eb 082 04 _a621.36 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aPhotorefractive optics _h[electronic resource] : _bmaterials, properties, and applications / _ceditors, Francis Yu and Shizhuo Yin. 260 _aSan Diego, Calif. ; _aLondon : _bAcademic, _cc2000. 300 _axx, 570 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe advances of photorefractive optics have demonstrated many useful and practical applications, which include the development of photorefractive optic devices for computer communication needs. To name a couple significant applications: the large capacity optical memory, which can greatly improve the accessible high-speed CD-ROM and the dynamic photorefractive gratings, which can be used for all-optic switches for high-speed fiber optic networks. This book is an important reference both for technical and non-technical staffs who are interested in this field. * Covers the recent development in materials, phenomena, and applications * Includes growth, characterization, dynamic gratings, and liquid crystal PR effect * Includes applications to photonic devices such as large capacity optical memory, 3-D interconnections, and dynamic holograms * Provides the recent overall picture of current trends in photorefractive optics * Includes optical and electronic properties of the materials as applied to dynamic photorefractive fiber. 505 0 _aN.V. Kukhtarev and T. Kukhtarev, Optical and Electrical Properties of High Contrast Dynamic Gratings. S. Erdei, Growth and Characterization of Single-Crystal Photorefractive Fibers. P.A. Yeh, Cross-talk in Photorefractive Hologram Memory. D. Psaltis, Photorefractive Memory. F. Zhao, Spectral and Spatial Diffraction in a Nonlinear Photorefractive Hologram. S. Yin, Z. Wu, and D. McMillen, Specially Doped LiNbO3. K. Itoh, Dyamic Interconnections Using Photorefractive Crystals. P.P. Banerjee, N.V. Kukhtarev, and J.O. Dimmoctz, Nonlinear Self-Organization in Photorefractive Materials. S. Kawata, Three-dimensional Bit-memory Using Photorefractive Materials. A. Chiou, Phase Conjugate Microscopy for Optical Trapping and Image Processing. A. Yang, Three-dimensional Photorefractive Memory Based on Phase-code and Notation Multiplexings. J. Zhang and S. Yin, Dynamic Process of Photorefractive Holograms. F.T.S. Yu and S. Yin, Dynamics of Photorefractive Fiber Holograms and Applications. A.L. Mikaelian, Photorefractive Optics for Information Technology. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aElectrooptics _xMaterials. 650 0 _aNonlinear optics. 650 0 _aPhotorefractive materials. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aYin, Shizhuo, _d1963- 700 1 _aYu, Francis T. S., _d1932- 776 1 _cOriginal _z0127748105 _z9780127748108 _w(DLC) 99065284 _w(OCoLC)42622161 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780127748108 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els033/99065284.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02819nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162129728 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2000 enka sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750639316 020 _a0750639318 035 _a(OCoLC)162129728 037 _a94635:94634 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTJ214 _b.M657 2000eb 082 04 _a629.8/323 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMoreton, Peter, _cDr. 245 10 _aIndustrial brushless servomotors _h[electronic resource] / _cPeter Moreton. 260 _aOxford : _bBoston : _bNewnes, _c2000. 300 _axviii, 186 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aIndustrial use of the brushless servomotor, for instance in robotics, is increasing rapidly, because of their low maintenance needs and capabilities at high transient speeds. They offer flexibility and high performance, and advances in power electronics and microelectronics means they are now more affordable. This handbook gives the user of brushless servomotors a comprehensive guide to their use, including a description of all main features of the brushless motor drive system. Throughout mathematics is kept to a minimum and practical guidance is given based on real-life experience. Peter Moreton is a Research Fellow at the University of Bristol, having spent time in industry and universities worldwide.

Written by a respected expert in the field - Peter Moreton has both high level academic and industrial experience

Indispensible guide to a rapidly growing new area of technology

Concise and accessible with a minimum of maths. 505 0 _aIntroduction; The brushed dc motor; The brushless machine; Brushless commutation; Speed regulators and servo control; Servomotor selection; Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. [177]) and index. 650 0 _aServomechanisms. 650 4 _aElectric motors, Brushless. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750639318 _z9780750639316 _w(DLC) 00551897 _w(OCoLC)44090737 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750639316 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/00551897.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/00551897.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02610nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162590018 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2002 enk sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750645829 020 _a0750645822 035 _a(OCoLC)162590018 037 _a95179:95178 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7888.4 _b.H65 2002eb 082 04 _a321.395 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aHoldsworth, B. _q(Brian) 245 10 _aDigital logic design _h[electronic resource] / _cB. Holdsworth and R.C. Woods. 250 _a4th ed. 260 _aOxford : _bNewnes, _c2002. 300 _a519 p. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aNew, updated and expanded topics in the fourth edition include: EBCDIC, Grey code, practical applications of flip-flops, linear and shaft encoders, memory elements and FPGAs. The section on fault-finding has been expanded. A new chapter is dedicated to the interface between digital components and analog voltages. *A highly accessible, comprehensive and fully up to date digital systems text *A well known and respected text now revamped for current courses *Part of the Newnes suite of texts for HND/1st year modules. 505 0 _aNumber systems and codes; Boolean algebra; Karnaugh maps and function simplification; Combinational logic design principles; Combinational logic design with MSI; Latches and flip-flops; Counters and generators; Clock-driven sequential circuits; Event-driven circuits; Instrumentation and interfacing; Programmable logic devices; Arithmetic circuits; Fault diagnosis and testing; Appendix - Functional logic symbols; Answers to problems; Bibliography; Index. 500 _aPrevious ed.: 1993. 500 _aISBN on the t.p. verso, 0750645882 is invalid. 504 _aIncludes bibliographies and index. 650 0 _aLogic design. 650 0 _aDigital electronics. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aWoods, R. C. _q(R. Clive) 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750645822 _z9780750645829 _w(OCoLC)51568269 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750645829 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03313nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162129778 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2000 enka sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750645836 020 _a0750645830 035 _a(OCoLC)162129778 037 _a95180:95179 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7868.D5 _bC75x 2000eb 082 04 _a621.381 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aCrisp, John. 245 10 _aIntroduction to digital systems _h[electronic resource] / _cJohn Crisp. 260 _aOxford ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2000. 300 _avii, 296 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book introduces digital electronics from first principles and goes on to cover all the main areas of knowledge and expertise needed by students up to first year degree level, as well as technicians and other professionals. Unlike most texts, Introduction to Digital Systems also covers the practicalities of designing and building circuits, including fault-finding and use of test equipment. Students will find the text ideally matched for courses covering electronics, systems and control, and electronic servicing. Whether you are looking for a complete self-study course in digital electronics, a concise reference text to dip into or a course text that is readable and straightforward, John Crisp has provided the solution. A concise, readable introductory text ideal for self-study by professionals or students on courses with limited contact time. Covers the practical side from a technician/professional viewpoint. Content carefully matched to a range of BTEC and C&G syllabuses. 505 0 _aWhat is a system?; Counting systems; Types of gate; Combining gates to create new functions; Digital circuit design to meet given practical 'real-life' situations; Simplification of Boolean expressions; Karnaugh maps; Logic families - TTL and CMOS; Interfacing; Combinational and sequential logic; RS bistable; D-type, JK and master-slave bistables; Asynchronus counters; Ring and twisted counters; Registers; Other digital devices; Practical methods of building circuits; Transmission of digital data; Transmission formats and methods; Fault-finding and test equipment; Further reading; Glossary; Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 292) and index. 650 0 _aDigital electronics. 650 0 _aElectronic circuit design. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750645830 _z9780750645836 _w(DLC) 2001268745 _w(OCoLC)45898425 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750645836 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2001268745.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2001268745.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03157nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162590021 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2000 enka sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750646246 020 _a0750646241 035 _a(OCoLC)162590021 037 _a93549:93548 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7887.5 _b.J36 2000eb 082 04 _a004.616 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aJames, Kevin. 245 10 _aPC interfacing and data acquisition _h[electronic resource] : _btechniques for measurement, instrumentation and control / _cKevin James. 260 _aOxford ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2000. 300 _axi, 448 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aA practical guide to programming for data acquisition and measurement - must-have info in just the right amount of depth for engineers who are not programming specialists. This book offers a complete guide to the programming and interfacing techniques involved in data collection and the subsequent measurement and control systems using an IBM compatible PC. It is an essential guide for electronic engineers and technicians involved in measurement and instrumentation, DA&C programmers and students aiming to gain a working knowledge of the industrial applications of computer interfacing. A basic working knowledge of programming in a high-level language is assumed, but analytical mathematics is kept to a minimum. Sample listings are given in C and can be downloaded from the Newnes website. Practical guidance on PC-based acquisition. Written for electronic engineers and software engineers in industry, not academics or computer scientists. A textbook with strong foundations in industry. 505 0 _aPreface; The PC as a platform for data acquisition; Software considerations; Sensors and interfacing; Sampling, noise and filtering; The interrupt system; Data transfer; Parallel busses; Serial communications; Scaling and linearization; Basic control techniques; Example projects; Appendix A: Adaptor installation reference; Appendix B: Character codes; Appendix C: References; Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aComputer interfaces. 650 0 _aElectronic data processing _xData entry. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750646241 _z9780750646246 _w(DLC) 00421748 _w(OCoLC)44736477 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750646246 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/00421748.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/00421748.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03640nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162129654 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2000 enka s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750646406 020 _a0750646403 035 _a(OCoLC)162129654 037 _a93554:93553 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTJ223.P76 _bI27 2000eb 082 04 _a629.89 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aIbrahim, Dogan. 245 10 _aMicrocontroller projects in C for the 8051 _h[electronic resource] / _cDogan Ibrahim. 260 _aOxford ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2000. 300 _aviii, 178 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book is a thoroughly practical way to explore the 8051 and discover C programming through project work. Through graded projects, Dogan Ibrahim introduces the reader to the fundamentals of microelectronics, the 8051 family, programming in C, and the use of a C compiler. The specific device used for examples is the AT89C2051 - a small, economical chip with re-writable memory, readily available from the major component suppliers. A working knowledge of microcontrollers, and how to program them, is essential for all students of electronics. In this rapidly expanding field many students and professionals at all levels need to get up to speed with practical microcontroller applications. Their rapid fall in price has made microcontrollers the most exciting and accessible new development in electronics for years - rendering them equally popular with engineers, electronics hobbyists and teachers looking for a fresh range of projects. Microcontroller Projects in C for the 8051 is an ideal resource for self-study as well as providing an interesting, enjoyable and easily mastered alternative to more theoretical textbooks. Dogan Ibrahim has been Associate Professor and Head of Department at the Near East University, Cyprus, lecturer at South Bank University, London, Principal Research Engineer at GEC Hirst Research Centre, and is now a hardware and software systems consultant to London's Traffic Control Systems Unit. Practical projects that enable students and practitioners to get up and running straight away with 8051 microcontrollers A hands-on introduction to practical C programming A wealth of project ideas for students and enthusiasts. 505 0 _aPreface; Microcomputer systems; Programming the microcontrollers in C; Light projects; Sound projects; Temperature projects; RS232 serial communication projects; Appendix; Glossary; Index. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aProgrammable controllers. 650 0 _aINTEL 8051 (Computer) _xProgramming. 650 0 _aC (Computer program language) 650 4 _aIntel 8051 (Computer) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750646403 _z9780750646406 _w(DLC) 2001274566 _w(OCoLC)43634155 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750646406 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2001274566.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2001274566.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03554nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162590026 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s1995 enka sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750647571 020 _a0750647574 035 _a(OCoLC)162590026 037 _a95207:95206 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7878.7 _b.H53 1995eb 082 04 _a621.3815/483 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aHickman, Ian. 245 10 _aOscilloscopes _h[electronic resource] : _bhow to use them, how they work / _cIan Hickman. 250 _a4th ed. 260 _aOxford ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c1995. 300 _axi, 259 p. : _bill. ; _c22 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aOscilloscopes are essential tools for checking circuit operation and diagnosing faults, and an enormous range of models are available. But which is the right one for a particular application? Which features are essential and which not so important? Ian Hickman has the answers. This handy guide to oscilloscopes is essential reading for anyone who has to use a 'scope for their work or hobby: electronics designers, technicians, anyone in industry involved in test and measurement, electronics enthusiasts... Ian Hickman's review of all the latest types of 'scope currently available will prove especially useful for anyone planning to buy - or even build - an oscilloscope. The science and electronics of how oscilloscopes work is explained in order to enhance the reader's appreciation of how to use their 'scope. The practical use of oscilloscope is explained with clarity and supported with examples, encouraging the reader to think about the application of their oscilloscope and improve their use of this complex instrument. The advance of digital technology makes this timely revision of Ian Hickman's well known book an essential update for electronics professionals and enthusiasts alike. The only fully up-to-date guide to oscilloscopes available A practical guide to getting the most out of an oscilloscope Essential reading for anyone planning to invest in an expensive piece of equipment. 505 0 _aPreface; Introduction; The basic oscilloscope; Advanced real-time oscilloscope; Accessories; Using oscilloscopes; Sampling oscilloscopes; Digital storage oscilloscopes; Oscilloscopes for special purposes; How oscilloscopes work (1): the CRT; How oscilloscopes work (2): circuitry; How oscilloscopes work (3): storage CRTS; Appendix 1: Cathode ray tube phosphor data; Appendix 2: Oscilloscope manufacturers and suppliers; Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aOscilloscopes. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750622822 _z9780750622820 _z0750647574 _z9780750647571 _w(DLC) 95001182 _w(OCoLC)32049551 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750647571 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els032/95001182.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els032/95001182.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02605nam 2200349Ia 4500 001 ocn162590104 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2000 enk s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750649339 020 _a075064933X 035 _a(OCoLC)162590104 037 _a93783:93782 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7867 _b.S539 2001eb 082 04 _a621.3815 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aSinclair, Ian Robertson. 245 10 _aPassive components for circuit design _h[electronic resource] / _cIan Sinclair. 260 _aOxford : _bNewnes, _c2000. 300 _aviii, 295 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aPassive Components for Circuit Design is a unique introduction to this key area of analog electronics designed for technician engineers and anyone involved in circuit design. The coverage encompasses all component types capable of power amplification: resistors, capacitors, transformers, solenoids, motors and transducers. The behaviour of the components is explored along with the different types available and the principles of circuit design. Tolerances, stability, variation with temperature, reliability and manufacturing standards are all covered. Reading this book will improve your skills in component selection and analog circuit design. These are essential skills not only for the analog designer, but for all circuit designers, professional or amateur. Gain a deeper understanding of using passive components Understand the range of components and their applications before designing and specifying Acquire a working knowledge with a minimum of maths. 505 0 _aPreface; Fundamentals; Fixed resistors; Variable resistors, potentiometers and diodes; Capacitors; Inductors and inductive components; Inductive devices; Transducing components; SMT; Hardware; Index. 504 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aElectronic circuit design. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z075064933X _z9780750649339 _w(OCoLC)44933677 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750649339 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04239nam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162590132 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2001 enkam sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750650403 020 _a0750650400 035 _a(OCoLC)162590132 037 _a93798:93797 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7881.4 _b.B75 2001eb 082 04 _a781 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBrice, Richard. 245 10 _aMusic engineering _h[electronic resource] : _bthe electronics of playing and recording / _cRichard Brice. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aOxford ; _aBurlington, MA : _bNewnes, _c2001. 300 _axviii, 481 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 sound disc (digital ; 4 3/4 in.) 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aMusic Engineering is a hands-on guide to the practical aspects of electric and electronic music. It is both a compelling read and an essential reference guide for anyone using, choosing, designing or studying the technology of modern music. The technology and underpinning science are introduced through the real life demands of playing and recording, and illustrated with references to well known classic recordings to show how a particular effect is obtained thanks to the ingenuity of the engineer as well as the musician. In addition, an accompanying free audio CD contains over 50 specially chosen tracks, provides practical demonstrations of the effects and techniques described in the book. Written by a music enthusiast and electronic engineer, this book covers the electronics and physics of the subject as well as the more subjective aspects. The second edition includes an updated Digital section including MPEG3 and fact sheets at the end of each chapter to summarise the key electronics and science. AIn addition to instruments and recording technology, this book covers essential kit such as microphones, sequencers, amplifiers and loudspeakers. Discover the potential of electronics and computers to transform your performances and recordings Develop an understanding of the engineering behind state of the art instruments, amplifiers and recording equipment A FREE CD-ROM completes the package with over 50 tracks providing practical demonstrations of the effects and techniques described in the book. 505 0 _aPreface; Jilted generation - science and sensibility; Good vibrations - the nature of sound; Stand by me - microphones and their applications; Message in a bottle - valve technology; Roll over Beethoven - electric instruments; Wild thing - electronic effects; Pet sounds - electronic synthesis; Silver machine - sequencers & MIDI; Got to get you into my life - sound recording; Bits 'n' pieces - digital audio; Space odyssey - stereo and spatial sound; Let's stick together - recording consoles; Unchained melody - amplifiers; Shout - loudspeakers; Synchronicity - video and synchronization; Appendix; Index. 500 _a"The accompanying audio CD has over 40 tracks which illustrate electric and electronic musical instruments and effects as well as longer tracks which demonstrate recording and production techniques"--Cover p. [4]. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aSound _xRecording and reproducing. 650 0 _aMusic _xAcoustics and physics. 650 0 _aElectro-acoustics. 650 0 _aElectronic music. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750650400 _z9780750650403 _w(DLC) 2005278535 _w(OCoLC)60767153 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750650403 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005278535-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005278535-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02822nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162590148 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2000 enka sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750650489 020 _a0750650486 035 _a(OCoLC)162590148 037 _a95317:95316 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5102.9 _bM43 2000eb 082 04 _a621.382/2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMeddins, Bob. 245 10 _aIntroduction to digital signal processing _h[electronic resource] / _cBob Meddins. 260 _aOxford ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2000. 300 _aix, 161 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 440 0 _aEssential electronics series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _a'Introduction to Digital Signal Processing' covers the basic theory and practice of digital signal processing (DSP) at an introductory level. As with all volumes in the Essential Electronics Series, this book retains the unique formula of minimal mathematics and straightforward explanations. The author has included examples throughout of the standard software design package, MATLAB and screen dumps are used widely throughout to illustrate the text. Ideal for students on degree and diploma level courses in electric and electronic engineering, 'Introduction to Digital Signal Processing' contains numerous worked examples throughout as well as further problems with solutions to enable students to work both independently and in conjunction with their course. Assumes only minimum knowledge of mathematics and electronics. Concise and written in a straightforward and accessible style. Packed with worked examples, exercises and self-assesment questions. 505 0 _aThe basics * Discrete signals & systems * The z-plane * The design of IIR filters * The design of FIR filters. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. [153]-154) and index. 650 0 _aSignal processing _xDigital techniques. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750650486 _z9780750650489 _w(DLC) 2001278937 _w(OCoLC)47953180 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750650489 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2001278937.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2001278937.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02857nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162590160 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2002 enka s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750650649 020 _a0750650648 035 _a(OCoLC)162590160 037 _a95319:95318 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bW554 2002eb 082 04 _a004.22 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aWilson, G. R. _q(Graham R.) 245 10 _aEmbedded systems and computer architecture _h[electronic resource] / _cG.R. Wilson. 260 _aOxford : _bNewnes, _c2002. 300 _axii, 294 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe author has taught the design and use of microprocessor systems to undergraduate and technician level students for over 25 years. *A core text for academic modules on microprocessors, embedded systems and computer architecture *A practical design-orientated approach *FREE CD-ROM features a unique microprocessor simulator, and accompanying website contains solutions, FAQs and updates to software. 505 0 _aPart One: The Building Blocks - Binary numbers; Logic expressions; Electronic logic circuits; Computer arithmetic; Part Two: Computing Machines - Computer design; Instruction set and code assembly; Program structures; Simple computer circuits; Input and output ports; Input and output methods; More devices; Assembler and linker tools; The control unit; Part Three: Larger Computers - Larger computers; Cache memory; Memory management; Appendix A G80 instruction set; Appendix B ASCII character codes; Appendix C Specifications of the input and output devices; Appendix D The GDS assembler and linker; Index. 500 _aIncludes index. 525 _aIncludes CD-ROM in back pocket. 650 0 _aComputer architecture. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems. 650 6 _aOrdinateurs _xArchitecture 650 6 _aSyst�emes enfouis (Informatique) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750650648 _z9780750650649 _w(DLC) 2005298841 _w(OCoLC)47777533 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750650649 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005298841-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005298841-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03837nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162129664 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2001 enka sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750650731 020 _a0750650737 035 _a(OCoLC)162129664 037 _a93804:93803 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK2785 _b.E42 2001eb 082 04 _a621.43 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aElectronic control of switched reluctance machines _h[electronic resource] / _cedited by T.J.E. Miller. 260 _aOxford ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2001. 300 _axiv, 272 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 440 0 _aNewnes power engineering series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aSwitched reluctance motors have steadily increased in commercial importance since their introduction in the early 1980's, while their technology - especially of their electronic control - has made great progress. Their unique characteristics introduce a delicate balance, in which the copper and iron are diminished in quantity, complexity and cost, in favour of a greater reliance on sophistication in the controller. Thus mastery of the control is the key challenge in the application of these machines. This book is intended for engineer's in industry and in the large research community in electrical machines and drives. It introduces the techniques for controlling switched reluctance machines, starting from first principles and building up to the most advanced forms of sensorless control. It covers the recent advances in electronic control and includes aspects of motion control, automation, acoustic noise reduction and energy efficiency. covers the recent changes in control technology includes up-to-date equipment and methods contains applications and case studies. 505 0 _aIntroduction * Development history * Electromagnetic energy conversion * Designing for low noise * Average torque control * Instantaneous torque control * Sensorless control * Torque ripple control in a practical application * Drive development and test * The switched reluctance generator * Bibliography. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. [252]-266) and index. 505 0 _aIntroduction / T.J.E. Miller -- Development history / Antony F. Anderson -- Electromagnetic energy conversion / T.J.E. Miller -- Designing for low noise / W.A. Pengov and R.L. Weinberg -- Average torque control / Lynne Kelly, Calum Cossar and T.J.E. Miller -- Instantaneous torque control / Philip C. Kjaer and Jeremy J. Gribble -- Sensorless control / Gabriel Gallegos-L�opez -- Torque ripple control in a practical application / Kevin McLaughlin -- Drive development and test / Calum Cossar and Lynne Kelly -- The switched reluctance generator / Tadashi Sawata. 650 0 _aReluctance motors _xAutomatic control. 650 0 _aElectronic control. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aMiller, T. J. E. _q(Timothy John Eastham), _d1947- 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750650737 _z9780750650731 _z0340761822 _z9780340761823 _w(DLC) 2001277041 _w(OCoLC)44154221 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750650731 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2001277041.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2001277041.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03547nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162133741 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2001 enka sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780750650816 020 _a0750650818 035 _a(OCoLC)162133741 037 _a95134:95133 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA165 _b.M637 2001eb 082 04 _a681.2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMorris, Alan S., _d1948- 245 10 _aMeasurement and instrumentation principles _h[electronic resource] / _cAlan S. Morris. 246 14 _aMeasurement & instrumentation principles 260 _aOxford [England] ; _aBoston : _bButterworth-Heinemann, _c2001. 300 _axix, 475 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _a'Measurement and Instrumentation Principles' is the latest edition of a successful book that introduces undergraduate students to the measurement principles and the range of sensors and instruments that are used for measuring physical variables. Completely updated to include new technologies such as smart sensors, displays and interfaces, the 3rd edition also contains plenty of worked examples and self-assessment questions (and solutions). In addition, a new chapter on safety issues focuses on the legal framework, electrical safety and failsafe designs, and the author has also concentrated on RF and optical wireless communications. Fully up-to-date and comprehensively written, this textbook is essential for all engineering undergraduates, especially those in the first two years of their course. Completely updatedIncludes new technologies such as smart sensors and displays. 505 0 _aPart A: Principles of Measurement * Introduction to measurement * Types of instrument and performance characteristics * Errors during the measurement process * Calibration of measuring sensors and instruments * Measurement noise and signal processing * Measurement and transducing of sensor outputs * Intelligent instruments * Signal transmission * Instrumentation/computer networks * Display, recording and presentation of measurement data * Measurement system reliability and instrument choice * Sensor technologies * Part B: Measurement sensors and instruments * Temperature measurement * Pressure measurement * Flow measurement * Level measurement * Force and torque measurement * Translational displacement transducers * Translational velocity, acceleration, vibration and shock measurement * Rotational displacement transducers * Rotational velocity and acceleration measurement * Dimension measurement * Measurement of miscellaneous quantities * Appendices. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aEngineering instruments. 650 0 _aEngineering _xMeasurement. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750650818 _z9780750650816 _w(OCoLC)46812553 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750650816 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c57.95 _d57.95 _i0750650818 _n0003709164 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03533nam 2200349Ia 4500 001 ocn162129661 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2001 enka s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750650946 020 _a075065094X 035 _a(OCoLC)162129661 037 _a93649:93648 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7871.9 _b.W54 2001eb 082 04 _a621.3815 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aWilmshurst, T. H. 245 10 _aAnalog circuit techniques _h[electronic resource] : _bwith digital interfacing / _cT.H. Wilmhurst. 260 _aOxford : _bNewnes, _cc2001. 300 _aviii, 312 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book uses an analytical approach, backed up with numerous experimental exercises and worked examples. It is designed to deliver the core content of a three year degree course in a single volume, which makes it an ideal core adoption text, and an essential reference text for a wide range of students A comprehensive analog electronics text for first degrees and conversion courses Dr Wilmshurst has drawn on his experience running an MSc conversion and other courses to produce this single volume text which covers all the analog electronics needed in a wide range of higher education programmes: first degrees in electronic engineering, experimental science courses, MSc electronics and electronics units for HNDs. The chapter on audio amplifiers includes an invaluable example of the application of SPICE simulation. Numerous worked examples and and experimental exercises to reinforce understanding Covers frequently used SPICE facilities and display types Takes into consideration the wider present use of CMOS devices in favour of bipolar. 505 0 _aBasic Circuit Techniques; Operational Amplifier Circuits: Basic, Limitations, Switching Circuits, Current Feedback Type; Semiconductor Diode and Power Supplies; MOS-Based Common-Source, Source-Follower, Common-Gate, Cascode, LTP and Switch; Corresponding Bipolar Transistor and JFET Based Circuits; MOS-Based Operational Amplifiers; Band-Gap Voltage Reference; Thyristor (SCR); Single-Section Passive RC Filters; Simple LC-Resonator Based Filters; Active RC Filters; Piezo-Electric and SAW Filters; Modulator and Demodulator Applications; Long-Tailed Pair Modulator; Gilbert Cell; RF Amplifiers and Frequency Changers; Noise; Interference and its Prevention (EMC); Phase-Locked Loop and Oscillators; Digital-To-Analog and Analog-To-Digital Conversion including Oversampling Types; SPICE and the Audio Power Amplifier; Transmission-Lines including application to Digital Circuit Design; Transmission-Line Transformers; S-Parameters and the Smith Chart; Electrostatic Microphones; Optoelectronics including Fiber-Optic Data Link. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aAnalog electronic systems. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z075065094X _z9780750650946 _w(OCoLC)48063563 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750650946 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02626nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162129662 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2002 enkade s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780750650953 020 _a0750650958 035 _a(OCoLC)162129662 037 _a93650:93649 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7867 _b.C74 2002eb 082 04 _a621.3815 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aCrecraft, D. I. 245 10 _aAnalog electronics _h[electronic resource] : _bcircuits, systems and signal processing / _cD.I. Crecraft. 260 _aOxford : _bButterworth-Heinemann, _c2002. 300 _ax, 425 p. : _bill., charts, plans ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe content has been carefully designed to meet the requirements of first and second year students of electronic engineering, communications engineering and telecommunications, following full honours degree programs or two-year courses including HNC/HND. A companion website includes interactive spreadsheets to download. *A completely new analog electronics textbook for the digital age *Coverage ideal for courses with a communications / wireless focus *Companion website provides interactive spreadsheets, where readers can put the book's theory into practice. 505 0 _aPreface; Introduction to electronic systems; Signals and signal processing; Amplifiers and feedback; Signal processing with operational amplifiers; Diode and transistor circuits; Design of operational amplifiers; Analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog conversion; Audio-frequency power amplifiers; Radio communication techniques; Filters; Signal generation; Interconnections; Power supplies; Answers to SAQs; Index. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aAnalog electronic systems. 650 17 _aAnaloge schakelingen. _2gtt 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aGergely, S. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750650958 _z9780750650953 _w(OCoLC)50760038 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750650953 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c39.95 _d39.95 _i0750650958 _n0003777718 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03274nam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162129667 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2001 enka s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750653190 020 _a0750653191 035 _a(OCoLC)162129667 037 _a93848:93847 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7816 _b.B543 2001eb 082 04 _a621.381 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBishop, O. N. _q(Owen Neville) 245 10 _aUnderstand electronics _h[electronic resource] / _cOwen Bishop. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aOxford ; _aBoston : _bNewnes/Butterworth-Heinemann, _c2001. 300 _a333 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aIn Understand Electronics, Owen Bishop covers the basics needed in all the main areas of electronics with a jargon-free, informative style, and numerous illustrations. An essential book for the newcomer to electronics, this highly practical guide provides a thorough introduction to practical electronics and the basic principles of electronic components and circuitry. Owen Bishop, a leading international electronics author, takes a step-by-step approach, employing the minimum of mathematics, to create a text that is ideal for the student or enthusiast who has little previous knowledge of the subject area but wishes to find out more. The new edition has been thoroughly updated throughout, with many new illustrations and coverage of recent advances in electronics, including a chapter on microcontrollers - the simple programmable devices that are transforming electronics project work. A new section on test equipment reinforces the practical emphasis of the book. A practical guide made highly accessible through clear explanations and numerous illustrations Assumes little previous knowledge of the subject area or mathematical background Covers the basics needed in all the main areas of electronics. 505 0 _aIntroduction; Electrons and electricity; E.M.F. and potential; Resistance; Capacitance; Inductance; Simple circuits; Semiconduction; Transistors; Semiconductor circuits; Power control circuits; Sensors and transducers; Optoelectronic sensors; Light sources and displays; Test equipment; From components to circuits; Oscillating circuits; Amplifying circuits; Operational amplifiers; Logic circuits; Audio electronics; Computers; Microcontrollers; Telecommunications; Microwaves; Medical electronics; Electronics in industry; Electronics and the future; Index. 500 _aPrevious ed.: 1995. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aElectronics. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750653191 _z9780750653190 _w(OCoLC)46908382 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750653190 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02671nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162129789 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2002 enkabc s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780750653701 020 _a0750653701 035 _a(OCoLC)162129789 037 _a95344:95343 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA1750 _b.T75 2002eb 082 04 _a621.381045 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aTricker, Ray. 245 10 _aOptoelectronics and fiber optic technology _h[electronic resource] / _cRay Tricker. 260 _aOxford : _bNewnes, _c2002. 300 _axvi, 319 p. : _bill., map, ports. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aTopical areas such as optoelectronics in LANs and WANs, cable TV systems, and the global fiber-optic highway make this book essential reading for anyone who needs to keep up with the technology of modern data communications. *Covers selection and application of the key technologies *A down-to-earth introduction to a cutting-edge technology *Covers all the main engineering applications with a minimum of maths. 505 0 _aForeword; Preface; Acknowledgements; The history of fiber optics; Theory; Fibers and cables; Transmitters - light emitting diodes and lasers ; Receivers - photodiodes; Connectors and couplers; Communication systems; Optoelectronic test techniques; Future developments; Appendix A Optoelectronic and fiber optic standards; Appendix B Fiber optic chronology; Glossary; Acronyms and abbreviations; Useful links; Index. 500 _aIncludes index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aOptoelectronics. 650 0 _aFiber optics. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750653701 _z9780750653701 _w(DLC) 2005295552 _w(OCoLC)48782618 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750653701 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005295552-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005295552-t.html 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c43.95 _d43.95 _i0750653701 _n0003879374 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02913nam 2200445Ia 4500 001 ocn162129792 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2003 enka s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750655460 020 _a0750655461 035 _a(OCoLC)162129792 037 _a95432:95431 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bH43 2003eb 082 04 _a004.16 _222 082 04 _a621.392 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aHeath, Steve. 245 10 _aEmbedded systems design _h[electronic resource] / _cSteve Heath. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aOxford ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2003. 300 _axviii, 430 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aIn this new edition the latest ARM processors and other hardware developments are fully covered along with new sections on Embedded Linux and the new freeware operating system eCOS. The hot topic of embedded systems and the internet is also introduced. In addition a fascinating new case study explores how embedded systems can be developed and experimented with using nothing more than a standard PC. * A practical introduction to the hottest topic in modern electronics design * Covers hardware, interfacing and programming in one book * New material on Embedded Linux for embedded internet systems. 505 0 _aPreface; Acknowledgements; What is an embedded system?; Embedded processors; Memory systems; Basic peripherals; Interfacing to the analogue world; Interrupts and exceptions; Real-time operating systems; Writing software for embedded systems; Emulation and debugging techniques; Buffering and other data structures; Memory and performance trade-offs; Software examples; Design examples; Real-time without a RTOS; Index. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems _xDesign and construction. 650 17 _aEmbedded systems. _2gtt 650 17 _aOntwerpen. _2gtt 650 6 _aSyst�emes enfouis (Informatique) 650 6 _aSyst�emes, Conception de. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750655461 _z9780750655460 _w(DLC) 2005277923 _w(OCoLC)48782559 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750655460 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005277923-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005277923-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02782nam 2200361Ia 4500 001 ocn162129793 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2002 enka sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750655552 020 _a0750655550 035 _a(OCoLC)162129793 037 _a95433:95432 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5103.15 _b.C73 2002eb 082 04 _a621.382 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aCrisp, John. 245 10 _aIntroduction to copper cabling _h[electronic resource] : _bapplication for telecomunications, data communications and networking / _cJohn Crisp. 260 _aOxford ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2002. 300 _avii, 215 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aBecause this is a book for engineers the practical coverage is reinforced by use of the latest interanational standards, in particular BICSI standards (USA and international) and EU requirements. This will make the book ideal for the large number of industry-based training courses. Coverage has also been matched to the requirements of the revised City & Guilds 3466-04 course. *Covers the real-world issues of selection, design, installation, testing, safety, legislation... neglected by university texts *An easy-to-read introduction that assumes no prior knowledge beyond basic concepts of voltage and current - ideal for non-specialists as well as practitioners *Covers new BICSI (US / international) regulations and EU framework. 505 0 _aPreface; Talking across the Atlantic; Technical bits that may be useful; How cables work; Decibels-they get everywhere but what are they?; How is data transmitted?; We dont do it like that; Not all cables are the same; Selecting, protecting and connecting cables; Networks; Cables in buildings and between buildings; Does it work?; Staying alive until payday; A brief introduction to fiber optics; Moving on; Bibliography; Glossary; Quiz answers; Index;. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 183) and index. 650 0 _aTelecommunication cables. 650 0 _aCopper wire. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750655550 _z9780750655552 _w(DLC) 2002033739 _w(OCoLC)50403021 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750655552 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03518nam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162129795 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2002 enka s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780750655569 020 _a0750655569 035 _a(OCoLC)162129795 037 _a95434:95433 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTJ223.T4 _bI24 2002eb 082 04 _a629.895 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aIbrahim, Dogan. 245 10 _aMicrocontroller-based temperature monitoring and control _h[electronic resource] / _cDogan Ibrahim. 260 _aOxford : _bNewnes, _c2002. 300 _axii, 236 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aMicrocontroller-Based Temperature Monitoring and Control is an essential and practical guide for all engineers involved in the use of microcontrollers in measurement and control systems. The book provides design principles and application case studies backed up with sufficient control theory and electronics to develop your own systems. It will also prove invaluable for students and experimenters seeking real-world project work involving the use of a microcontroller. Techniques for the application of microcontroller-based control systems are backed up with the basic theory and mathematics used in these designs, and various digital control techniques are discussed with reference to digital sample theory. The first part of the book covers temperature sensors and their use in measurement, and includes the latest non-invasive and digital sensor types. The second part covers sampling procedures, control systems and the application of digital control algorithms using a microcontroller. The final chapter describes a complete microcontroller-based temperature control system, including a full software listing for the programming of the controller. *Provides practical guidance and essential theory making it ideal for engineers facing a design challenge or students devising a project *Includes real-world design guides for implementing a microcontroller-based control systems *Requires only basic mathematical and engineering background as the use of microcontrollers is introduced from first principles. 505 0 _aPreface; Microcomputer systems; Temperature and its measurement; Thermocouple temperature sensors; RTD temperature sensors; Thermistor temperature sensors; Integrated circuit temperature sensors; Digital control systems and the z-transform; Stability; Case study - Temperature control project; Appendix A - Platinum RTD sensor resistances; Appendix B - ASCII code; Appendix C - FED C Compiler library functions; Glossary; Index. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aTemperature control. 650 0 _aElectronic controllers. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750655569 _z9780750655569 _w(OCoLC)49641107 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750655569 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c49.95 _d49.95 _i0750655569 _n0003986737 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03239nam 2200361Ia 4500 001 ocn162590452 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 enka s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750656122 020 _a0750656123 035 _a(OCoLC)162590452 037 _a95442:95441 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aPL6560 _b.P66 2003eb 082 04 _a621.384 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aPoole, Ian. 245 10 _aNewnes guide to radio and communications technology _h[electronic resource] / _cIan Poole. 246 30 _aGuide to radio and communications technology 260 _aOxford ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2003. 300 _a297 p. : _bill. ; _c22 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aIn this brand new volume, Ian Poole begins with a fine introduction to radio, suitable for almost all readers. ...the book is an excellent way for neophytes to step into radio and learn something about it. It begins with the basics and gradually brings in more advanced concepts. We recommend it as an additon to the technical libraries of intermediate-level technical readers. It is an interesting read even for the advanced engineer. - QEX July/August 2004 Ian Poole has written a fascinating guide to the technology and applications of modern radio and communications equipment. His approach provides a useful foundation for college students and technicians seeking an update on the latest technology, but each topic is introduced from the basics, ensuring that the book is equally rewarding for managers in the communications industry, sales staff, and anyone seeking to update their knowledge of this exciting and rapidly expanding area of technology. The key areas covered by this book are: Radio principles Broadcasting, including Digital Radio Private mobile radio, (PMR) including trunking and TETRA Cellular telecommunications, including GSM and 3G Data communications, including Bluetooth and 802.11 As well as a survey of established and cutting-edge technologies the underpinning science and electronics is introduced. *Includes a survey of established and cutting-edge communication technologies *Introduces the underpinning science and electronics of the subject *Provides an emphasis on circuits and how they work. 505 0 _aPreface; Introduction; Radio waves; Modes of transmission; Antennas; Receivers; Transmitters; Broadcasting; Satellites; Private mobile radio; Cellular telecommunications; Bluetooth; Appendix; Index. 650 0 _aRadio _xEquipment and supplies. 650 0 _aTelecommunication. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750656123 _z9780750656122 _w(OCoLC)52144513 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750656122 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02253nam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162590468 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2002 enka s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750656351 020 _a0750656352 035 _a(OCoLC)162590468 037 _a93980:93979 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTJ223.P76 _bM668 2002eb 082 04 _a629.895416 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMorton, John, _d1980- 245 10 _aAVR _h[electronic resource] : _ban introductory course / _cJohn Morton. 260 _aOxford : _bNewnes, _c2002. 300 _a256 p. : _bill. ; _c22 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book includes 15 programming and constructional projects, and covers the range of AVR chips currently available, including the recent Tiny AVR. No prior experience with microcontrollers is assumed. John Morton is author of the popular PIC: Your Personal Introductory Course, also published by Newnes. *The hands-on way of learning to use the Atmel AVR microcontroller *Project work designed to put the AVR through its paces *The only book designed to get you up-and-running with the AVR from square one. 505 0 _aPreface; Chapter 1: Introduction; Chapter 2: Basic Operations with AT90S1200 and Tiny12; Chapter 3: Introducing the rest of the family; Chapter 4: Intermediate Operations; Chapter 5: Advanced Operations; Appendices; Index. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aProgrammable controllers. 650 0 _aIntegrated circuits _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aMicroelectronics. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750656352 _z9780750656351 _w(OCoLC)50017928 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750656351 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03744nam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162590485 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 enka s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750656795 020 _a0750656794 035 _a(OCoLC)162590485 037 _a94006:94005 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTJ223.P76 _bR53 2004eb 082 04 _a629.89 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aRidley, J. E. _q(John E.) 245 10 _aMitsubishi FX programmable logic controllers _h[electronic resource] : _bapplications and programming / _cJohn Ridley. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aOxford : _bNewnes, _c2004. 300 _axxii, 397 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aJohn Ridley provides comprehensive information on usage, design and programming for the Mitsubishi FX range of programmable logic controllers, in this step-by-step, practical guide. Professional engineers working with Mitsubishi PLCs, as well as students following courses focusing on these devices, will find this book to be an essential resource for this popular PLC family. Numerous worked examples and assignments are included, to reinforce the practical application of these devices, widely used in industry. Fully updated throughout from coverage of the FX PLC to now cover the FxN PLC family from Mitsubishi, John Ridley also focuses on use of the Fx2N - the most powerful and diverse in function of this PLC group. The second edition contains advanced topics along with numerous ladder diagrams and illustrative examples. A hands-on approach to the programming, design and application of FX PLC based systems Programmed using GX Developer software - used worldwide for the whole range of the FX PLC family Covers Ladder Logic tester - the GX developer simulator that enables students and designers to test and debug their programs without a PLC GX Developer demo available on a companion website for the book. 505 0 _aIntroduction to PLC's; Gx-Developer start up procedure; Producing a ladder diagram; Modifications to an existing project; Serial transfer of programs; Monitoring; Basic PLC programs; PLC sequence controller; Free line drawing; Safety; Documentation; Entry ladder monitor; Converting a MEDOC project to GX Developer; Change of PLC type; Diagnostic fault finding; Special M coils; Set-reset programming; Trace; Data registers; Introduction to programs using data registers; Ladder logic tester; Bi-directional counters; High-speed counters; Floating point numbers; Master control - nesting; Shift registers; Rotary indexing table; Index registers V and Z; Recipe appliction - BREW1; Sub-routines; Interrupts; Step counter programming; Automatic queuing system; Analogue to digital conversion FX2N-4AD; Digital to analogue conversionFX2N-4AD; Assignments. 500 _aPrevious ed. published as: Introduction to programmable logic controllers. London: Arnold, 1997. 650 0 _aProgrammable controllers. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aRidley, J. E. _q(John E.). _tIntroduction to programmable logic controllers. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750656794 _z9780750656795 _w(OCoLC)56807746 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750656795 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03572nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162590600 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 ne a s 000 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750657358 020 _a0750657359 035 _a(OCoLC)162590600 037 _a95492:95491 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bI55 2003eb 082 04 _a004.62 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aInsam, Edward. 245 10 _aTCP/IP embedded internet applications _h[electronic resource] / _cEdward Insam. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2003. 300 _avi, 320 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aIntroducing the technology from square one through real-world design applications, this book will significantly reduce R&D time - and spend. Eddie Insam's approach to the internet protocols TCP/IP is to explore their potential as a practical tool for design engineers building web communication and capabilities into embedded systems for the next generation of electronic products. Eddie Insam introduces the range of possibilities open to internet-enabled designs, including automated fault and low-stock notification, remote environmental control, control of test and measurement equipment, and programming responses based on data collected locally. These techniques are introduced as they key to a new level of interactivity between customer and manufacturer or service provider as well as a the means for users to communicate with electronic devices in increasingly useful and user-friendly ways. These new opportunities are introduced with the level of practical detail required for electronic designers getting to grips with turning the next phase of the internet revolution into reality. The scope of this book encompasses electronic design, networking applications and wireless applications using Bluetooth and 802.11 (WiFi). The case studies are not based on one specific device, but listings are provided where required. *An engineer's approach to internet protocols and applications *Reduces R&D time for design engineers *The design guide for the cutting edge of internet-enabled electronic products and systems. 505 0 _aPreface; Introduction; Applications; Low level (Physical) Layers; Network Interface devices and components; Physical and Low Level Link Management Protocols; Building on IP; -- Applications 2; A software stack for embedded uPs; Appendix; Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 303-304) and index. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems. 650 0 _aTCP/IP (Computer network protocol) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750657359 _z9780750657358 _w(DLC) 2005299229 _w(OCoLC)53401280 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750657358 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005299229-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005299229-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03245nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162590616 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 enka s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750657365 020 _a0750657367 035 _a(OCoLC)162590616 037 _a95493:95492 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7882.D93 _bI27 2003eb 082 04 _a621.388/33 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aIbrahim, K. F. 245 10 _aDVD players and drives _h[electronic resource] / _cK.F. Ibrahim. 260 _aOxford : _bNewnes, _c2003. 300 _a256 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aFawzi Ibrahim has used his background running courses on DVD technology and writing for Television magazine to prepare a book for engineers that is based on genuine hands-on experience with DVD equipment for video, PC and audio applications. His book is a guide to the technology and its application, with a special focus on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. The principles of DVD technology are introduced from the basics, and DVD applications are illustrated by genuine technical information in the form of block diagrams and circuit schematics. All current forms of DVD player and writer are introduced, including equipment types that are only just appearing on the market. The straightforward approach of this book makes it ideal for engineers and technicians getting up to speed with the new technology, and students of consumer electronics. Ibrahim is well known for his ability to demystify TV and PC technology, in a range of popular titles including Digital Television, Television Receivers, and PC Operation and Repair. * The engineer's guide to DVD technology * Fully up-to-date coverage of video, PC and audio applications * Developed from the author's short courses and magazine articles on DVD. 505 0 _aIntroduction; DVD discs; Digital processing; Video encoding; Audio encoding; The DVD player; Microprocessors for DVD systems; Signal processing; Servo control; Microprocessor control; The power supply and user interface; DVD writers; DVD drives for Personal Computers; Testing and fault diagnosis; Glossary; Appendices, including DVD specifications and standards; Index. 500 _aIncludes index. 504 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aDVD players. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750657367 _z9780750657365 _w(DLC) 2005279439 _w(OCoLC)52144450 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750657365 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/fy0606/2005279439.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0634/2005279439-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03470nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162590636 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750657594 020 _a0750657596 035 _a(OCoLC)162590636 037 _a95499:95498 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQA76.8.I27 _bC35 2004eb 082 04 _a004.165 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aCalcutt, D. M., _d1935- 245 10 _a8051 microcontrollers _h[electronic resource] : _ban applications-based introduction / _cDavid Calcutt, Fred Cowan, Hassan Parchizadeh. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier, Newnes, _c2004. 300 _avi, 408 p. : _bill. ; _c23 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe 8051 architecture developed by Intel has proved to be the most popular and enduring type of microcontroller, available from many manufacturers and widely used for industrial applications and embedded systems as well as being a versatile and economical option for design prototyping, educational use and other project work. In this book the authors introduce the fundamentals and capabilities of the 8051, then put them to use through practical exercises and project work. The result is a highly practical learning experience that will help a wide range of engineers and students to get through the steepest part of the learning curve and become proficient and productive designing with the 8051. The text is also supported by practical examples, summaries and knowledge-check questions. The latest developments in the 8051 family are also covered in this book, with chapters covering flash memory devices and 16-bit microcontrollers. Dave Calcutt, Fred Cowan and Hassan Parchizadeh are all experienced authors and lecturers at the University of Portsmouth, UK. Increase design productivity quickly with 8051 family microcontrollers Unlock the potential of the latest 8051 technology: flash memory devices and16-bit chips Self-paced learning for electronic designers, technicians and students. 505 0 _aPreface; Microcontroller architecture; Development board design; Programming using assembly language; Programming using C; Simulation and development; Flash microcontrollers; Switches, motors, data converters and displays; Serial data transmission; PROM microcontrollers; 16-bit microcontrollers; Project applications; Appendices; Index. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aINTEL 8051 (Computer) 650 0 _aDigital control systems. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aCowan, Frederick J. 700 1 _aParchizadeh, G. Hassan. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750657596 _z9780750657594 _w(DLC) 2003066606 _w(OCoLC)53287742 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750657594 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els041/2003066606.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els041/2003066606.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02452nam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162129867 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2003 enka s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780750658003 020 _a0750658002 035 _a(OCoLC)162129867 037 _a96261:96261 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5103.59 _b.B35 2003eb 082 04 _a621.38275 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBailey, David, _cBEng. 245 10 _aPractical fiber optics _h[electronic resource] / _cDavid Bailey, Edwin Wright. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston ; _aLondon : _bElsevier, _c2003. 300 _axv, 267 p. : _bill. ; _c27 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aReaders will use this knowledge to develop the required techniques for design, installation and maintenance of their own fiber optic systems. * Ideal for those with some background in communications but without previous knowledge of fiber optics * Provides a comprehensive treatment of the fundamentals of fiber optic systems and their individual components * Places emphasis on practical techniques of component installation and system design. 505 0 _aIntroduction to Fiber Optic Systems; Definitions & Fundamental Principles; Theory of Fiber Optic Transmission; Fiber Optic Cable Construction; Connecting Fibers; Optical Drivers And Connectors; Installing Fiber Optic Cables; Fiber Optic System Design; Testing Of Fiber Optic Systems; Technologies That Use Optical Fibers; Appendix A: Glossary of Terms; Appendix B: List of Vendors And Products; Appendix C: Specification Sheets. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aFiber optics. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aWright, Edwin, _cBSc. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750658002 _z9780750658003 _w(OCoLC)51527185 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750658003 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c43.95 _d43.95 _i0750658002 _n0004222378 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02958nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162590770 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 enka sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750658010 020 _a0750658010 035 _a(OCoLC)162590770 037 _a96262:96262 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK3226 _b.S835 2003eb 082 04 _a621.3192 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aStrauss, Cobus. 245 10 _aPractical electrical network automation and communication systems _h[electronic resource] / _cCobus Strauss. 260 _aOxford ; _aBurlington, MA : _bNewnes, _c2003. 300 _aix, 200 p. : _bill. ; _c27 cm. 440 0 _aPractical professional books from Elsevier 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aIn the past automation of the power network was a very specialized area but recently due to deregulation and privatization the area has become of a great importance because companies require more information and communication to minimize costs, reduce workforce and minimize errors in order to make a profit. * Covers engineering requirements and business implications of this cutting-edge and ever-evolving field * Provides a unique insight into a fast-emerging and growing market that has become and will continue to evolve into one of leading communication technologies * Written in a practical manner to help readers handle the transformation from the old analog environment to the modern digital communications-based one. 505 0 _aIntroduction to Power System Automation; Historical Development of Power System Automation; Overview of Power Networks; Fundamentals of Electrical Protection; Remote Substation Access and Local Intelligence; Data Communications; Communication Protocols; SCADA Systems; Communications in Power System Automation; Power System Automation Architectures; Power System Automation Systems on the Market; Practical Considerations; The Internet. 500 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 192-193) and index. 650 0 _aElectric networks. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750658010 _z9780750658010 _w(DLC) 2005299221 _w(OCoLC)51527173 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750658010 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005299221-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005299221-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02939nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162590855 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750658065 020 _a0750658061 035 _a(OCoLC)162590855 037 _a96282:96282 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5105.585 _b.R49 2003eb 082 04 _a621.38212 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aReynders, Deon. 245 10 _aPractical TCP/IP and Ethernet networking _h[electronic resource] / _cDeon Reynders, Edwin Wright. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier Science, _c2003. 300 _axix, 306 p. : _bill. ; _c27 cm. 440 0 _aPractical professional books from Elsevier 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aTCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) is the suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts on the Internet. TCP/IP uses several protocols, the two main ones being TCP and IP. TCP/IP is built into the UNIX operating system and is used by the Internet, making it the de facto standard for transmitting data over networks. The TCP/IP suite of protocols has become a dominant technology due to its widespread use and reliability, while Ethernet is fast becoming a de facto industrial networking standard. * A practical hands-on book that covers troubleshooting and maintenance of TCP/IP networks * Provides a solid understanding of the application of TCP/IP from an engineering perspective * Complete coverage from networking fundamentals to Internet-enabled control systems. 505 0 _aPreface; Introduction to Communications; Networking Fundamentals; Ethernet Networks; Fast and Gigabit Ethernet Systems; Introduction to TCP/IP; Internet Layer Protocols; Host to Host Layer Protocols; Application Layer Protocols; TCP/IP Utilities; LAN System Components; The Internet; Internet Access; The Internet for Communications; Security Considerations; Process Automation; Installing and Troubleshooting TCP/IP; Satellites and TCP/IP. 500 _aIncludes index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aTCP/IP (Computer network protocol) 650 0 _aEthernet (Local area network system) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aWright, Edwin, _cB.Sc. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750658061 _z9780750658065 _w(OCoLC)51482906 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750658065 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04336nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162590971 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750659321 020 _a0750659327 035 _a(OCoLC)162590971 037 _a98341:98343 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK454 _b.M68 2005eb 082 04 _a621.319/2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMoura, Luis Miguel da Silva Carvalho de. 245 10 _aIntroduction to linear circuit analysis and modelling _h[electronic resource] : _bfrom DC to RF / _cLuis Moura, Izzat Darwazeh. 246 30 _aLinear circuit analysis and modelling 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2005. 300 _aviii, 362 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aLuis Moura and Izzat Darwazeh introduce linear circuit modelling and analysis applied to both electrical and electronic circuits, starting with DC and progressing up to RF, considering noise analysis along the way. Avoiding the tendency of current textbooks to focus either on the basic electrical circuit analysis theory (DC and low frequency AC frequency range), on RF circuit analysis theory, or on noise analysis, the authors combine these subjects into the one volume to provide a comprehensive set of the main techniques for the analysis of electric circuits in these areas. Taking the subject from a modelling angle, this text brings together the most common and traditional circuit analysis techniques (e.g. phasor analysis) with system and signal theory (e.g. the concept of system and transfer function), so students can apply the theory for analysis, as well as modelling of noise, in a broad range of electronic circuits. A highly student-focused text, each chapter contains exercises, worked examples and end of chapter problems, with an additional glossary and bibliography for reference. A balance between concepts and applications is maintained throughout. The book is also supported by a companion website, featuring a full solutions manual, additional equations, graphs and illustrations for Lecturers to download when preparing teaching aids, as well as numerous case studies, worked examples and exercises using MATLAB to aid student learning. Luis Moura is a Lecturer in Electronics at the University of Algarve. Izzat Darwazeh is Senior Lecturer in Telecommunications at University College, London, previously at UMIST. An innovative approach fully integrates the topics of electrical and RF circuits, and noise analysis, with circuit modelling Highly student-focused, the text includes exercises and worked examples throughout, along with end of chapter problems to put theory into practice The companion website for the book features additional exercises and a full solutions manual to aid student learning. 505 0 _aPreface; Elementary electrical circuit analysis; Complex numbers: An introduction; Frequency domain electrical signal and circuit analysis; Natural and forced responses circuit analysis; Electrical two-port network analysis; Basic electronic amplifier building blocks; RF circuit analysis techniques; Noise in electronic circuits; Appendices; Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aElectric circuits, Linear. 650 0 _aElectric circuit analysis. 650 0 _aElectric circuits _xMathematical models. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aDarwazeh, Izzat. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750659327 _z9780750659321 _w(DLC) 2005296424 _w(OCoLC)60494944 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750659321 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005296424-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005296424-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04045nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162591078 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a sb 000 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750660808 020 _a0750660805 035 _a(OCoLC)162591078 037 _a101288:101294 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQA76.76.D47 _b.R63 2004eb 082 04 _a005.102462 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aRobinson, John A. 245 10 _aSoftware design for engineers and scientists _h[electronic resource] / _cJohn A. Robinson. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2004. 300 _axiv, 414 p. : _bill. ; _c27 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aSoftware Design for Engineers and Scientists integrates three core areas of computing: . Software engineering - including both traditional methods and the insights of 'extreme programming' . Program design - including the analysis of data structures and algorithms . Practical object-oriented programming Without assuming prior knowledge of any particular programming language, and avoiding the need for students to learn from separate, specialised Computer Science texts, John Robinson takes the reader from small-scale programing to competence in large software projects, all within one volume. Copious examples and case studies are provided in C++ and students can access complementary examples in Java on an accompanying website. The book is especially suitable for undergraduates in the natural sciences and all branches of engineering who have some knowledge of computing basics, and now need to understand and apply software design to tasks like data analysis, simulation, signal processing or visualisation. John Robinson introduces both software theory and its application to problem solving using a range of design principles, applied to the creation of medium-sized systems, providing key methods and tools for designing reliable, efficient, maintainable programs. The case studies are presented within scientific contexts to illustrate all aspects of the design process, allowing students to relate theory to real-world applications. All listings are available on this books companion website. Core computing topics - usually found in separate specialised texts - presented to meet the specific requirements of science and engineering students Demonstrates good practice through applications, case studies and worked examples based in real-world contexts Additional website resources are available, including useful links and further worked examples using Java. 505 0 _aIntroduction; Fundamentals; The craft of software design; Beginning programming in C++; Object-oriented programming in C++; Program style and structure; Data structures; Algorithms; Design methodology; Understanding the problem; Researching possible solutions; Modularization; Detailed Design and impletmentation; Testing; Case study: Median filtering; Mulitdimensional minimization - a case study in numerical methods; Stable - desiging a string table class. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aComputer software _xDevelopment. 650 0 _aEngineering _xData processing. 650 0 _aComputer programming. 650 0 _aSoftware engineering. 650 6 _aLogiciels _xD�eveloppement. 650 6 _aProgrammation (Informatique) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750660805 _z9780750660808 _w(OCoLC)59667957 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750660808 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03394nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162591098 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750660822 020 _a0750660821 035 _a(OCoLC)162591098 037 _a100469:100473 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5103.4883 _b.B73 2004eb 082 04 _a621.382/1 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBraithwaite, Chris. 245 10 _aUMTS network planning and development _h[electronic resource] : _bdesign and implementation of the 3G CDMA infrastructure / _cChris Braithwaite and Mike Scott. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2004. 300 _axxii, 313 p. : _bill. ; _c23 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aUMTS is the wireless network technology behind the rollout of Third Generation (3G) mobile telecoms networks which will bring video, music and internet services to the cellphone and a range of electronic products. Chris Braithwaite and Mike Scott use their extensive experience of training engineers across Europe, and their backgrounds in working with Nokia, Ericsson and Orange to deliver a uniquely practical guide written from the perspective of the engineer and network planner. This guide is a valuable addition to the literature on UMTS which to date has been dominated by theoretical and reference works. The authors consider each of the key topics of UMTS/WCDMA and 3G rollout in terms of Coverage, Capacity and Quality of Service- the key considerations for all engineers and managers working in 3G telecoms. *A real-world design guide with cookbook-style instructions and rules of thumb, not another R&D-level book or crib to the standards. *Covers the hot engineering issues in UMTS planning, design and implementation. *UMTS is the natural evolutionary choice for operations of GSM networks, currently representing a customer base of more than 747 million end users in over 180 countries and representing over 70% of today's digital wireless market[source: GSM Association]. 505 0 _aNetwork Planning and 3G Foundations -- Capacity and Network Planning -- Coverage and Network Planning -- Quality and Network Planning -- Optimisation and Network Planning -- 3G Development. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. [279]-286) and index. 650 0 _aUniversal Mobile Telecommunications System. 650 0 _aCode division multiple access. 650 0 _aNetwork computers. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aScott, Mike. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750660821 _z9780750660822 _w(DLC) 2003066754 _w(OCoLC)53231387 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750660822 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els041/2003066754.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els041/2003066754.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03843nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162591212 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a fs 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750662710 020 _a0750662719 035 _a(OCoLC)162591212 037 _a103869:103889 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5101 _b.W75 2004eb 082 04 _a621.3'82 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aWright, Edwin, _cB.Sc. 245 10 _aPractical telecommunications and wireless communications for business and industry _h[electronic resource] / _cEdwin Wright, Deon Reynders. 246 3 _aTelecommunications and wireless communications 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2004. 300 _ax, 309 p. : _bill. ; _c27 cm. 440 0 _aPractical professional books from Elsevier 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe technololgy and structure of telecommunications networks has changed dramatically over the past few years. These developments have changed the equipment you purchase, the services you use, the providers you can choose, and the methods available for transporting data. Practical Telecommunications and Wireless Communications for Engineers and Technicians will be of particular benefit to those who want to take full advantage of the latest and most effective telecommunications technology and services. This book provides a grounding in the fundamentals of modern telecommunications systems in use in industrial, engineering and business settings. From networking for control systems to the use of Wireless LANs for enhanced on-site communications systems. This is a cutting-edge book on the fundamentals of telecommunications for anyone looking for a complete understanding of the essentials of the terms, jargon and technologies used. It has been designed for those who require a basic grounding in telecommunications for industrial, engineering and business applications. Gain an understanding of the fundamentals of modern industrial, engineering and business telecommunications systems, from networking for industrial control to the use of Wireless LANs for enhanced on-site communications systems Learn to take full advantage of the latest and most effective telecommunications technology and services Provides a thorough grounding in the terms, jargon and technologies involved in data communications. 505 0 _aIntroduction to telecommunications -- Telecommunication basics -- Transmission media -- The Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) -- Private switched telephone services -- Public transport network technologies -- Broadband customer access technologies -- Local and Wide Area Networks -- Converged networks -- Wireless (Cellular) communications -- Appendix A: Practical session data -- Appendix B: Glossary. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aTelecommunication systems. 650 0 _aComputer networks. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aReynders, Deon. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750662719 _z9780750662710 _w(DLC) 2005275142 _w(OCoLC)56640107 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750662710 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005275142-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005275142-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03869nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162591294 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750663137 020 _a0750663138 035 _a(OCoLC)162591294 037 _a103940:103961 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK1001 _b.B725 2005eb 082 04 _a621.3121 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBreeze, Paul A. 245 10 _aPower generation technologies _h[electronic resource] / _cPaul Breeze. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier ; _aBurlington : _bNewnes, _c2005. 300 _ax, 276 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book makes intelligible the wide range of electricity generating technologies available today, as well as some closely allied technologies such as energy storage. The book opens by setting the many power generation technologies in the context of global energy consumption, the development of the electricity generation industry and the economics involved in this sector. A series of chapters are each devoted to assessing the environmental and economic impact of a single technology, including conventional technologies, nuclear and renewable (such as solar, wind and hydropower). The technologies are presented in an easily digestible form. Different power generation technologies have different greenhouse gas emissions and the link between greenhouse gases and global warming is a highly topical environmental and political issue. With developed nations worldwide looking to reduce their emissions of carbon dioxide, it is becoming increasingly important to explore the effectiveness of a mix of energy generation technologies. Power Generation Technologies gives a clear, unbiased review and comparison of the different types of power generation technologies available. In the light of the Kyoto protocol and OSPAR updates, Power Generation Technologies will provide an invaluable reference text for power generation planners, facility managers, consultants, policy makers and economists, as well as students and lecturers of related Engineering courses. Provides a unique comparison of a wide range of power generation technologies - conventional, nuclear and renewable Describes the workings and environmental impact of each technology Evaluates the economic viability of each different power generation system. 505 0 _aIntroduction to electricity generation; Environmental considerations; Coal-fired power plants; Gas turbines and combined cycle power plant; Combined heat and power; Piston-engine-based power plant; Fuel cells; Hydropower; Tidal power; Storage technologies; Wind power; Geothermal power; Solar power; Ocean power; Biomass-based power generation; Power from waste; Nuclear power; Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aElectric power production. 650 6 _a�Electricit�e _xProduction. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750663138 _z9780750663137 _w(DLC) 2005299755 _w(OCoLC)61660373 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750663137 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005299755-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005299755-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03747nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162130044 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2004 enka sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780750663441 020 _a0750663448 035 _a(OCoLC)162130044 037 _a104839:104865 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5102.9 _b.S76 2004eb 082 04 _a621.3822 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aStranneby, Dag. 245 10 _aDigital signal processing and applications _h[electronic resource] / _bDag Stranneby, William Walker. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston ; _aLondon : _bElsevier/Newnes, _c2004. 300 _ax, 357 p. ; _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aA uniquely practical DSP text, this book gives a thorough understanding of the principles and applications of DSP with a minimum of mathematics, and provides the reader with an introduction to DSP applications in telecoms, control engineering and measurement and data analysis systems. The new edition contains: Expanded coverage of the basic concepts to aid understanding New sections on filter sysnthesis, control theory and contemporary topics of speech and image recognition Full solutions to all questions and exercises in the book A complete on-line resource The on-line resource offers instructors and students complete lecture notes, lecture videos, PowerPoint slides for presentations, final exams and solutions, project exercises, URLs to DSP applet experiment animations and e-meeting software for direct communication with the authors. Assuming the reader already has some prior knowledge of signal theory, this textbook will be highly suitable for undergraduate and postgraduate students in electrical and electronic engineering taking introductory and advanced courses in DSP, as well as courses in communications and control systems engineering. It will also prove an invaluable introduction to DSP and its applications for the professional engineer. Expanded coverage of the basic concepts to aid understanding, along with a wide range of DSP applications New textbook features included throughout, including learning objectives, summary sections, exercises and worked examples to increase accessibility of the text Full solutions to all questions and exercises included in the book, with extra resources on-line. 505 0 _aPreface -- Introduction -- The analog-digital interface -- Adaptive digital systems -- Non-linear applications -- Spectral analysis and modulation -- Introduction to Kalman filters -- Data compression -- Error-correcting codes -- Digital signal processors -- Appendices -- Index. 500 _aPrevious ed. published with title: Digital signal processing : DSP and applications. Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann, 2001. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. [341]-343) and index. 650 0 _aSignal processing _xDigital techniques. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aWalker, William, _d1959- 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750663448 _z9780750663441 _w(OCoLC)56642863 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750663441 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c51.95 _d51.95 _i0750663448 _n0006097324 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02984nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162591351 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 enka fsb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750663700 020 _a0750663707 035 _a(OCoLC)162591351 037 _a104924:104950 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7867 _b.W55 2004eb 082 04 _a621.3'815 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aWilliams, Tim, _d1954- 245 14 _aThe circuit designer's companion _h[electronic resource] / _cTim Williams. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aOxford ; _aBurlington, MA : _bElsevier/Newnes, _c2004. 300 _axi, 341 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aTim Williams' Circuit Designer's Companion provides a unique masterclass in practical electronic design that draws on his considerable experience as a consultant and design engineer. As well as introducing key areas of design with insider's knowledge, Tim focuses on the art of designing circuits so that every production model will perform its specified function and no other unwanted function - reliably over its lifetime. The combination of design alchemy and awareness of commercial and manufacturing factors makes this an essential companion for the professional electronics designer. Topics covered include analog and digital circuits, component types, power supplies and printed circuit board design. The second edition includes new material on microcontrollers, surface mount processes, power semiconductors and interfaces, bringing this classic work up to date for a new generation of designers. A unique masterclass in the design of optimized, reliable electronic circuits Beyond the lab - a guide to electronic design for production, where cost-effective design is imperative Tips and know-how provide a whole education for the novice, with something to offer the most seasoned professional. 505 0 _aGrounding and Wiring; Printed Circuits; Passive Components; Active Components; Linear ICs; Digital Circuits; Power Supplies; EMC; General Product Design; Appendices. 500 _aPrevious ed.: 1991. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. [329]-331) and index. 650 0 _aElectronic circuit design. 650 6 _aCircuits �electroniques _xCalcul. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750663707 _z9780750663700 _w(OCoLC)56760273 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750663700 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04985nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162591403 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 enka fs 000 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750663953 020 _a0750663952 035 _a(OCoLC)162591403 037 _a105429:105457 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5105 _b.R49 2005eb 082 04 _a621.3981 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aReynders, Deon. 245 10 _aPractical industrial data communications _h[electronic resource] : _bbest practice techniques / _cD. Reynders, S. Mackay, E. Wright. 260 _aOxford : _bNewnes, _c2005. 300 _a480 p. : _bill. ; _c27 cm. 440 0 _aPractical professional 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe objective of this book is to outline the best practice in designing, installing, commissioning and troubleshooting industrial data communications systems. In any given plant, factory or installation there are a myriad of different industrial communications standards used and the key to successful implementation is the degree to which the entire system integrates and works together. With so many different standards on the market today, the debate is not about what is the best - be it Foundation Fieldbus, Profibus, Devicenet or Industrial Ethernet but rather about selecting the most appropriate technologies and standards for a given application and then ensuring that best practice is followed in designing, installing and commissioning the data communications links to ensure they run fault-free. The industrial data communications systems in your plant underpin your entire operation. It is critical that you apply best practice in designing, installing and fixing any problems that may occur. This book distills all the tips and tricks with the benefit of many years of experience and gives the best proven practices to follow. The main steps in using today's communications technologies involve selecting the correct technology and standards for your plant based on your requirements; doing the design of the overall system; installing the cabling and then commissioning the system. Fiber Optic cabling is generally accepted as the best approach for physical communications but there are obviously areas where you will be forced to use copper wiring and, indeed, wireless communications. This book outlines the critical rules followed in installing the data communications physical transport media and then ensuring that the installation will be trouble-free for years to come. The important point to make is that with todays wide range of protocols available, you only need to know how to select, install and maintain them in the most cost-effective manner for your plant or factory - knowledge of the minute details of the protocols is not necessary. *An engineer's guide to communications systems using fiber optic cabling, copper cabling and wireless technology *Covers: selection of technology and standards - system design - installation of equipment and cabling - commissioning and maintenance *Crammed with practical techniques and know how - written by engineers for engineers. 505 0 _aIntroduction - general topics such as the OSI model, systems engineering concepts, physical (layer 1) connections, protocols, and noise and ingress protection, Media, specifically conductive media viz. copper (coax, UTP, STP) and fiber, hysical layer standards - EIA-232, EIA-485, 4-20 mA and IEC 61158, Well-known industrial protocols such as TCP/IP, Modbus, DNP3 and IEC 60870, Popular industrial networks (both old and new) such as Industrial Ethernet, AS-i, DeviceNet, Profibus, Foundation Fieldbus, Modbus Plus, Data Highway Plus and HART, Wireless technologies, including VSAT, IEEE 802.11 and wireless point-to-point, Selection methodology - the appropriate steps to be taken in choosing the components for an industrial data communications system, Recommended practice in installing, commissioning and troubleshooting industrial data communications systems. 650 0 _aData transmission systems. 650 0 _aIndustrial management _xComputer network resources. 650 17 _aComputernetwerken. _2gtt 650 17 _aLAN. _2gtt 650 17 _aDraadloze communicatie. _2gtt 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aMackay, S. 700 1 _aWright, E. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750663952 _z9780750663953 _w(OCoLC)56642914 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750663953 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 06475cam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162591511 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 enka sc 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dOPELS 020 _a9780750664356 020 _a0750664355 035 _a(OCoLC)162591511 037 _a106513:106545 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5103.2 _b.P66 2006eb 082 04 _a384.5/35 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aPoole, Ian. 245 10 _aCellular communications explained _h[electronic resource] : _bfrom basics to 3G / _cIan Poole. 260 _aOxford, England : _bNewnes, _cc2006. 300 _aix, 201 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aAmong the many books published on 3G and cellular telecommunications, this introduction stands out due to its broad coverage of the subject and straightforward explanations of the principles and applications using a minimum of maths. Writing as an engineer for engineers, Ian Poole provides a systems-level view of the fundamentals that will enhance the understanding of engineers involved working in this fast-paced field. Equally, the book helps students, technicians and equipment manufacturers to gain a working knowledge of the applications and technologies involved in cellular communications equipment and networks. The book focuses on the latest 2G, 2.5G and 3G technologies, including GSM (with GPRS and EDGE), NA-TDMA, cdmaOne (IS-95), CDMA2000 and UMTS (W-CDMA), with material on developing areas such as HSDPA. The fundamentals of radio propagation, modulation and cellular basics are also covered in a way that will give readers a real grasp of how cellular communications systems and equipment work. * Explains the principles and applications of cellular communications systems using a minimum of mathematics, providing a firm grounding for engineers, technicians and students. * Covers current technologies (2G, 2.5G) alongside 3G and other cutting-edge technologies, making this essential reading, not crystal ball gazing! * Provides coverage of fundamentals and whole systems, as well as equipment provides a wide knowledge base for engineers and technicians working in different parts of the industry: handset designers, network planners, maintenance technicians, technical sales, etc. 505 0 _aIntroduction; Radio Propagation; Modulation Schemes; Cellular Basics; Analogue Systems; GSM; TDMA (IS54 / 136); cdmaOne; CDMA2000; W-CDMA; TD-SCDMA. 500 _aIncludes index. 505 0 _aIntroduction to cellular telecommunications -- Beginnings -- Overview of the systems -- Radio waves and propagation -- Electric fields -- Magnetic fields -- Radio waves -- Frequency-to-wavelength conversion -- Polarization -- How radio signals travel -- Refraction, reflection and diffraction -- Coverage and network planning -- Modulation -- Radio carrier -- Amplitude modulation -- Modulation index -- Frequency modulation -- Modulation index and deviation ratio -- Sidebands -- Bandwidth -- Improvement in signal-to-noise ration -- Frequency shift keying -- Phase modulation -- Phase shift keying -- Minimum shift keying -- Quadrature amplitude modulation -- Spread spectrum techniques -- Frequency hopping -- Direct sequence spread spectrum -- Orthogonal frequency division multiplex -- Bandwidth and data capacity -- Cellular basics -- Spectrum re-use -- Multiple access schemes -- Duplex operation -- Setting up calls -- Receiving and making a call -- Handover and handoff -- Channel usage -- Infrastructure -- Base transceiver station -- Mobile switching centre -- Mobile phone -- Voice coding -- Digital data structures -- Analogue systems -- Today -- Basic system -- Base station -- Mobile switching centres -- Mobile equipment -- Voice messaging -- Signaling methods -- Control channels -- Froward control channel -- Reverse control channel -- Call initiation -- Paging and incoming call set-up -- Handoff -- GSM -- System architecture -- Equipment and subscriber identifiers -- Air interface -- Power levels -- Multiple access and channel structure -- Vovoders -- Operation -- General packet radio service -- GPRS network structure -- Layers -- GPRS mobiles -- GPRS coding -- GPRS physical channel -- Channel allocation -- GPRS operation -- EDGE -- Time slots -- Data coding and throughput -- Operation -- North American TDMA -- System overview -- RF signal -- Channels -- Paging -- Handoff -- Authentication -- PDC -- cdmaOne/IS-95 -- Standards -- Spreading codes -- Radio signal construction -- Channels -- Froward link code channels -- Reverse channels -- Power control -- Handoff -- Discountinuous reception -- Call processing -- vocoders -- Advantages of CDMA -- CDMA2000 -- 1X and 3X -- Radio configurations -- CDMA2000 1X -- Power control -- Beam formatting -- Channels -- Packet data -- Handoff -- CDMA 1xEV-DV -- New features -- Base station selection -- Release D -- Broadcast and multicast services -- Fast call set-up -- Mobile equipment identifier -- CDMA2000 1xEV-DO -- EV-DO air interface -- Froward link -- Reverse link -- Mobile IP -- UMTS -- Capabilities -- System architecture overview -- User equipment -- Radio network sub-system -- Protocols -- Air interface -- Spreading -- Synchronization -- Power control -- Frames, slots and channels -- Logical channels -- Transport channels -- Physical channels -- Packet data -- Speech coding -- Discountinuous reception -- Access stratum protocol layers -- Handover -- inner-system handover -- The evolution of 3G networks -- Position location -- Cell ID -- TDOA -- A-GPS -- GPS -- Assistance from the base station -- A-GPS -- Conformance and interoperability testing -- Types of test -- Test cases -- CDMA system. 650 0 _aMobile communication systems. 650 0 _aCellular telephone services industry. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750664355 _z9780750664356 _w(OCoLC)64444925 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750664356 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03263nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162591601 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 enka sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750667401 020 _a0750667400 035 _a(OCoLC)162591601 037 _a112476:112564 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK4058 _b.C763 2006eb 082 04 _a621.46 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aCrowder, Richard M. 245 10 _aElectric drives and electromechanical systems _h[electronic resource] / _cRichard Crowder. 250 _a1st ed. 260 _aOxford ; _aBurlington, MA : _bButterworth-Heinemann, _c2006. 300 _axv, 292 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe focus of this book on the selection and application of electrical drives and control systems for electromechanical and mechatronics applications makes it uniquely useful for engineers in industry working with machines and drives. It also serves as a student text for courses on motors and drives, and engineering design courses, especially within mechanical engineering and mechatronics degree programs. The criteria for motor-drive selection are explained, and the main types of drives available to drive machine tools and robots introduced. The author also provides a review of control systems and their application, including PLCs and network technologies. The coverage of machine tools and high-performance drives in smaller applications makes this a highly practical book focused on the needs of students and engineers working with electromechanical systems. * An invaluable survey of electric drives and control systems for electromechanical and mechatronics applications * Essential reading for electrical and mechanical engineers using motors and drives * An ideal electric motors and drives text for university courses including mechatronics. 505 0 _a1 Electromechanical Systems -- 2 Analyzing a drive system -- 3 Power transmission and sizing -- 4 Velocity and position transducers -- 5 Brushed direct-current motors -- 6 Brushless motors and controllers -- 7 Induction motors -- 8 Stepper motors -- 9 Related motors and actuators -- 10 Controllers for automation -- Units and Conversion Factors -- Bibliography -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 285-287) and index. 650 0 _aElectric driving. 650 0 _aElectric controllers. 650 0 _aPower electronics. 650 6 _aCommande �electrique. 650 6 _aR�egulateurs �electriques. 650 6 _a�Electronique de puissance. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750667400 _z9780750667401 _w(OCoLC)64554020 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750667401 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03206nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162130345 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2005 enka sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750667562 020 _a0750667567 035 _a(OCoLC)162130345 037 _a112851:112940 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5103.15 _b.C75 2005eb 082 04 _a621.36/92 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aCrisp, John. 245 10 _aIntroduction to fiber optics _h[electronic resource] / _cJohn Crisp, Barry Elliott. 250 _a3rd ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2005 300 _a246 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aIntroduction to Fiber Optics is well established as an introductory text for engineers, managers and students. It meets the needs of systems designers, installation engineers, electronic engineers and anyone else looking to gain a working knowledge of fiber optics with a minimum of maths. Review questions are included in the text to enable the reader to check their understanding as they work through the book. The new edition of this successful book is now fully up to date with the new standards, latest technological developments and includes a new chapter on specifying optical components. Whether you are looking for a complete self-study course in fiber optics, a concise reference text to dip into, or a readable introduction to this fast moving technology, this book has the solution. * A practical, no-nonsense guide to fiber optics * Up-to-date coverage that minimises mathematics * New material on specifying optical components. 505 0 _aPreface; Optic fiber and light a brilliant combination; What makes the light stay in the fiber?; The choice of frequency; Propagation of light along the fiber; Decibels; Losses in optic fibers; Dispersion and our attempts to prevent it; Real cables; Connecting optic fibers the problems; Fusion splicing; Mechanical splices; Connectors; Couplers; Light sources and detectors; Testing a system; System design or, will it work?; The transmission of signals; Designing an optical system and selecting components; LANs and topology; Some final thoughts; Glossary; Quiz time answers; Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 224). 650 0 _aFiber optic cables. 650 0 _aFiber optics. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aElliott, Barry J. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750667567 _z9780750667562 _w(DLC) 2006272506 _w(OCoLC)60741139 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750667562 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0632/2006272506-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03134cam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162130473 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2006 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER _dOCLCQ 020 _a9780750668798 020 _a0750668792 035 _a(OCoLC)162130473 037 _a116326:116424 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTJ223.P76 _bI273 2006eb 082 04 _a629.89 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aIbrahim, Dogan. 245 10 _aPIC BASIC projects _h[electronic resource] : _b30 projects using PIC BASIC and PIC BASIC PRO / _cby Dogan Ibrahim. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston ; _aLondon : _bElsevier, _cc2006. 300 _ax, 367 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aCovering the PIC BASIC and PIC BASIC PRO compilers, PIC Basic Projects provides an easy-to-use toolkit for developing applications with PIC BASIC. Numerous simple projects give clear and concrete examples of how PIC BASIC can be used to develop electronics applications, while larger and more advanced projects describe program operation in detail and give useful insights into developing more involved microcontroller applications. Including new and dynamic models of the PIC microcontroller, such as the PIC16F627, PIC16F628, PIC16F629 and PIC12F627, PIC Basic Projects is a thoroughly practical, hands-on introduction to PIC BASIC for the hobbyist, student and electronics design engineer. * Packed with simple and advanced projects which show how to program a variety of interesting electronic applications using PIC BASIC * Covers the new and powerful PIC16F627, 16F628, PIC16F629 and the PIC12F627 models * A CDROM includes program source files, HEX code, data sheets of devices, sensors and schematics of the circuits used in the book. 505 0 _aChapter 1: Microcontroller Systems -- Chapter 2: The PIC Microcontroller -- Chapter 3: Using BASIC Language to Program PIC Microcontrollers -- Chapter 4: PIC BASIC Project Development -- Chapter 5: Light Projects -- Chapter 6: Sound Projects -- Chapter 7: Temperature Projects -- Chapter 8: RS232 Serial Communications Projects -- Appendix A: ASCII Code -- Appendix B: PIC BASIC Instruction Set -- Appendix C: PIC BASIC PRO Instruction Set. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aProgrammable controllers. 650 0 _aBASIC (Computer program language) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750668792 _z9780750668798 _w(OCoLC)69732686 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750668798 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c29.95 _d22.46 _i0750668792 _n0006780309 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03405nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162591806 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2000 maua s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750671736 020 _a0750671734 035 _a(OCoLC)162591806 037 _a94263:94262 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK454 _b.R39 2000eb 082 04 _a621.319/13 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aRawlins, John Clayton. 245 10 _aBasic AC circuits _h[electronic resource] / _cJohn Clayton Rawlins. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2000. 300 _ax, 541 p. : _bill. ; _c23 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aBasic AC Circuits, 2/E is a step-by-step approach to AC circuit technology for the beginning student, hobbyist, technician, or engineer. The book is built into a series of self-paced, individualized learning goals covering electronics concepts, terms and the mathematics required to fully understand AC circuit problems--simple or complex. Each chapter includes learning objectives, fully-illustrated examples, practice problems and quizzes providing teachers, trainers and students a complete AC technology resource. Basic AC Circuits, 2/E has been a staple of the electronics educational market since 1981, but in the new edition the author has updated the book to reflect changes in technology, especially the test equipment available today. Basic AC Circuits has been a keystone for curriculum plans around the country for nearly two decades. This book was originally part of the Texas Instruments series published by Sams Publishing. Provides a fully-revised introduction to AC circuit technology that includes full examples, practice problems and quizzes to measure learning Includes the mathematics training for AC circuit design that so many technicians and engineers are missing Written in an easy-to-read and follow format with many illustrations, examples, and hands-on practice. 505 0 _aIntroduction to Alternating Current ; AC and the Sine Wave; The Oscilloscope and Its Use; The Sine Wave and Phase; Resistive Circuits; Capacitance; RC Circuit Analysis; Inductance and Transformers; RL Circuit Analysis; RC and RL Time Constants; RLC Circuit Analysis; Phasor Algebra; Complex RLC Circuit Analysis; Resonance. 500 _aStanley R. Fulton's name appears first on previous ed. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aElectric circuits _xAlternating current. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aFulton, Stanley R. _tBasic AC circuits. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750671734 _z9780750671736 _w(DLC) 00037957 _w(OCoLC)43811353 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750671736 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/00037957.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/00037957.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04161nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162591935 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2000 maua sbf 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750672337 020 _a0750672331 035 _a(OCoLC)162591935 037 _a94269:94268 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7867.2 _b.C37 2000eb 082 04 _a621.382/24 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aCarr, Joseph J. 245 14 _aThe technician's EMI handbook _h[electronic resource] : _bclues and solutions / _cJoseph J. Carr. 246 3 _aTechnician's electromagnetic interference handbook 260 _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2000. 300 _axi, 259 p. : _bill. ; _c26 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aA hands-on guide to finding the sources of electromagnetic interference and then fixing the problems. Includes basic theory of EMI as well as detailed explanations of why this problem is becoming more serious as the international scope of the communications and electronics industries grow. This book is not a textbook, but rather a handbook that will become a constant source of reference for anyone who runs into trouble with EMI. Includes chapters on grounding, circuit shielding and filtering, preventing EMI in circuit design, as well as EMI sources such as power lines, transmitters, television, consumer electronics, telephones, automobiles, and the ever-frustrating mystery EMI. There are very few other books available even though EMI is constantly discussed and cursed. Most of the books on the market are about how to prevent EMI in circuit design or approaches to understanding the theory behind EMI. Though this information is important, especially to an engineering audience, these books hold no value at all to the technicians and hands-on practitioners in the fields of communications and servicing.These savvy professionals know that the book they are looking for and need is just not on the market. To get the information they need, this group is forced to read every magazine article they can find on the subject and rely on the advice of other professionals whether through technician groups or newsgroups. This book fills a void in the telecommunications and electronics industries by providing practical troubleshooting information. Addresses the technician's needs and interests Written by an eminent authority in the field Covers correction and prevention of problems with EMI. 505 0 _aIntroduction the the EMI Problem;Electrical and Electromagnetic Fundamentals;Fundamentals of Electromagnetic Interference;Grounding Methods for RF Systems;Shielding Electronic Circuits;Filtering Electronic Circuits;AC Power Line & Electrical Device EMI;Controlling Transmitter Spurious Emissions;Telephones and EMI;Noise Cancellation Bridges;Locating EMI Sources;EMI to Television, Cable TV and VCR Equipment;EMI to Consumer Electronics;EMI From Computers;Mystery EMI, Rusty Downspouts and All That;Radio Receiver Basics;Dealing with Radio Receiver System EMI;Electrostatic Discharge(ESD);Regulatory Issues. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aElectromagnetic interference _vHandbooks, manuals, etc. 650 0 _aElectromagnetic compatibility _vHandbooks, manuals, etc. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750672331 _z9780750672337 _w(DLC) 00023808 _w(OCoLC)43526768 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750672337 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/00023808.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/00023808.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04239nam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162592019 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2001 maua sbf 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750673198 020 _a0750673192 035 _a(OCoLC)162592019 037 _a94285:94284 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK6563 _b.C37 2001eb 082 04 _a621.384/18 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aCarr, Joseph J. 245 14 _aThe technician's radio receiver handbook _h[electronic resource] : _bwireless and telecommunication technology / _cJoseph J. Carr. 260 _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2001. 300 _aix, 310 p. : _bill. ; _c26 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe Technician's Radio Receiver Handbook is an invaluable tool for anyone involved in the technologies of wireless, cellular telephone, telecommunications, avionics, and other forms of electronic communication using radio waves. The market demand for and use of wireless and telecommunication technology has increased dramatically over the past decade, leaving many technicians and other communications professionals with the need for accurate information on how the newest equipment works and how to fix any problems that arise. Joe Carr, a notable author in the amateur radio and communications markets, explains both the new and old technologies, the science behind the scenes, as well as troubleshooting techniques not found in any other book. The book will also have a companion website including helpful calculation software, customizable spreadsheets, and much more. Written for technicians and hands-on practitioners in clear, easy-to-read text with many detailed illustrations Contains information on cutting-edge receiver equipment as well as the most popular types used today in a variety of markets. Destined to be a constant reference and superb training guide for anyone interested in communications technology. 505 0 _aRadio Communications; Communications Systems; Modulation styles; Role of the Receiver; Radio Receiver Configurations; Older configurations including Crystal video, Tuned Radio Frequency, Regenerative & Superregenerative, Superheterodyne; Classes of receivers; Special Receivers: Electronic Warfare, Radar, ELINT/SIGIN; Radio Receiver Performance Characteristics including static, dynamic and spurious; The Front End: An Overview including Coupling to antenna, RF Amplifiers, Mixers, Local Oscillator/Synthesizer, and Filtering; Front-End Filtering; RF Amplifiers & Preamplifiers; The Mixer Stage; Local Oscillator & Synthesizer Circuits; IF Filters: General Filter Theory, SAW, Crystal Filters, Mechanical Filters; IF Amplifiers; Detector and Demodulator Circuits; The Other Receiver Circuits including Automatic Gain Control (AGC), Automatic Frequency Control (AFC), Noise Limiters and Blankers, and Squelch Circuits; GaAs ICs, Power MOSFETs, RF LDMOS and MMICs; Spectrum Analyzer Receivers; Digital Signal Processing ; PCS, UHF Trunked Systems, and Spread Spectrum; Receiver Tests and Measurements; Planning a Receiver System; Improving Receiver Performance in a high EMI environment; Troubleshooting Receiver System Problems; Special Reception Approaches. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 161) and index. 650 0 _aRadio _xReceivers and reception _vHandbooks, manuals, etc. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750673192 _z9780750673198 _w(DLC) 00060861 _w(OCoLC)44683577 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750673198 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/00060861.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/00060861.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03956nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162592142 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750674454 020 _a0750674458 035 _a(OCoLC)162592142 037 _a94383:94382 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7868.S9 _bM24 2005eb 082 04 _a621.31/7 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMack, Raymond A. 245 10 _aDemystifying switching power supplies _h[electronic resource] / _cRaymond A. Mack, Jr. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2005. 300 _axiv, 323 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aDemystifying technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book is a crash course in the fundamental theory, concepts, and terminology of switching power supplies. It is designed to quickly prepare engineers to make key decisions about power supplies for their projects. Intended for readers who need to quickly understand the key points of switching power supplies, this book covers the 20% of the topic that engineers use, 80% of the time. Unlike existing switching power supply books that deal strictly with design issues, this book also recognizes the growing importance of "off-the-shelf" commercial switching power supplies, giving readers the background necessary to select the right commercial supply. This book covers the core essentials of power supply theory and design while keeping mathematics to the absolute minimum necessary. Special attention is given to the selection of appropriate components, such as inductors and transformers, to ensure safe and reliable operation. Engineers, whose main design responsibilities are in other areas, will better understand the strengths and weaknesses of switching power supplies and whether such supplies are appropriate for their projects. They will be able to give more meaningful design requirements and specifications to those who design switching power supplies. * Discusses both AC line supplies and DC-DC inverters. * Covers the main switching power supply designs, including flyback, forward conversion, bridge, buch, boost, and boost/buck topologies. * Design examples include a 220 volt offline switching power supply and a 110 volt uninterruptible supply. 505 0 _aIntroduction; Circuit Design; Basic Switching Circuits; Supervisor Circuits; The Input Power Supply; The Switch; Component Selection; Capacitor Selection; Switch Selection; Diode Selection; Inductor Selection; Transformer Selection; Detailed Design Issues; Driving Bipolar Switches; Driving FET Switches; Design Examples; A PC off-line Power Supply; A DC/DC Converter for Mobile Transmitting Equipment; A Charge Pump Inverting Supply for GaAsFET Amplifiers. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aSwitching circuits _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aPower semiconductors _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aSemiconductor switches _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aSwitching power supplies _xDesign and construction. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750674458 _z9780750674454 _w(DLC) 2004029371 _w(OCoLC)57342274 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750674454 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip055/2004029371.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0617/2004029371-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02924nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162592259 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750675352 020 _a0750675357 035 _a(OCoLC)162592259 037 _a94388:94387 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQA37.3 _b.F75 2003eb 082 04 _a510 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aFripp, Archibald L. 245 10 _aJust-in-time math for engineers _h[electronic resource] / _cby Archibald L. Fripp, Jon B. Fripp, Michael L. Fripp. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2003. 300 _axiii, 347 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aJust-In-Time Math is a concise review and summary of the mathematical principles needed by all engineering professionals. Topics covered include differential calculus, integral calculus, complex numbers, differential equations, engineering statistics, and partial derivatives. Numerous example engineering problems are included to show readers how to apply mathematical techniques to a wide range of engineering situations. This is the perfect mathematics refresher for engineering professionals who use such math-intensive techniques as digital signal processing. *Provides complete coverage of mathematical tools and techniques most commonly used by today's engineers *Includes conversion tables, quick reference guides, and hundreds of solved example problems based on common engineering situations *Accompanying CD includes engineering calculators and an electronic version of the book. 505 0 _aBasic Engineering Mathematics; Review of Integral and Differential Calculus; Engineering Statistics; Numbering Systems; Unit Conversions; Electrical Engineering Problems; Civil Engineering Problems; Chemical Engineering Problems; Mechanical Engineering Problems. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aMathematics. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aFripp, Jon, _d1967- 700 1 _aFripp, Michael, _d1970- 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750675357 _z9780750675352 _w(DLC) 2003054132 _w(OCoLC)52386452 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750675352 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2003054132.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2003054132.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04839nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162592346 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 maua s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750676045 020 _a0750676043 035 _a(OCoLC)162592346 037 _a94394:94393 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.G36 _bM39 2004eb 082 04 _a621.39/5 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMaxfield, Clive, _d1957- 245 14 _aThe design warrior's guide to FPGAs _h[electronic resource] : _bdevices, tools and flows / _cClive "Max" Maxfield. 260 _aBoston : _bNewnes : _bElsevier, _cc2004. 300 _axvi, 542 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aField Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are devices that provide a fast, low-cost way for embedded system designers to customize products and deliver new versions with upgraded features, because they can handle very complicated functions, and be reconfigured an infinite number of times. In addition to introducing the various architectural features available in the latest generation of FPGAs, The Design Warriors Guide to FPGAs also covers different design tools and flows. This book covers information ranging from schematic-driven entry, through traditional HDL/RTL-based simulation and logic synthesis, all the way up to the current state-of-the-art in pure C/C++ design capture and synthesis technology. Also discussed are specialist areas such as mixed hardward/software and DSP-based design flows, along with innovative new devices such as field programmable node arrays (FPNAs). Clive "Max" Maxfield is a bestselling author and engineer with a large following in the electronic design automation (EDA)and embedded systems industry. In this comprehensive book, he covers all the issues of interest to designers working with, or contemplating a move to, FPGAs in their product designs. While other books cover fragments of FPGA technology or applications this is the first to focus exclusively and comprehensively on FPGA use for embedded systems. * First book to focus exclusively and comprehensively on FPGA use in embedded designs * World-renowned best-selling author * Will help engineers get familiar and succeed with this new technology by providing much-needed advice on choosing the right FPGA for any design project. 505 0 _aIntroductio; Fundamental Concepts; The Origin of FPGAs; Alternative FPGA Architectures; Programming (Configuring) an FPGA; Who Are All the Players?; FPGA Versus ASIC; HDL-Based Design Flows; Silicon Virtual Prototyping; C/C++ etc.Based Design Flows; -- DSP-Based Design Flows; Embedded Processor-Based; Modular and Incremental Design; High-Speed Design and Other PCB Considerations; Observing Internal Nodes in an FPGA; Intellectual Property; Migrating ASIC Designs to FPGAs and Vice Versa; Simulation, Synthesis, Verification, etc.; Choosing the Right Device; Gigabit Transceivers; Reconfigurable Computing; Creating an Open-Source-Based -- Design Flow; Future FPGA Developments; Appendix A: -- Signal Integrity 101;Capacitive and inductive coupling(crosstalk), Chip-level effects, Board-level effects, The evolution of delay specifications; Appendix B: Deep-Submicron Delay Effects 101, A potpourri of definitions, Alternative interconnect models, DSM delay effects -- Summary, The Ouroboras, Many-to-one implementations; Appendix C: Linear Feedback Shift Registers 101, More taps than you know what to do with, Seeding an LFSR, FIFO applications, Modifying LFSRs to sequence 2n values, Accessing the previous value, Encryption and decryption applications, -- Cyclic redundancy check applications. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aField programmable gate arrays. 650 7 _aArquitetura e organiza�c�ao de computadores. _2larpcal 650 7 _aEletr�onica digital. _2larpcal 650 6 _aR�eseaux logiques programmables par l'utilisateur. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750676043 _z9780750676045 _w(DLC) 2004557408 _w(OCoLC)55669576 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750676045 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2004557408.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004557408.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03674nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162592351 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780750676052 020 _a0750676051 035 _a(OCoLC)162592351 037 _a94395:94394 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bI32 2004eb 082 04 _a004.16 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aIbrahim, Ahmad M., _d1951- 245 10 _aFuzzy logic for embedded systems applications _h[electronic resource] / _cby Ahmad M. Ibrahim. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston, Mass. : _bNewnes, _c2004. 300 _axvi, 293 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aFuzzy Logic for Embedded Systems Applications, by a recognized expert in the field, covers all the basic theory relevant to electronics design, with particular emphasis on embedded systems, and shows how the techniques can be applied to shorten design cycles and handle logic problems that are tough to solve using conventional linear techniques. All the latest advances in the field aree discussed and practical circuit design examples presented. Fuzzy logic has been found to be particularly suitable for many embedded control applications. The intuitive nature of the fuzzy-based system design saves engineers time and reduces costs by shortening product development cycles and making system maintenance and adjustments easier. Yet despite its wide acceptanceand perhaps because of its nameit is still misunderstood and feared by many engineers. There is a need for embedded systems designersboth hardware and softwareto get up to speed on the principles and applications of fuzzy logic in order to ascertain when and how to use them appropriately. Fuzzy Logic for Embedded Systems Applications provides practical guidelines for designing electronic circuits and devices for embedded systems using fuzzy-based logic. It covers both theory and applications with design examples. * Unified approach to fuzzy electronics from an engineering point of view * Easy to follow with plenty of examples * Review and evaluation of free resources. 505 0 _aIntroduction; A brief history of fuzzy logic; Why use fuzzy logic for embedded applications?; Fuzzy sets; Fuzzy logic algebra; Fuzzy modeling and control; Electronics devices and fuzziness; Electronic neural Networks; Embedded systems design case studies: Hardware; Embedded systems design case studies: Software; Fuzzy logic toolbox; Review of free fuzzy logic resources. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aFuzzy logic. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750676051 _z9780750676052 _w(DLC) 2003054148 _w(OCoLC)52423987 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750676052 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2003054148.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2003054148.html 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c61.95 _d46.46 _i0750676051 _n0004222200 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03014nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162592356 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750676069 020 _a075067606X 035 _a(OCoLC)162592356 037 _a94396:94395 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQA76.765 _b.G36 2004eb 082 04 _a004 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 04 _aThe Firmware handbook _h[electronic resource] / _cedited by Jack Ganssle. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston, Mass. : _bNewnes, _c2004. 300 _axvi, 365 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis handbook provides a comprehensive reference for firmware developers looking to increase their skills and productivity. It addresses each critical step of the development process in detail, including how to optimize hardware design for better firmware. Topics covered include real-time issues, interrupts and ISRs, memory management (including Flash memory), handling both digital and analog peripherals, communications interfacing, math subroutines, error handling, design tools, and troubleshooting and debugging. The companion CD-ROM includes all the code used in the design examples and a searchable ebook version of the text. This book is not for the beginner, but rather is an in-depth, comprehensive one-volume reference that addresses all the major issues in firmware design and development, including the pertinent hardware issues. * Included CD-Rom contains all the source code used in the design examples, so engineers can easily use it in their own designs. 505 0 _aIntroduction; Hardware Design for Better Firmware; Firmware Design for Better Hardware; Finite State Machines; Real-time Issues; Interrupts and ISRs; Memory; RAM Cost; Memory; RAM Cost; Handling Digital Peripherals; Handling Analog Peripherals; Communications; Math; Error Handling; Tools; Debugging. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aComputer firmware. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aGanssle, Jack G. 776 1 _cOriginal _z075067606X _z9780750676069 _w(DLC) 2004040238 _w(OCoLC)54046712 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750676069 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2004040238.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004040238.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04095nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162592369 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 enk s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750676090 020 _a0750676094 035 _a(OCoLC)162592369 037 _a94398:94397 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bE37 2003eb 082 04 _a004.256 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aEdwards, Lewin A. R. W. 245 10 _aEmbedded system design on a shoestring _h[electronic resource] : _bachieving high performance with a limited budget / _cby Lewin A.R.W. Edwards. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aLondon : _bNewnes, _c2003. 300 _aix, 232 p. ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aIn this practical guide, experienced embedded engineer Lewin Edwards demonstrates faster, lower-cost methods for developing high-end embedded systems. With today's tight schedules and lower budgets, embedded designers are under greater pressure to deliver prototypes and system designs faster and cheaper. Edwards demonstrates how the use of the right tools and operating systems can make seemingly impossible deadlines possible. Designer's Guide to Embedded Systems Development shares many advanced, "in-the-trenches" design secrets to help engineers achieve better performance on the job. In particular, it covers many of the newer design tools supported by the GPL (GNU Public License) system. Code examples are given to provide concrete illustrations of tasks described in the text. The general procedures are applicable to many possible projects based on any 16/32-bit microcontroller. The book covers choosing the right architecture and development hardware to fit the project; choosing an operating system and developing a toolchain; evaluating software licenses and how they affect a project; step-by-step building instructions for gcc, binutils, gdb and newlib for the ARM7 core used in the case study project; prototyping techniques using a custom printed circuit board; debugging tips; and portability considerations. The accompanying CD-ROM contains all the code used in the design examples as well as useful open-source tools for embedded design. A wealth of practical tips, tricks and techniques Design better, faster and more cost-effectively Accompanying CD-ROM includes useful open-source tools for embedded design. 505 0 _aIntroduction; Before You Start: Fundamental Decisions; The GNU Toolchain; Gas: The GNU Assembler; Ld: GNU Linker; Converting Files with Objcopy; Objdump: Check Your Executable's Layout; Size: Check the Load Size of Your Executable; Gdb: The GNU Debugger; Example Firmware Walkthroughs and Debugging Techniques; Portability and Reliability Considerations; Useful Vendors and Other Web Resources; Index of CD-ROM Contents; Acknowledgements. 500 _a"The accompanying CD-ROM contains all the code used in the design examples as well as useful open-source tools for embedded design"--P. [4] of cover. 500 _aIncludes index. 500 _aOne CD-ROM in pocket attached to inside back cover. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems. 650 0 _aSystem design. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750676094 _z9780750676090 _w(DLC) 2003278499 _w(OCoLC)53441454 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750676090 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els041/2003278499.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els041/2003278499.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03295nam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162592423 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750676168 020 _a0750676167 035 _a(OCoLC)162592423 037 _a95583:95582 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.A8 _bB34 2003eb 082 04 _a621.3815/48 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBaker, Mark. 245 10 _aDemystifying mixed-signal test methods _h[electronic resource] / _cMark Baker. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2003. 300 _axii, 279 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 490 1 _aDemystifying technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aMixed Signal Test Methods Demystified is a less theoretical, less mathematical, and more applications-oriented approach than other books available on the topic. In effect, this book will give readers a "just in time" understanding of the essentials of mixed signal testing techniques. Emphasis will be on commonly used devices and systems (such as PLLs and DSP) that engineers encounter in their daily tasks. Sampling theory is covered in detail, as this is the foundation for understanding all mixed signal testing technique, and readers will have a strong intuitive grasp of this topic after finishing this book. Baker aims to develop an intuitive understanding of mixed signal testing that minimizes the mathematics required and is germane to the sort of testing requirements found in typical engineering situations. *Takes a less theoretical, less mathematical, and more applications-oriented approach *Emphasizes commonly used devices and systems that engineers encounter in their daily tasks *Aims to develop an intuitive understanding of mixed signal testing. 505 0 _aIntroduction; Mixed Signal Measurements and Parameters; Sampling Theory for Signal Generation; Sampling Theory for Signal Acquisition; Frequency Domain Analysis and the FFT; DSP Based Testing; DAC Test Applications; ADC Test Applications; Test Circuit Design Considerations; Mixed Signal Test Application - Codec Testing. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aAutomatic test equipment. 650 0 _aElectronic apparatus and appliances _xTesting. 650 0 _aMixed signal circuits. 650 0 _aSignal generators. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750676167 _z9780750676168 _w(DLC) 2003041860 _w(OCoLC)51756099 830 0 _aDemystifying technology series (Amsterdam, Netherlands) 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750676168 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2003041860.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2003041860.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03772nam 2200361Ia 4500 001 ocn162592426 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750676175 020 _a0750676175 035 _a(OCoLC)162592426 037 _a94400:94399 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7885.7 _b.M49 2003eb 082 04 _a621.3815/48 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMeyer, Andreas _q(Andreas S.) 245 10 _aPrinciples of functional verification _h[electronic resource] / _cAndreas Meyer. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2003. 300 _ax, 206 p. : _bill. ; _c33 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aAs design complexity in chips and devices continues to rise, so, too, does the demand for functional verification. Principles of Functional Verification is a hands-on, practical text that will help train professionals in the field of engineering on the methodology and approaches to verification. In practice, the architectural intent of a device is necessarily abstract. The implementation process, however, must define the detailed mechanisms to achieve the architectural goals. Based on a decade of experience, Principles of Functional Verification intends to pinpoint the issues, provide strategies to solve the issues, and present practical applications for narrowing the gap between architectural intent and implementation. The book is divided into three parts, each building upon the chapters within the previous part. Part One addresses why functional verification is necessary, its definition and goals. In Part Two, the heart of the methodology and approaches to solving verification issues are examined. Each chapter in this part ends with exercises to apply what was discussed in the chapter. Part Three looks at practical applications, discussing project planning, resource requirements, and costs. Each chapter throughout all three parts will open with Key Objectives, focal points the reader can expect to review in the chapter. * Takes a "holistic" approach to verification issues * Approach is not restricted to one language * Discussed the verification process, not just how to use the verification language. 505 0 _aPart One: Why Functional Verification is Necessary; Definition and Goals; Architecture; A Look at What is Being Verified; Part Two: How Functional Verification Works; Determining the Validity of the Model; Verification Methods; Random Testing; Co-Simulation; Measuring Verification Quality; Verification Languages; Part Three: Application of Functional Verification; The Verification Plan; Projecting Costs; Summary: The Project; Verification Languages: Testbuilder, Vera, E; Other Project Verification Tools: Bug-tracking Systems; Other Project Verification Tools: Revision & Release Control Systems. 650 0 _aIntegrated circuits _xVerification. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750676175 _z9780750676175 _w(DLC) 2003056421 _w(OCoLC)52477339 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750676175 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els041/2003056421.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els041/2003056421.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03979nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162592436 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750676236 020 _a075067623X 035 _a(OCoLC)162592436 037 _a94404:94403 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bN34 2003eb 082 04 _a004.2/56 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aNagy, Chris. 245 10 _aEmbedded systems design using the TI MSP430 series _h[electronic resource] / _cby Chris Nagy. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2003. 300 _axi, 281 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aLearn about designing, programming, and developing with the popular new Texas Instruments family of microcontrollers, the MSP430 series with this new book from Chris Nagy. This product line is experiencing explosive growth due to its low-power consumption and powerful features, but very little design and application information is available other than what is offered by the manufacturer. The book fills a gap in the technical literature for embedded systems engineers by offering a more complete combination of technical data, example code, and descriptive prose than is available from the manufacturer reference information, and is useful to both professionals and hobbyists. Intended for embedded engineers who are new to the embedded field, or for the thousands of engineers who have experience with other microcontrollers (such as PICs, 8051s, or Motorola HC0x devices) but are new to the MSP430 line, Chris Nagy offers a thorough and practical description of the device features, gives development guidelines, and provides design examples. Code examples are used in virtually every chapter and area also included on the companion CD-ROM, and/or online. The book is divided into three sections: the first section provides detailed descriptions of the devices themselves; the second describes hardware/firmware development for the devices; the third is designed to incorporate information from the first two, and provide guidelines and examples of designs. * Get up-to-speed on the TI MSP430 product family's features and idiosyncrasies * A 'hand-holding' reference to help get started on designs * Accompanying CD-ROM includes code examples. 505 0 _aPart 1: Hardware; Introduction; Architecture: CPU and Memory; Clocks and Timers; Interrupts and Resets; I/O; On-Chip Peripherals; Hardware Considerations; Part 2: Firmware/Software; Addressing Modes; Instruction Set; Flash Memory Reprogramming; Toolbox Applications; Part 3: Design Considerations; The MSP430F149 Development Kit and Kickstart Development Environment; Low Power Design Guidelines; Application: Programmable Lighting and Appliance Controller; Resources; MSP430F149 Data Sheet. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems _xDesign and construction _xData processing. 650 0 _aTexas Instruments MSP430 series microprocessors. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z075067623X _z9780750676236 _w(DLC) 2003054143 _w(OCoLC)52471824 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750676236 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2003054143.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2003054143.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03196nam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162592448 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750676533 020 _a0750676531 035 _a(OCoLC)162592448 037 _a94406:94405 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTA169.3 _b.P67 2004eb 082 04 _a620/.00452 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aPorter, Alex. 245 10 _aAccelerated testing and validation _h[electronic resource] : _btesting, engineering, and management tools for lean development / _cby Alex Porter. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston, Mass. : _bNewnes, _c2004. 300 _axii, 242 p. : _bill. ; _c23 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aAccelerated Testing and Validation Methods is a cross-disciplinary guide that describes testing and validation tools and techniques throughout the product development process. Alex Porter not only focuses on what information is needed but also on what tools can produce the information in a timely manner. From the information provided, engineers and managers can determine what data is needed from a test and validation program and then how to select the best, most effective methods for obtaining the data. This book integrates testing and validation methods with a business perspective so readers can understand when, where, and how such methods can be economically justified. Testing and validation is about generating key information at the correct time so that sound business and engineering decisions can be made. Rather than simply describing various testing and validation techniques, the author offers readers guidance on how to select the best tools for a particular need, explains the appropriateness of different techniques to various situations and shows how to deploy them to ensure the desired information is accurately gathered. * Emphasizes developing a strategy for testing and validation * Companion CD includes example spreadsheets, program source code, case studies, video clips and much more * Teaches how to design a testing and validation program that deliver information in a timely and cost-effective manner. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aAccelerated life testing. 650 0 _aReliability (Engineering) 650 0 _aFailure time data analysis. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750676531 _z9780750676533 _w(DLC) 2004055188 _w(OCoLC)55765537 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750676533 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004055188.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04352nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162592462 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750676830 020 _a0750676833 035 _a(OCoLC)162592462 037 _a95584:95583 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTJ211.495 _b.H65 2004eb 082 04 _a629.892 _222 082 04 _a629.8/932 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aHolland, John M. 245 10 _aDesigning mobile autonomous robots _h[electronic resource] / _cby John Holland. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aLondon : _bNewnes, _cc2004. 300 _axv, 335 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aDesigning Autonomous Mobile Robots introduces the reader to the fundamental concepts of this complex field. The author addresses all the pertinent topics of the electronic hardware and software of mobile robot design, with particular emphasis on the more difficult problems of control, navigation, and sensor interfacing. Covering topics such as advanced sensor fusion, control systems for a wide array of application sensors and instrumentation, and fuzzy logic applications, this volume is essential reading for engineers undertaking robotics projects as well as undergraduate and graduate students studying robotic engineering, artificial intelligence, and cognitive science. Its state-of-the-art treatment of core concepts in mobile robotics helps and challenges readers in exploring new avenues in an exciting field. The accompanying CD-ROM provides software routines for the examples cited as well as an electronic version of the text. *Authored by a well-know pioneer of mobile robotics *Learn how to approach the design of and complex control system with confidence. 505 0 _aBackground Concepts; Measure Twice, Cut Once; The Hardware; The Basics of Real-Time Software (for Mortals); Thinking More Clearly through Fuzzy Logic; Closed Loop Systems, Rabbits and Hounds; Communication Control; Basic Navigation; Dead-Reckoning, the Living Core; Navigation as a Filtering Process; Fear and Caution; Navigation Agents and Arbitration; Hard Navigation vs. Fuzzy Navigation; Becoming Unstuck in Time; Preprogramming vs. Teaching; Command and Control; Diagnostics; That's Strange Behavior for a Major Appliance!; What Happened? The Importance of Logging and Reporting; The Law of Conservation of Defects and the Art of Debugging. 500 _aIncludes index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 505 0 _aBackground software and concepts. Measure twice, cut once -- A brief history of software concepts -- The basics of real-time software (for mere mortals) -- Thinking more clearly through fuzzy logic -- Closed loop controls, rabbits and hounds -- Communications and control -- Basic navigation. Basic navigation philosophies -- Live reckoning -- The best laid plans of mice and machines -- Navigation as a filtering process -- Hard navigation vs. fuzzy navigation -- Sensors, navigation agents and arbitration -- Instilling pain, fear and confidence -- Becoming unstuck in time -- Programming robots to be useful -- Command, control and monitoring -- The law of conservation of defects and the art of debugging -- "What the hell happened?" -- The industry, its past and its future -- Appendix: Referenced laws and formulas. 650 0 _aMobile robots. 650 0 _aAutonomous robots. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750676833 _z9780750676830 _w(DLC) 2004298450 _w(OCoLC)53030175 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750676830 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2004298450.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004298450.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 05579nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162129899 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2004 ne a sf 000 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750676953 020 _a0750676957 035 _a(OCoLC)162129899 037 _a97335:97335 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5103.2 _b.H337 2004eb 082 04 _a621.382 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aHandbook of RF and wireless technologies _h[electronic resource] / _cFarid Dowla, editor-in-chief. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2004. 300 _axxiii, 515 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aExpert contributors drawn from the ranks of academia and industry have authored chapters in such areas as third-generation wireless, wireless sensor networks, RF power amplifiers, spread spectrum modulation, signal propagation, antennas, and other key subjects that engineers working in RF and wireless need to be familiar with. This is far more than just a tutorial or reference guideit is a "guided tour" through the world of cutting-edge RF and wireless design, combining theory, applications, and philosophies behind the RF/wireless design process. The multiple and sometimes overlapping chapters reiterate and emphasize the fundamentals in the context of different types of wireless applications. Here are just a few benefits that readers will gain from reading this book: *A refresher and update of wireless principles and techniques. *Information about the latest (and forthcoming) RF and wireless circuits, products and systems. *Guidelines, approaches, and techniques to RF/wireless design. *Examples of typical applications with an emphasis on real-world situations including existing and forthcoming new components and integrated circuits. *Coverage of new and emerging wireless topics heretofore not widely covered in print (e.g. UWB, RFID, IR, etc.) * A comprehensive survey of current RF and wireless engineering practice * Heavy emphasis on practical applications and design guidelines * Multiple contributors assure a wide range of perspectives and avoids individual bias. 505 0 _aAntennas for wireless systems; Wireless networking; if amplifiers; RF applications of phase-locked loops; RF power amplifiers; Spread-spectrum modulation techniques; Next-generation wireless systems; Wireless sensor networks; Ad hoc mobile networks; Wireless radio propagation; 3g cell phones overview (Wcdma and Cdma2000); Bluetooth - overview plus design issues; Zigbee, a simpler alternative to bluetooth; Magnetic induction wireless; Infrared wireless options, Irda and others; Radio frequency identification (RFid); ultra wideband (UWB); Wireless home networks; Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (Ofdm); Software defined radios (Sdr); Low noise amplifiers (Lna) - Rx front-ends; Digital satellite radio (Xm/Sirius); Software for design of comm systems; Wireless security; Digital signal processing (DSP) for communications; Digital Cmos in communications IC design; Frequency synthesizers - fractional N and direct digital synthesis (Dds); Broadband wireless systems (Lmds, Mmds); Optical wireless systems; Emi/Rfi/Emc issues in wireless design; Test equipment for wireless design; The future of paging. 505 00 _tA survey of RF and wireless technology / _rJohn T. Moring -- _tNext generation wireless networks: an evolution of architectures and technologies / _rJanise Y. McNair -- _tMobile ad hoc networks / _rAsis Nasipuri -- _tDirect-sequence and frequency-hopping spread specturm / _rEarl McCune -- _tSoftware-defined radio / _rBrad Brannon -- _tRF power amplifiers / _rMichael LeFevre, Leonard Pelletier, _rDavid Runton -- _tLinear amplification with nonlinear components / _rTom Hornak -- _tPhase-locked loop techniques in modern communciations systems / _rMohammed Ismail, Hong Jo Ahn, _rAdem Aktasa -- _tRF power amplifier linearization techniques / _rMichael LeFevre, _rPeter Okrah, _rDavid Runton -- _tOrthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) / _rHamid R. Sadjadpour -- _tWireless sensor networks / _rMichael R. Moore -- _tTurbo codes / _rMatthew C. Valenti, _rJian Sun -- _tReliable wireless networks for industrial applications / _rRobert D. Poor, _rBrent Hodges -- _tThe basics of radio frequency identification (RFID) technology / _rAutomatic Identification Manufacturers (AIM) Organization -- _tSiGe HBT technology for RF and wireless applications / _rGuofu Niu -- _tUltra-wideband communication / _rFarid Dowla. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aWireless communication systems _vHandbooks, manuals, etc. 650 0 _aRadio frequency. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aDowla, Farid U. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750676957 _z9780750676953 _w(DLC) 2003044206 _w(OCoLC)52341480 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750676953 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2003044206.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2003044206.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03574nam 2200445Ia 4500 001 ocn162592481 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780750676991 020 _a075067699X 035 _a(OCoLC)162592481 037 _a101582:101592 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7874.78 _b.M35 2004eb 082 04 _a621.381/32 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMaloratsky, Leo G. 245 10 _aPassive RF & microwave integrated circuits _h[electronic resource] / _cby Leo G. Maloratsky. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBosto : _bElsevier/Newnes, _c2004. 300 _axv, 368 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe growth in RF and wireless/mobile computing devices that operate at microwave frequencies has resulted in explosive demand for integrated circuits capable of operating at such frequencies in order to accomplish functions like frequency division, phase shifting, attenuation, and isolators and circulators for antennas. This book is an introduction to such ICs, combining theory and practical applications of those devices. In addition to this combined theory and application approach, the author discusses the critical importance of differing fabrication materials on the performance of ICs at different frequencies. This is an area often overlooked when choosing ICs for RF and microwave applications, yet it can be a crucial factor in how an IC performs in a given application. Gives reader a solid background in an increasingly important area of circuit design Emphasis on combination of theoretical discussions with practical application examples In-depth discussion of critical, but often overlooked topic of different fabrication material performances at varying frequencies. 505 0 _aIntro.; Characteristics of Planar Transmission Lines; Characteristics of Planar Coupled Lines; Distributed and Lumped Elements of Integrated Circuits; Common Features and Parameters of Networks; Analysis of Symmetrical Networks; Directional Couplers; Dividers and Combiners; Filters; Phase Shifters; Diode Control Devices; Circulators and Isolators; Modular Design; Appendix A- Substrates, B-Properties of Metals, and C- Multiport Representations. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aRadio frequency integrated circuits. 650 0 _aMicrowave integrated circuits. 650 0 _aAutomatic controllers. 650 0 _aPassive components. 650 7 _aFreq�u�encia de emissora de r�adio. _2larpcal 650 7 _aControle autom�atico. _2larpcal 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z075067699X _z9780750676991 _w(DLC) 2003059301 _w(OCoLC)52714694 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750676991 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els041/2003059301.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els041/2003059301.html 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c80.95 _d80.95 _i075067699X _n0004280817 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 05193nam 2200457Ia 4500 001 ocn162592786 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780750677301 020 _a0750677309 035 _a(OCoLC)162592786 037 _a104204:104225 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7874 _b.A595 2005eb 082 04 _a005.1/4 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aAndrews, Jason R. 245 10 _aCo-verification of hardware and software for ARM SoC design _h[electronic resource] / _cby Jason R. Andrews. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier, _cc2005. 300 _axxiii, 260 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aHardware/software co-verification is how to make sure that embedded system software works correctly with the hardware, and that the hardware has been properly designed to run the software successfully -before large sums are spent on prototypes or manufacturing. This is the first book to apply this verification technique to the rapidly growing field of embedded systems-on-a-chip(SoC). As traditional embedded system design evolves into single-chip design, embedded engineers must be armed with the necessary information to make educated decisions about which tools and methodology to deploy. SoC verification requires a mix of expertise from the disciplines of microprocessor and computer architecture, logic design and simulation, and C and Assembly language embedded software. Until now, the relevant information on how it all fits together has not been available. Andrews, a recognized expert, provides in-depth information about how co-verification really works, how to be successful using it, and pitfalls to avoid. He illustrates these concepts using concrete examples with the ARM core - a technology that has the dominant market share in embedded system product design. The companion CD-ROM contains all source code used in the design examples, a searchable e-book version, and useful design tools. * The only book on verification for systems-on-a-chip (SoC) on the market * Will save engineers and their companies time and money by showing them how to speed up the testing process, while still avoiding costly mistakes * Design examples use the ARM core, the dominant technology in SoC, and all the source code is included on the accompanying CD-Rom, so engineers can easily use it in their own designs. 505 0 _a1. Embedded System Verification -- 2. Hardware and Software Design Process: System initialization software and hardware abstraction layer (HAL), Hardware diagnostic test suite, Real-time operating system (RTOS), RTOS device drivers, Application software, C simulation, Logic simulation, Simulation acceleration, Emulation, Prototype; -- 3. SoC Verification Topics for the ARM Architecture; -- 4. Hardware/Software Co-Verification: Host-code execution - implicit access, ISS + BIM, CCM, RTL, Hardware model,Emulation board, FPGA Prototype; -- 5. Advanced Hardware/Software Co-Verification: Direct access to simulation memories without advancing simulation time, Memory and time optimizations - understanding synchronization, Cross network connections versus using a single workstation, C modeling for some of the hardware, Implicit Access,Post-processing techniques for software debugging, Synchronized software and hardware views for debugging, Post-processing software trace, Save/restore, How to deal with peripherals, How to deal with an RTOS; -- 6. Hardware Verification Environment and -- Co-Verification: Testbench, The use of testbench tools, Random test generation based on CPU address map, CPU bus protocol checking, Functional/ Transaction coverage, Memory coverage, Property checking - did a specific scenario ever happen? Use of a design signoff model; -- 7. Methodology for an Example ARM SoC. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aIntegrated circuits _xVerification. 650 0 _aComputer software _xVerification. 650 0 _aSystems on a chip. 650 6 _aCircuits int�egr�es _xV�erification. 650 6 _aLogiciels _xV�erification. 650 6 _aSyst�emes sur une puce. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750677309 _z9780750677301 _w(DLC) 2004053860 _w(OCoLC)55671903 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750677301 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2004053860.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004053860.html 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c62.95 _d62.95 _i0750677309 _n0004462085 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03883nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162592852 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750677394 020 _a0750677392 035 _a(OCoLC)162592852 037 _a102528:102547 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.B87 _bA22 2004eb 082 04 _a004.6/4 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aAbbott, Doug. 245 10 _aPCI bus demystified _h[electronic resource] / _cby Doug Abbott. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2004. 300 _axiv, 250 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aDemystifying technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus is the dominant bus system used to connect the different elements making up today's high-performance computer systems. Different PCI implementations have also been developed for such applications as telecommunications and embedded computing. If an application calls for high speed, high reliability, flexible configuration, and bus mastering, then PCI is the only logical bus choice. This book is an applications-oriented introduction to the PCI bus, with an emphasis on implementing PCI in a variety of computer architectures. Special attention is given to industrial and mission-critical applications of PCI bus. Fully describes PCI electrical specifications, mechanical requirements, and signal types Covers advanced topics through numerous design examples to increase the readers understanding of the subject Includes updated coverage of PCI-X 2.0. 505 0 _aPreface;INTRODUCING THE PERIPHERAL COMPONENT INTERCONNECT (PCI) BUS: bus taxonomy; PCI signals; signal groups; signal types; sideband signals; definitions; ARBITRATION: the arbitration process; bus parking; latency; BUS PROTOCOL: PCI bus commands; read/write transactions; transaction termination; error detection and reporting; OPTIONAL AND ADVANCED FEATURES: interrupt handling; the interrupt acknowledge command; 64-bit extensions; ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ISSUES: signaling environments; timing specifications; 66 MHz PCI; mechanical details; PLUG AND PLAY CONFIGURATION: configuration address space; configuration header; base address registers; expansion ROM; PCI BIOS: operating modes; BIOS services; generate special cycle; PCI BRIDGING: bridge types; configuration address types; bus hierarchy and bus number registers; address filtering; prefetching and posting; interrupt handling across a bridge; palette snooping; resource locking; COMPACT PCI: mechanical implementation; electrical implementation; Compact PCI bridging; HOT PLUG AND HOT SWAP: PCI Hot Plug; Hot Plug primitives; Compact PCI Hot Swap; primitives; Index. 500 _a"New coverage of PCI-X 2.0"--Cover. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aPCI bus (Computer bus) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750677392 _z9780750677394 _w(DLC) 2003069126 _w(OCoLC)53926706 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750677394 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2003069126.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els041/2003069126.html 856 42 _3Book review (E-STREAMS) _uhttp://www.e-streams.com/es0803/es0803%5F3970.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04094nam 2200457Ia 4500 001 ocn162592905 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a fsb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBTCTA 019 _a149376687 020 _a9780750677462 020 _a0750677465 035 _a(OCoLC)162592905 _z(OCoLC)149376687 037 _a108371:108416 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5103.2 _b.C445 2005eb 082 04 _a005.8 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aChandra, Praphul. 245 10 _aBulletproof wireless security _h[electronic resource] : _bGSM, UMTS, 802.11 and ad hoc security / _cby Praphul Chandra. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2005. 300 _a237 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aCommunications engineering series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aFinally--a single volume guide to really effective security for both voice and data wireless networks! More and more data and voice communications are going via wireless at some point between the sender and intended recipient. As a result, truly "bulletproof" wireless security is now more than a desirable feature--instead, it's a necessity to protect essential personal and business data from hackers and eavesdroppers. In this handy reference, Praphul Chandra gives you the conceptual and practical tools every RF, wireless, and network engineer needs for high-security wireless applications. Book Review From EDN Magazine: http://www.edn.com/article/CA632302.html?industryid=2817 Inside this book you'll find coverage of these essential topics: + Cryptographic protocols used in wireless networks. + Key-based protocols, including key exchange and authentication techniques + Various types of wireless network attacks, including reflection, session hijacks, and Fluhrer-Mantin-Shamir (FMS) attacks. + Encryption/decryption standards and methods. + Multi-layered security architectures. + Secure sockets layer (SSL) and transport layer security (TLS) protocols. + Cellular telephone network architectures and their vulnerabilities. + Modulation techniques, such as direct-sequence spread spectrum (DSSS) and orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM). And you'll also find coverage on such cutting-edge topics as security techniques for ad hoc networks and protecting Bluetooth networks. If you're serious about wireless security, then this title belongs on your reference bookshelf! 505 0 _aCH 1: Security and Cryptography -- CH 2: Network Security Protocols -- CH 3: Security and the Layered Architecture -- CH 4: Voice-Oriented Wireless Networks -- CH 5: Data-Oriented Wireless Networks -- CH 6: Security in Traditional Wireless Networks -- CH 7: Security in Wireless Local Area Networks -- CH 8: Security in Wireless Ad Hoc Networks. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index 650 0 _aWireless communication systems _xSecurity measures. 650 0 _aWireless LANs _xSecurity measures. 650 0 _aGlobal system for mobile communications _xSecurity measures. 650 0 _aUniversal Mobile Telecommunications System _xSecurity measures. 650 0 _aIEEE 802.11 (Standard) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750677465 _z9780750677462 _w(DLC) 2005280743 _w(OCoLC)61190656 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750677462 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005280743-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005280743-t.html 938 _aBaker and Taylor _bBTCP _nBK0006291904 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04118nam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162592941 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a fs 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750677523 020 _a075067752X 035 _a(OCoLC)162592941 037 _a104214:104235 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7874 _b.H37 2005eb 082 04 _a621.3'815 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aHarrison, Linden T. 245 10 _aCurrent sources & voltage references _h[electronic resource] / _cLinden T. Harrison. 246 30 _aCurrent sources and voltage references 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aNew York : _bNewnes, _cc2005. 300 _axxxi, 569 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aCurrent Sources and Voltage References provides fixed, well-regulated levels of current or voltage within a circuit. These are two of the most important building blocks of analog circuits, and are typically used in creating most analog IC designs. Part 1 shows the reader how current sources are created, how they can be optimized, and how they can be utilized by the OEM circuit designer. The book serves as a must-have reference for the successful development of precision circuit applications. It shows practical examples using either BJTs, FETs, precision op amps, or even matched CMOS arrays being used to create highly accurate current source designs, ranging from nanoAmps to Amps. In each chapter the most important characteristics of the particular semiconductor type being studied are carefully reviewed. This not only serves as a helpful refresher for experienced engineers, but also as a good foundation for all EE student coursework, and includes device models and relevant equations. Part 2 focuses on semiconductor voltage references, from their design to their various practical enhancements. It ranges from the simple Zener diode to todays most advanced topologies, including Analog Devices XFET� and Intersils FGA (invented while this book was being written). Over 300 applications and circuit diagrams are shown throughout this easy-to-read, practical reference book. * Discusses how to design low-noise, precision current sources using matched transistor pairs. * Explains the design of high power current sources with power MOSFETs * Gives proven techniques to reduce drift and improve accuracy in voltage references. 505 0 _aPart 1: -- A short history of references; An Introduction to Current Sources; The P-N Junction; Using BJTs to Create Current Sources; Using Precision Matched-Pairs, Duals, and Quads; Using JFETs and CRDs to create Current Sources; Creating Medium-Power Current Sources with DMOS FETs; Creating Current Sources with Power MOSFETs; Using Analog CMOS Arrays to Create Current Sources; Using Monolithic IC Current Sources and Mirrors; Creating Precision Current Sources with Op Amps and Voltage References. -- Part 2: -- An introduction to Voltage References; The Zener Diode and the TC Zener Reference; Characteristics of Monolithic Voltage References; A Review of Some Outstanding Monolithic Voltage References and Their Applications (showing numerous circuit examples). -- Appendix includes useful Tables, charts, device models and equations; Glossary; Bibliography; Contact info; detailed Index. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aLinear integrated circuits _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aElectronic circuit design. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z075067752X _z9780750677523 _w(OCoLC)61357268 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750677523 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04743nam 2200445Ia 4500 001 ocn162593009 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750677592 020 _a0750677597 035 _a(OCoLC)162593009 037 _a104973:105001 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5102.9 _b.O84 2006eb 082 04 _a621.382/2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aOshana, Robert. 245 10 _aDSP software development techniques for embedded and real-time systems _h[electronic resource] / _cby Robert Oshana. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Newnes, _cc2006. 300 _axvii, 581 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.). 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aToday's embedded and real-time systems contain a mix of processor types: off-the-shelf microcontrollers, digital signal processors (DSPs), and custom processors. The decreasing cost of DSPs has made these sophisticated chips very attractive for a number of embedded and real-time applications, including automotive, telecommunications, medical imaging, and many othersincluding even some games and home appliances. However, developing embedded and real-time DSP applications is a complex task influenced by many parameters and issues. This introduction to DSP software development for embedded and real-time developers shows how to use digital signal processors efficiently in embedded and real-time systems. It covers software and firmware design principles, from processor architectures and basic theory to the selection of appropriate languages and basic algorithms. The reader will find practical guidelines, diagrammed techniques, tool descriptions, and code templates for developing and optimizing DSP software and firmware. The book also covers integrating and testing DSP systems as well as managing the DSP development effort. The accompanying CDROM contains the code from the design examples as well as design tools and product demos. *Digital signal processors (DSPs) are the future of microchips! *Includes practical guidelines, diagrammed techniques, tool descriptions, and code templates to aid in the development and optimization of DSP software and firmware *Accompanying CD-ROM contains code from the design examples used in the book, so developers can easily use it in their own designs. 505 0 _aChapter 1: Introduction to Digital Signal Processing -- Chapter 2: Overview of Embedded and Real-Time Systems -- Chapter 3: Overview of Embedded Systems Development Life Cycle Using DSP -- Chapter 4: Overview of Digital Signal Processing Algorithms -- Chapter 5: DSP Architectures -- Chapter 6: Optimizing DSP Software -- Chapter 7: Power Optimization Techniques Using DSP -- Chapter 8: Real-Tim Operating Systems for DSP -- Chapter 9: Testing and Debugging DSP Systems -- Chapter 10: Managing the DSP SOftware Development Effort -- Chapter 11: Embedded DSP Software Design Using Multicore System on a Chip (SoC) Architecture -- Chapter 12: The Future of DSP Software Technology -- Appendix A: Software Performance Engineering of and Embedded DSP System Application -- Appendix B: More Tips and Tricks for DSP Optimization -- Appendix C: Cache Optimization in DSP and Embedded Systems -- Appendix D: Specifying Behavior of Embedded DSP Systems -- Appendix E: Analysis Techniques for Real-Time DSP Systems -- Appendix F: DSP Algorithmic Development-Rules and Guidelines. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aSignal processing _xDigital techniques. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems. 650 0 _aComputer software _xDevelopment. 650 6 _aTraitement du signal _xTechniques num�eriques. 650 6 _aSyst�emes enfouis (Informatique) 650 6 _aLogiciels _xD�eveloppement. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750677597 _z9780750677592 _w(DLC) 2005033710 _w(OCoLC)62493102 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750677592 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip064/2005033710.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0623/2005033710-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 05549nam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162593024 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 enk fs 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750677608 020 _a0750677600 035 _a(OCoLC)162593024 037 _a104115:104136 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7868.L6 _bY34 2004eb 082 04 _a621.39732 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aYanda, Richard F. 245 10 _aDemystifying chipmaking _h[electronic resource] / _cby Richard F. Yanda, Michael Heynes and Anne K. Miller. 260 _aOxford : _bNewnes ; _aAmsterdam : _bElsevier, _c2005. 300 _axvii, 256 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book takes the reader through the actual manufacturing process of making a typical chip, from start to finish, including a detailed discussion of each step, in plain language. The evolution of today's technology is added to the story, as seen through the eyes of the engineers who solved some of the problems. The authors are well suited to that discussion since they are three of those same engineers. They have a broad exposure to the industry and its technology that extends all the way back to Shockley Laboratories, the first semiconductor manufacturer in Silicon Valley. The CMOS (Complementary Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor) process flow is the focus of the discussion and is covered in ten chapters. The vast majority of chips made today are fabricated using this general method. In order to ensure that all readers are comfortable with the vocabulary, the first chapter carefully and clearly introduces the science concepts found in later chapters. A chapter is devoted to pointing out the differences in other manufacturing methods, such as the gallium arsenide technology that produces chips for cell phones. In addition, a chapter describing the nature of the semiconductor industry from a business perspective is included. "The entire process of making a chip is surprisingly easy to understand. The part of the story that defies belief is the tiny dimensions: the conducting wires and other structures on a chip are more than a hundred times thinner than a hair - and getting thinner with every new chip design." * Included CD gives the reader a much greater comprehension of the process than a strictly print book with static illustrations provides * Authors are actual engineers who have a broad range of exposure and experience with chip technology * Contains a unique chapter describing the nature of the semiconductor industry from a business perspective. 505 0 _aCH 1: IC Fabrication Overview / CH 2: Support Technologies / CH 3: Forming Wells / CH 4: Isolate Active Areas (Shallow Trench Isolation) / CH 5: Building the Transistors / CH 6: First Level Metallization / CH 7: Multilevel Metal Interconnects and Dual Damascene / CH 8: Test and Assembly / APPENDIX A: Science Overview / APPENDIX B: Plasma Etch Supplement to Chapter 4. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 505 0 _aIC fabrication overview -- Introduction -- Support technologies -- Integrated circuit fabrication -- Test and assembly -- Summary -- Support technologies -- Introduction -- Contamination control -- Crystal growth and wafer preparation -- Circuit design -- Photomask and reticle preparation -- Forming wells -- Introduction -- Initial oxidation -- Photolithography -- Ion implantation -- Isolate active areas (shallow trench isolation) -- Introduction to shallow trench isolation -- Pad oxide growth -- Silicon Nitride deposition -- Photolithography for photo/etch -- From trenches in silicon dioxide -- Chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) to remove excess dioxide -- Wet etch removal of Silicon Nitride and pad oxide -- Building the transistors -- Introduction -- Thin film formation -- Poly gate formation -- Source/drain formation -- Salicide formation -- First level metallization -- Introduction -- Nitride and oxide depositions -- CMP planarization -- Photo/etch for contact holes -- Tungsten plug process -- Low-k dielectric process -- Copper first level interconnection process -- Multilevel metal interconnects and dual damascene -- Introduction -- Deposit barrier layer and intermetal dielectric -- Dual damascene process -- Form bonding pads -- Final passivation process -- Test and assembly -- Introduction -- Wafer and chip testing -- Assembly and packaging. 525 _aIncludes CD-ROM. 650 0 _aLogic circuits _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aMetal oxide semiconductors, Complementary. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aHeynes, Michael. 700 1 _aMiller, Anne K. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750677600 _z9780750677608 _w(DLC) 2005277383 _w(OCoLC)61130893 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750677608 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005277383-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005277383-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03757nam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162130006 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2005 maua s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750677806 020 _a0750677805 035 _a(OCoLC)162130006 037 _a104089:104110 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bA64 2005eb 082 04 _a004.6 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aAshby, Robert. 245 10 _aDesigner's guide to the Cypress PSoC _h[electronic resource] / _cby Robert Ashby. 246 3 _aDesigner's guide to the Cypress programmable system on a chip 260 _aBurlington, MA : _bElsevier Newnes, _cc2005. 300 _axxiii, 245 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis it the first technical reference book available on the PSoC, and it offers the most comprehensive combination of technical data, example code, and descriptive prose youll find anywhere. Embedded design expert Robert Ashby will guide you through the entire PSoC world, providing thorough coverage of device feature, design, programming and development of the software-reconfigurable PSoC. He shares his best tips, tricks, and techniques that will help you to utilize the flexible and inexpensive PSoC to its greatest potential, with a minimum of heartaches and late nights. With its emphasis on designing for adaptability - a feature of the utmost importance in todays fast-paced and cost-pressured design cycles - this book will bring you up to speed quickly on everything PSoC, from memory management to interconnects. You will add brains and capable signal conditioning to a design with one chip, giving you extreme flexibility for a relatively low price. Specific application examples highlighting the PSoCs unique capabilities are included throughout the text, with the supporting sample source code. This valuable code is also provided on the companion CD-ROM so you can easily adapt it to your own designs. * The first independent technical reference available on the PSoC, a product line experiencing explosive growth in the embedded design world * Application examples, sample code, and design tips and techniques will get readers get up-to-speed quickly * Companion CD-ROM includes all example code from book, so that engineers can easily adapt it to their own designs. 505 0 _aPreface -- Whats On The CD-ROM -- Introduction to Microcontroller Basics -- Chapter 1: Why Use the Cypress PSoC? -- Chapter 2: Structure of the PSoC -- Chapter 3: PSoC Designer -- Chapter 4: Improvements of the PSoC -- Chapter 5: Limitations of the PSoC -- Chapter 6: PSoC Modules -- Chapter 7: Interconnects -- Chapter 8: PSoC Memory Management -- Chapter 9: Multiple Configurations -- Chapter 10: Project Pruning -- Chapter 11: Design Tips -- Chapter 12: PSoC Express -- Appendix A: Global Resources -- Appendix B: Project Walkthrough. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aSystems on a chip _xDesign and construction. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750677805 _z9780750677806 _w(DLC) 2005049845 _w(OCoLC)60550561 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750677806 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 06733nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162593098 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750677820 020 _a0750677821 035 _a(OCoLC)162593098 037 _a103946:103967 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5103.2 _b.B45 2004eb 082 04 _a621.384 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBensky, Alan, _d1939- 245 10 _aShort-range wireless communication _h[electronic resource] : _bfundamentals of RF system design and application / _cby Alan Bensky. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier ; _aBurlington : _bNewnes _cc2004. 300 _axxvi, 354 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.). 440 0 _aCommunications engineering series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe Complete Tool Kit for the Hottest Area in RF/Wireless Design! Short-range wirelesscommunications over distances of less than 100 metersis the most rapidly growing segment of RF/wireless engineering. Alan Bensky is an internationally recognized expert in short-range wireless, and this new edition of his bestselling book is completely revised to cover the latest developments in this fast moving field. Youll find coverage of such cutting-edge topics as: architectural trends in RF/wireless integrated circuits compatibility and conflict issues between different short-range wireless systems Zigbee and related new IEEE standards for short-range communications latest U.S. and international regulatory standards for spread spectrum, ultra wideband, and other advanced communications techniques Alan Bensky also thoroughly discusses the fundamentals of radio signal propagation, communications protocols and modulation methods, information theory, antennas and transmission lines, receivers, transmitters, radio system design, and how to successfully implement a short-range wireless system. All material has been carefully updated and revised to make it as technically up-to-the-minute as possible. The accompanying CD includes Mathcad worksheets to greatly simplify common design tasks and calculations. Youll also find coverage of Bluetooth, Wi-Fi and related 802.11 variants, digital modulation methods, and other essential information for planning and designing short-range wireless hardware and networks. This new edition will, like the first edition, be an invaluable reference for engineers and technical professionals who design, support, market, and maintain short-range wireless communications systems. * No other book contains EVERYTHING pertaining to short-range wireless design. * Covers all the hot topics like 802.11, Zigbee, Wi-Fi and Bluetooth. * Valuable CD-Rom included that will simplify the design process. 505 0 _aContents -- Preface to the First Edition -- Preface to the Second Edition -- Whats on the CD-ROM? -- Using the Worksheets -- Worksheet Descriptions -- Chapter 1: Introduction -- 1.1 Historical Perspective -- 1.2 Reasons for the Spread of Wireless Applications -- 1.3 Characteristics of Short-range Radio -- 1.4 Elements of Wireless Communication Systems -- 1.5 Summary -- Chapter 2: Radio Propagation -- 2.1 Mechanisms of Radio Wave Propagation -- 2.2 Open Field Propagation -- 2.3 Diffraction -- 2.4 Scattering -- 2.5 Path Loss -- 2.6 Multipath Phenomena -- 2.7 Flat Fading -- 2.8 Diversity Techniques -- 2.9 Noise -- 2.10 Summary -- Appendix 2-A -- Maxwells Equations -- Chapter 3: Antennas and Transmission Lines -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Antenna Characteristics -- 3.3 Types of Antennas -- 3.4 Impedance Matching -- 3.5 Measuring Techniques -- 3.6 Summary -- Chapter 4: Communication Protocols and Modulation -- 4.1 Baseband Data Format and Protocol -- 4.2 Baseband Coding -- 4.3 RF Frequency and Bandwidth -- 4.4 Modulation -- 4.5 RFID -- 4.6 Summary -- Chapter 5: Transmitters -- 5.1 RF Source -- 5.2 Modulation -- 5.3 Amplifiers -- 5.4 Filtering -- 5.5 Antenna -- 5.6 Summary -- Chapter 6: Receivers -- 6.1 Tuned Radio Frequency (TRF) -- 6.2 Superregenerative Receiver -- 6.3 Superheterodyne Receiver -- 6.4 Direct Conversion Receiver -- 6.5 Digital Receivers -- 6.6 Repeaters -- 6.7 Summary -- Chapter 7: Radio System Design -- 7.1 Range -- 7.2 Sensitivity -- 7.3 Finding Range from Sensitivity -- 7.4 Superheterodyne Image and Spurious Response -- 7.5 Intermodulation Distortion and Dynamic Range -- 7.6 Demodulation -- 7.7 Internal Receiver Noise -- 7.8 Transmitter Design -- 7.9 Bandwidth -- 7.10 Antenna Directivity -- 7.11 The Power Source -- 7.12 Summary -- Chapter 8: System Implementation -- 8.1 Wireless Modules -- 8.2 Systems on a Chip -- 8.3 Large Scale Subsystems -- 8.4 Summary -- Chapter 9: Regulations and Standards -- 9.1 FCC Regulations -- 9.2 Test Method for Part 15 -- 9.3 European Radiocommunication Regulations -- 9.4 The European Union Electromagnetic Compatibility -- Requirements -- 9.5 Standards in the United Kingdom -- 9.6 Japanese Low Power Standards -- 9.7 Non-Governmental Standards -- Appendix 9-A -- Terms and Definitions (FCC Part 2) -- Appendix 9-B -- Nomenclature for Defining Emission, Modulation and -- Transmission (FCC Part 2) -- Necessary Bandwidth -- Class of Emission -- Appendix 9-C -- Restricted Frequencies and Field Strength Limits from -- Section 15.205 of FCC Rules and Regulations -- Chapter 10: Introduction to Information Theory -- 10.1 Probability -- 10.2 Information Theory -- 10.3 Summary -- Chapter 11: Applications and Technologies -- 11.1 Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN) -- 11.2 Bluetooth -- 11.3 Zigbee -- 11.4 Conflict and Compatibility -- 11.5 Ultra-wideband Technology -- 11.6 Summary -- Abbreviations -- References and Bibliography -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 347-352) and index. 650 0 _aWireless communication systems. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750677821 _z9780750677820 _w(DLC) 2004298320 _w(OCoLC)54091885 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750677820 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2004298320.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004298320.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04367nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162593115 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750677837 020 _a075067783X 035 _a(OCoLC)162593115 037 _a104971:104999 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7878 _b.N32 2005eb 082 04 _a681/.2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aNadovich, Chris. 245 10 _aSynthetic instruments _h[electronic resource] : _bconcepts and applications / _cby C.T. Nadovich. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Newnes, _c2005. 300 _axxi, 232 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe way electronic instruments are built is changing in a deeply fundamental way. It is making an evolutionary leap to a new method of design that is being called synthetic instruments. This new method promises to be the most significant advance in electronic test and instrumentation since the introduction of automated test equipment (ATE). The switch to synthetic instruments is beginning now, and it will profoundly affect all test and measurement equipment that will be developed in the future. Synthetic instruments are like ordinary instruments in that they are specific to a particular measurement or test. They might be a voltmeter that measures voltage, or a spectrum analyzer that measures spectra. The key, defining difference is this: synthetic instruments are implemented purely in software that runs on general purpose, non-specific measurement hardware with a high speed A/D and D/A at its core. In a synthetic instrument, the software is specific; the hardware is generic. Therefore, the "personality" of a synthetic instrument can be changed in an instant. A voltmeter may be a spectrum analyzer a few seconds later, and then become a power meter, or network analyzer, or oscilloscope. Totally different instruments are implemented on the same hardware and can be switched back and forth in the blink of an eye. This book explains the basics of synthetic instrumentation for the many people that will need to quickly learn about this revolutionary way to design test equipment. This book attempts to demystify the topic, cutting through, commercial hype, and obscure, vague jargon, to get to the heart of the technique. It reveals the important basic underlying concepts, showing people how the synthetic instrument design approach, properly executed, is so effective in creating instrumentation that out performs traditional approaches to T&M and ATE being used today. * provides an overview and complete introduction to this revolutionary new technology * enables equipment designers and manufacturers to produce vastly more functional and flexible instrumentation; it's not your father's multimeter! * accompanying CD-ROM includes demo software from major vendors and data sheets for specialist ATE manufacturers. 505 0 _aForeword; What is a Synthetic Instrument?; Synthetic Measurement System Hardware Architectures; Stimulus; Response; Real World Design: A Synthetic Measurement System; Measurement Maps; Signals; Calibration and Accuracy; Specifying Synthetic Instruments; Synthetic Instrument Markup LanguageSIML; Ten Mistakes in Synthetic Measurement System Design. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 223-224) and index. 650 0 _aElectronic measurements. 650 0 _aElectronic instruments. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z075067783X _z9780750677837 _w(DLC) 2004055179 _w(OCoLC)55744146 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750677837 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2004055179.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004055179.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 06641nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162593141 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750677868 020 _a0750677864 035 _a(OCoLC)162593141 037 _a104215:104236 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7867 _b.T48165 2006eb 082 04 _a621.3815 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aThompson, Marc T. 245 10 _aIntuitive analog circuit design _h[electronic resource] : _ba problem-solving approach using design case studies / _cby Marc T. Thompson. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier Newnes, _cc2006. 300 _axiv, 480 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book reflects Dr. Thompson's twenty years of experience designing and teaching analog circuit design, and is an outgrowth of course notes from his graduate-level analog circuit design course taught at Worcester Polytechnic Institute entitled "Analog Circuits and Intuition." In this class, he describes intuitive and "back of the envelope" techniques for designing and analyzing analog circuits, including transistor amplifiers (CMOS and bipolar), transistor switching, thermal circuit design, magnetic circuit design, control systems, and the like. The application of some simple rules-of-thumb and design techniques is the first step in developing an intuitive understanding of the behavior of complex electrical systems. This book outlines some ways of thinking about analog circuits and systems that hopefully develops such "circuit intuition" and a "feel" for what a good, working analog circuit design should be. *Introduces analog circuit design with a minimum of mathematics. *Gives readers an intuitive "feel" for analog circuit operation and rules-of-thumb for their design. *Uses numerous analogies from digital design to help readers whose main background is in digital make the transition to analog design. *Accompanying CD-ROM contains PowerPoint presentations for each chapter and MATLAB files used in the text. 505 0 _aIntroduction and motivation; Signal processing basics: Review of Bode plots, Review of pole-zero plots,Second-order systems,Relationship between bandwidth and risetime; Review of bipolar device physics: Intrinsic semiconductor, Electrons and holes, Drift and diffusion, Doping and its effect on carrier concentrations; Bipolar device models: -- Diode large-signal model, Diode small signal model, -- Transistor large-signal model, Transistor small-signal model, Transistor charge storage; Review of feedback systems: Block diagrams, Routh stability criteria, Bode-plot method for determining stability of feedback systems, Compensation techniques, Design example --- Photodiode amplifier, Design example --- operational amplifier; Bipolar transistor amplifiers: Common-emitter amplifier, Bandwidth of common-emitter amplifier, Other building blocks; Bandwidth estimation techniques: Dominant poles, Method of open-circuit time constants, Method of short-circuit time constants, Design example --- high frequency amplifier, Design example --- high frequency gain of +5 amplifier with high current output; Transistor switching and switching speed estimation: Models, Charge-control model, Base-current driven switch, Voltage-driven switch, -- Emitter current switching, Design example --- semiconductor diode switching; Transistor extended models: Development of extended model, Other building blocks, Design example --- high gain amplifier; CMOS amplifiers: MOSFET,MOSFET large-signal model, MOSFET small-signal model; Advanced transistor amplifier design techniques:Bootstrapping, Current switching,Current mirrors; Operational amplifier topologies: Basic bipolar amplifier, Basic CMOS amplifier, Design example: bipolar operational amplifier; Operational amplifier limitations --- real-world op-amps: -- Gain, Voltage offset, Input current, Common-mode rejection ratio (CMRR), Power supply rejection ratio (PSRR, Output impedance, Frequency response; -- Operational amplifier circuit potpourri: Standard topologies, Differential amplifier, Sallen-Key circuit; Current-feedback op-amps; Analog filtering: -- Topologies, Implementation methods, Lowpass to bandpass and lowpass to highpass transformations, -- Design example --- 1 MHz lowpass video filter, -- Design example --- 2 MHz bandwidth, 3.58 MHz centered bandpass filter; PC board layout, hints and rules-of-thumb: Basics of grounding, Impedance of a PC board trace, Power supply bypassing; Passive components --- real world issues: Resistors, Capacitors,Inductors; Use of circuit analogies: Mechanical circuit analogies, Thermal circuits, Magnetic circuits; Other random useful design techniques: Middlebrook's extra element theorem, Cramer's rule. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 505 0 _aIntroduction and motivation -- Review of signal-processing basics -- Review of diode physics and the ideal (and later, nonideal) diode -- Bipolar transistor models -- Basic bipolar transistor amplifiers and biasing -- Bandwidth estimation techniques and the method of open-circuit time constants -- Advanced transistor amplifier techniques -- High-gain bipolar amplifiers and BJT current mirrors -- Introduction to MOSFET devices and basic MOS amplifiers -- Bipolar transistor switching and the charge control model -- Review of feedback systems -- Basic operational amplifier topologies and a case study -- Review of current feedback operational amplifiers -- Analog low-pass filters -- Review of passive components and a case study in PC board layout -- Other useful design techniques and loose-ends. 650 0 _aElectronic circuit design. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750677864 _z9780750677868 _w(DLC) 2005036750 _w(OCoLC)62762200 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750677868 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip065/2005036750.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0623/2005036750-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03976nam 2200445Ia 4500 001 ocn162593159 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne ae sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750677929 020 _a0750677929 035 _a(OCoLC)162593159 037 _a104081:104102 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bN64 2005eb 082 04 _a004.2/2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aNoergaard, Tammy. 245 10 _aEmbedded systems architecture _h[electronic resource] : _ba comprehensive guide for engineers and programmers / _cby Tammy Noergaard. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Newnes, _cc2005. 300 _axiv, 640 : _bill., plans ; _c25 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis comprehensive textbook provides a broad and in-depth overview of embedded systems architecture for engineering students and embedded systems professionals. The book is well suited for undergraduate embedded systems courses in electronics/electrical engineering and engineering technology (EET) departments in universities and colleges, as well as for corporate training of employees. The book is a readable and practical guide covering embedded hardware, firmware, and applications. It clarifies all concepts with references to current embedded technology as it exists in the industry today, including many diagrams and applicable computer code. Among the topics covered in detail are: hardware components, including processors, memory, buses, and I/O system software, including device drivers and operating systems use of assembly language and high-level languages such as C and Java interfacing and networking case studies of real-world embedded designs applicable standards grouped by system application The CD-ROM accompanying the text contains source code for the design examples and numerous design tools useful to both students and professionals. A detailed laboratory manual suitable for a lab course in embedded systems design is also provided. Ancillaries also include a solutions manual and technical slides. * Without a doubt the most accessible, comprehensive yet comprehensible book on embedded systems ever written! * Leading companies and universities have been involved in the development of the content * An instant classic! 505 0 _aEmbedded System Design:Standards; Hardware: Embedded Processors, Memory, I/O, Buses, Embedded Hardware Summary, Endnotes; System Software: Device Drivers, RTOS/OS, Middleware, System Boot-up and Initialization, System Software Summary, Endnotes; -- Application Layer: Application Software Summary,Endnotes; Embedded Systems Architectures Summary. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems. 650 0 _aComputer architecture. 650 7 _aSistemas embutidos. _2larpcal 650 7 _aArquitetura e organiza�c�ao de computadores. _2larpcal 650 6 _aSyst�emes enfouis (Informatique) 650 6 _aOrdinateurs _xArchitecture. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750677929 _z9780750677929 _w(DLC) 2005297374 _w(OCoLC)57895536 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750677929 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005297374-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005297374-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04563nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162593191 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750678087 020 _a0750678089 035 _a(OCoLC)162593191 037 _a104718:104741 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5105.78 _b.O44 2004eb 082 04 _a621.382/1 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aOlexa, Ron. 245 10 _aImplementing 802.11, 802.16 and 802.20 wireless networks _h[electronic resource] : _bplanning, troubleshooting, and maintenance / _cby Ron Olexa. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2004. 300 _axx, 232 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aCommunications engineering series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis is not another book about installing a home or hobby Wi-Fi system. Instead, this book shows you how to plan, design, install, and operate WLAN systems in businesses, institutions, and public settings such as libraries and hotels. In other words, this book is packed with serious information for serious professionals responsible for implementing robust, high performance WLANs covering areas as small as a coffee shop or as large as entire communities. Ron Olexa provides a solid foundation in RF/wireless theory as it applies to WLANs. His detailed, thorough coverage of propagation at GHz frequencies helps you understand the mysteries of WLAN coverage (such as how it can change from season to season due to foliage). Youll also learn about antenna radiation patterns and gain so you can design you WLAN to have the coverage you need without causing interference to (or suffering interference from) other WLANs. * Covers the widely used 802.11 family, as well as the new 802.16 and 802.20 standards * Focuses on big commercial network implementations, such as in public buildings and businesses * Author has over 25 years of experience with cellular systems and wireless networks. 505 0 _aIntroduction; High speed Wireless Data standards; -- Radio and RF Basics: Receiver, Transmitter, Antennas, Modulation, Shannon information theory and its effect on receiver sensitivity and EbNo, RF Channelization,RF Link budget, Acceptable path loss, -- Frequency reuse; Propagation basics: Radio wave propagation above 2 GHz, Multipath and it's effects, -- Fading, Terrain and morphological considerations, Line of sight, free space and non-line of sight paths and their unique effect on path loss and attenuation; Propagation modeling and measuring: -- Simple modeling techniques, Complex computer modeling techniques, Site surveys and measurement; System Planning: Determine available products, Determining capacity requirements, Determining coverage requirements,Point to point,Multipoint Antenna selection and location,Frequency planning, -- Interference management,Backhaul,Network requirements, Costs; System implementation, testing, and optimization: RF planning,Central equipment (routers, gateways and firewalls), Internet access facilities, Equipment selection, -- Construction, Testing and optimization, Monitoring and management; Troubleshooting: Coverage holes, -- Interference, Area variables, Capacity,Throughput; -- Back office systems: Billing,Customer care,Tech support,Trouble ticket management, Order entry and financial; Software CD: Path loss spreadsheets designed by Author, Publicly available tools such as Netstumbler and Kismet, Demo versions from one or more purveyors of commercial computer propagation analysis tools. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aWireless LANs. 650 0 _aWireless communication systems. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750678089 _z9780750678087 _w(DLC) 2004055193 _w(OCoLC)55765542 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750678087 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2004055193.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004055193.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03627nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162593208 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780750678100 020 _a0750678100 035 _a(OCoLC)162593208 037 _a104721:104744 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7867 _b.L84 2005eb 082 04 _a629.8/9 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aLuecke, Gerald. 245 10 _aAnalog and digital circuits for electronic control system applications _h[electronic resource] : _busing the TI MSP430 microcontroller / _cby Jerry Luecke. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Newnes, _cc2005. 300 _axiv, 312 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aTodays control system designers face an ever-increasing need for speed and accuracy in their system measurements and computations. New design approaches using microcontrollers and DSP are emerging, and designers must understand these new approaches, the tools available, and how best to apply them. This practical text covers the latest techniques in microcontroller-based control system design, making use of the popular MSP430 microcontroller from Texas Instruments. The book covers all the circuits of the system, including: Sensors and their output signals Design and application of signal conditioning circuits A-to-D and D-to-A circuit design Operation and application of the powerful and popular TI MSP430 microcontroller Data transmission circuits System power control circuitry Written by an experienced microcontroller engineer and textbook author, the book is lavishly illustrated and includes numerous specific circuit design examples, including a fully tested and documented hands-on project using the MSP430 that makes use of the principles described. For students, engineers, technicians, and hobbyists, this practical text provides the answers you need to design modern control systems quickly and easily. * Seasoned Texas Instruments designer provides a ground-up perspective on embedded control systems * Pedagogical style provides a self-learning approach with examples, quizzes and review features * CD-ROM contains source code and more! 505 0 _aSignal Paths for Analog to Digital; Signal Paths for Digital to Analog; Sensors; Signal Conditioning; ADCs and DACs; Digital Signal Processing; Examples of Assembly Language Programming; Data Transmissions; -- System Power and Control; Microcontroller Application Project. 650 0 _aElectronic circuit design. 650 0 _aElectronic control. 650 0 _aProgrammable controllers. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750678100 _z9780750678100 _w(DLC) 2004054669 _w(OCoLC)55665475 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750678100 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2004054669.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004054669.html 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c58.95 _d58.95 _i0750678100 _n0006032340 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03728nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162130042 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2005 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750678131 020 _a0750678135 035 _a(OCoLC)162130042 037 _a104811:104836 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7872.L56 _bB64 2005eb 082 04 _a621.3815/422 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBoer, W. den _q(Willem), _d1914-1993. 245 10 _aActive matrix liquid crystal displays _h[electronic resource] / _cWillem den Boer. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier, _cc2005. 300 _axii, 239 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aActive matrix liquid crystal displays (AMLCDs) are the preferred choice when thin, low power, high quality, and lightweight flat panel displays are required. Here is the definitive guide to the theory and applications of AMLCDs. Contemporary portable communication and computing devices need high image quality, light weight, thin, and low power flat panel displays. The answer to this need is the color active matrix liquid crystal display (AMLCD). The rides of AMLCD technology over less than two decades to undisputed dominance as a flat panel display has been breathtaking, and designers of portable devices need a thorough understanding of the theory and applications of AMLCDs. Willem den Boer, a holder of over 30 patents in imaging technologies, has created this guide to AMLCD theory, operating principles, addressing methods, driver circuits, application circuits, and alternate flat display technologies (including active matrix flat panel image sensors). Numerous design and applications examples illustrate key points and make them relevant to real-world engineering tasks. Need more information on Mobile Displays, go to: http://www.insightmedia.info/newsletters.php#mdr Systematically discusses the principles of liquid crystal displays and active matrix addressing. Describes methods of enhancing AMLCD image quality. Extensive coverage of AMLCD manufacturing techniques. Thorough examination of performance characteristics and specifications of AMLCDs. 505 0 _aChapter 1 - Introduction: Historical Perspective -- Chapter 2 - Operating Principles of Active Matrix LCDs -- Chapter 3 - Manufacturing of AMLCDs -- Chapter 4 - AMLCD Electronics -- Chapter 5 - Performance Characteristics -- Chapter 6 - Improvement of Image Quality in AMLCDs -- Chapter 7 - Special AMLCD Configurations -- Chapter 8 - Alternative Flat Panel Display Technologies -- Chapter 9 - Active Matrix lat Panel Image Sensors. 500 _aSubtitle on cover: "Fundamentals and applications." 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aLiquid crystal displays. 650 0 _aThin films. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750678135 _z9780750678131 _w(DLC) 2005283638 _w(OCoLC)62093437 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750678131 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005283638-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005283638-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03987nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162593240 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750678193 020 _a0750678194 035 _a(OCoLC)162593240 037 _a105378:105406 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7874 _b.B343 2005eb 082 04 _a621.3815 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBaker, Bonnie _q(Bonnie C.) 245 12 _aA Baker's dozen _h[electronic resource] : _breal analog solutions for digital designers / _cby Bonnie Baker. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Newes, _c2005. 300 _axiii, 347 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book has been written to help digital engineers who need a few basic analog tools in their toolbox. For practicing digital engineers, students, educators and hands-on managers who are looking for the analog foundation they need to handle their daily engineering problems, this will serve as a valuable reference to the nuts-and-bolts of system analog design in a digital world. This book is a hands-on designer's guide to the most important topics in analog electronicssuch as Analog-to-Digital and Digital-to-Analog conversion, operational amplifiers, filters, and integrating analog and digital systems. The presentation is tailored for engineers who are primarily experienced and/or educated in digital circuit design. This book will teach such readers how to "think analog" when it is the best solution to their problem. Special attention is also given to fundamental topics, such as noise and how to use analog test and measurement equipment, that are often ignored in other analog titles aimed at professional engineers. * Extensive use of case-histories and real design examples. * Offers digital designers the right analog "tool" for the job at hand. * Conversational, annecdotal "tone" is very easily accessible by students and practitioners alike. 505 0 _aPreface -- Acknowledgments -- About the Author -- 1.Bridging the Gap Between Analog and Digital -- 2.The Basics Behind Analog-to-Digital Converters -- 3.The Right ADC for the Right Application -- 4.Do I Filter Now, Later or Never? -- 5.Finding the Perfect Op Amp for your Perfect Circuit -- 6.Putting the Amp into a Linear System -- 7.SPICE of Life -- 8.Working the Analog Problem from the Digital Domain -- 9.Systems Where Analog and Digital Work Together -- 10.Noise The Three Categories: Device, Conducted and Emitted -- 11.Layout/Grounding (Precision, High Speed and Digital) -- 12.The Trouble With Troubleshooting Your Mixed-Signal Designs Without the Right Tools -- 13.Combining Digital and Analog in the Same Engineer, and on the Same Board -- Appendix A: Analog-to-Digital Converter Specification Definitions -- Appendix B: Reading FFTs -- Appendix C: Op Amp Specification Definitions and Formulas -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aDigital integrated circuits _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aLogic design. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750678194 _z9780750678193 _w(DLC) 2005040558 _w(OCoLC)57694668 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750678193 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0623/2005040558-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0623/2005040558-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03292cam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162130060 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2004 maua s 000 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dOPELS 020 _a9780750678261 020 _a0750678267 035 _a(OCoLC)162130060 037 _a105327:105355 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK1007 _b.B76 2004eb 050 14 _aTJ213 _bB76 2004eb 082 04 _a621.31 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBrown, David. 245 10 _aControl engineering _h[electronic resource] : _bcontrol system power and grounding better practice / _cby David Brown, David Harrold, and Roger Hope. 246 30 _aControl system power and grounding 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2004. 300 _a1 v. (various pagings) : _bill. ; _c28 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aControl system power and grounding is possibly the single most important element to ensure a control system doesn't experience unidentified "gremlins" throughout its life. The topic is appropriate to every control system domain, including programmable logic controllers, process control systems, robotics, vision systems, etc. Power and grounding is recognized by a major industry standards organization, ISA, in ongoing standards efforts. Control Engineering and several power and grounding experts have developed this control system power and grounding resource. When used in conjunction with control system manufacturer installation documentation, users can expect robust, reliable control system installation; one that remains free of "phantom" problems caused by power and grounding glitches. - Provides clarity for manufacturer's obscure system documentation - The only single source control system power and grounding guide available. - Details how to significantly improve reliability in control systems, saving valuable time and money. 505 0 _aSite Preparation Overview; AC Power Distribution; DC Power Distribution; System Grounding; Signal Wiring; Alarm Wiring; Earth Ground; Lightning Protection; Appendix A: Variable Speed Drive Considerations; Appendix B: Testing with and Oscilloscope; Appendix C: Wire Size and Color Codes. 500 _a"Newnes is an imprint of Elsevier." 650 0 _aElectric power systems _xControl. 650 0 _aControl theory. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aHarrold, David. 700 1 _aHope, Roger. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750678267 _z9780750678261 _w(DLC) 2005298854 _w(OCoLC)56125144 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750678261 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0664/2005298854-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005298854-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04868nam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162593275 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780750678308 020 _a0750678305 035 _a(OCoLC)162593275 037 _a105634:105663 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5102.9 _b.K4524 2005eb 082 04 _a621.382/2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aKehtarnavaz, Nasser. 245 10 _aReal-time digital signal processing based on the TMS320C6000 _h[electronic resource] / _cby Nasser Kehtarnavaz ; with laboratory contributions by Namjin Kim. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier : _bNewnes, _cc2005. 300 _axii, 306 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aDigital Signal Processing has undergone enormous growth in usage/implementation in the last 20 years and many engineering schools are now offering real-time DSP courses in their undergraduate curricula. Our everyday lives involve the use of DSP systems in things such as cell phones and high-speed modems; Texas Instruments has introduced the TMS320C6000 DSP processor family to meet the high performance demands of todays signal processing applications. This book provides the know-how for the implementation and optimization of computationally intensive signal processing algorithms on the Texas Instruments family of TMS320C6000 DSP processors. It is organized in such a way that it can be used as the textbook for DSP lab courses offered at many engineering schools or as a self-study/reference for those familiar with DSP but not this family of processors. This book provides a restructured, modified, and condensed version of the information in more than twenty TI manuals so that one can learn real-time DSP implementations on the C6000 family in a structured course, within one semester. Each chapter is followed by an appropriate lab exercise to provide the hands-on lab material for implementing appropriate signal processing functions. These labs are included on the accompanying CD to take the reader through the entire process of C6X code writing. * Each chapter is followed by an appropriate lab exercise * Provides the hands-on lab material for implementing appropriate signal processing functions * Labs are included on accompanying CD taking the reader through the entire process of C6X code writing. 505 0 _aIntroduction: Examples of DSP systems, Organization of Chapters, Required Software/Hardware; Analog to Digital Signal Conversion: Sampling, Quantization, -- Signal Reconstruction; TMS320C6x Architecture: CPU Operation (Dot Product Example, Pipelined CPU, -- VelociTI, C64x DSP; Software Tools: DSK Target DSP Board, Assembly File, Memory Management, Compiler Utility, Code Initialization, Lab 1: Getting Familiar with Code Composer Studio; Interrupt Data Processing, Lab 2: Audio Signal Sampling; Fixed-Point vs Floating-Point:Q-Format Number Representation on Fixed-Point DSPs, Finite Word Length Effects on Fixed-Point DSPs, Floating-Point Number Representation, Overflow and Scaling, Some Useful Arithmetic Operations, Lab 3: Integer Arithmetic; Code Optimization: Word Wide Optimization, Mixing C and Assembly, Software Pipelining, Lab 4: Real-Time Filtering; Circular Buffering: Lab 5: Adaptive Filtering; Frame Processing: Direct Memory Access, DSP-Host Communication, Lab 6: Fast Fourier Transform; -- Real-Time Analysis and Scheduling: Real-Time Analysis and Instrumentation, Real-Time Scheduling, -- Real-Time Data Exchange, Lab 7: DSP/BIOS, Lab 8: Data Synchronization and Communication. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aSignal processing _xDigital techniques. 650 0 _aTexas Instruments TMS320 series microprocessors. 650 17 _aSignaalverwerking. _2gtt 650 17 _aReal-time systemen. _2gtt 650 17 _aVLSI. _2gtt 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750678305 _z9780750678308 _w(DLC) 2004050443 _w(OCoLC)55105961 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750678308 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2004050443.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004050443.html 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c51.95 _d51.95 _i0750678305 _n0006020559 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03399nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162593342 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 maua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750678391 020 _a0750678399 035 _a(OCoLC)162593342 037 _a106696:106731 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bW47 2006eb 082 04 _a629.8/9 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aWescott, Tim. 245 10 _aApplied control theory for embedded systems _h[electronic resource] / _cby Tim Wescott. 260 _aBurlington, MA : _bNewnes, _cc2006. 300 _aix, 303 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aMany embedded engineers and programmers who need to implement basic process or motion control as part of a product design do not have formal training or experience in control system theory. Although some projects require advanced and very sophisticated control systems expertise, the majority of embedded control problems can be solved without resorting to heavy math and complicated control theory. However, existing texts on the subject are highly mathematical and theoretical and do not offer practical examples for embedded designers. This book is different;it presents mathematical background with sufficient rigor for an engineering text, but it concentrates on providing practical application examples that can be used to design working systems, without needing to fully understand the math and high-level theory operating behind the scenes. The author, an engineer with many years of experience in the application of control system theory to embedded designs, offers a concise presentation of the basics of control theory as it pertains to an embedded environment. * Practical, down-to-earth guide teaches engineers to apply practical control theorems without needing to employ rigorous math * Covers the latest concepts in control systems with embedded digital controllers * The accompanying CD-ROM contains source code and real-world application examples to help users create fully working systems. 505 0 _aIntroduction; Z transforms; Performance; Block Diagrams; Analysis and Design; Sampling; -- State-Space Control; Software Implications; -- Further Study. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 295-296) and index. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aDigital control systems _xDesign and construction. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750678399 _z9780750678391 _w(DLC) 2006002692 _w(OCoLC)63472516 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750678391 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip067/2006002692.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0629/2006002692-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 06721nam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162593469 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 maua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750678612 020 _a0750678615 035 _a(OCoLC)162593469 037 _a108223:108266 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK6565.A6 _bM555 2006eb 082 04 _a621.384/135 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aMiron, Douglas B. 245 10 _aSmall antenna design _h[electronic resource] / _cby Douglas B. Miron. 260 _aBurlington, MA : _bNewnes/Elsevier, _cc2006. 300 _axv, 283 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aCommunications engineering series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aAs wireless devices and systems get both smaller and more ubiquitous, the demand for effective but small antennas is rapidly increasing. This book will describe the theory behind effective small antenna design and give design techniques and examples for small antennas for different operating frequencies. Design techniques are given for the entire radio spectrum, from a very hundred kilohertz to the gigahertz range. Unlike other antenna books which are heavily mathematical and theoretical, Douglas Miron keeps mathematics to the absolute minimum required to explain design techniques. Ground planes, essential for operation of many antenna designs, are extensively discussed. The book will also include a CD-ROM with design software that will greatly simplify readers' daily design tasks. *Author's extensive experience as a practicing antenna design engineer gives book a strong "hands-on" emphasis *Covers antenna design techniques from very low frequency (below 300 kHz) to microwave (above 1 GHz) ranges *Special attention is given to antenna design for mobile/portable applications such as cell phones, WiFi, etc. 505 0 _aPreface -- Chapter 1: Introduction -- 1.1 What is Small? -- 1.2 What are the Problems? -- 1.3 Some Historical Small Antenna Types and Applications -- 1.4 Some Present and Future Small Antennas -- References -- Chapter 2: Antenna Fundamentals I -- 2.1 Electromagnetic Waves -- 2.1.1Waves in Space -- 2.1.2 Waves in Transmission Lines -- 2.1.3 Power in Waves -- 2.2 Polarization -- 2.3 The Short Dipole -- 2.3.1 Radiation Pattern -- 2.3.2 Circuit Behavior -- 2.4 The Small Loop -- 2.4.1 Circuit Behavior -- 2.5 Directionality, Efficiency, and Gain -- References -- Problems -- Chapter 3: Antenna Fundamentals II -- 3.1 Bandwidth and Quality Factor, Q -- 3.2 Impedance Matching and System Efficiency -- 3.2.1 Narrow-Band Matching -- 3.2.2 Wideband Matching -- 3.2.3 System Efficiency -- 3.3 Reception -- 3.3.1 Effective Height -- 3.3.2 Effective Area -- 3.3.3 Reception Pattern -- 3.4 Ground Effects -- 3.4.1 Image Theory -- 3.4.2 Vertical Dipole Above a Perfect Ground Plane -- 3.4.3 Horizontal Dipole Above a PEC Plane -- 3.4.4 Grounded-Source Antennas -- 3.4.5 Counterpoise -- 3.4.6 Summary of Ground Effects -- 3.5 Improvements -- References -- Problems -- Chapter 4: Introduction to Numerical Modeling of Wire Antennas -- 4.1 General Concepts -- 4.2 The Mathematical Basics of the Numerical Electromagnetic Code (NEC) -- 4.2.1 Basis Functions -- 4.2.2 Applied Field Models -- 4.2.3 Solving the Integral Equation -- 4.3 Using NEC in the Command Window -- 4.4 Modeling Guidelines -- 4.5 NEC in a Graphical User Interface (GUI) -- 4.6 Examples from Chapters 2 and 3 -- 4.6.1 The Short Dipole -- 4.6.2 Small Loop in Free Space -- 4.6.3 End-Loaded Short Dipole -- References -- Problems -- Chapter 5: Programmed Modeling -- 5.0 Introduction -- 5.1 Using Wire-List Generators in NEC -- 5.2 Using Code to Generate a Wire List -- Problems -- Chapter 6: Open-Ended Antennas -- 6.0 Introduction -- 6.1 Thick Monopoles -- 6.1.1 Modeling Thick Monopoles -- 6.2 Top Loading -- 6.2.1 The Inverted-L -- 6.2.2 Top-Loading with Radials -- 6.2.3 Volume Loading -- 6.3 Coil Loading -- 6.4 Using Resonance -- 6.5 Summary -- References -- Problems -- Chapter 7: Loops and Other Closed-Wire Antennas -- 7.0 Introduction -- 7.1 Thick Loops -- 7.1.1 The Doughnut -- 7.1.2 The Barrel Loop -- 7.2 Solenoid Antennas -- 7.3 The Contrawound Toroidal Helix Antenna (CTHA) -- 7.4 The Folded Spherical Helix Monopole -- 7.5 Final Comments -- References -- Problems -- Chapter 8: Receiving Antennas -- 8.0 Introduction -- 8.1 External Noise -- 8.2 The Ferrite Rod Antenna -- 8.2.1 Antenna Parameters -- 8.2.2 Circuit Applications -- 8.3 Active Receiving Antennas -- References -- Problems -- Chapter 9: Measurements -- 9.1 What are You Measuring? -- 9.2 Measurements Through a Transmission Line -- 9.2.1 If I only have an SWR meter... -- 9.2.2 Impedance Measured Through a Transmission Line -- 9.3 Ranges and Test Enclosures -- 9.4 The Wheeler Cap and Variations -- 9.4.1 Series and Parallel Effects -- References -- Problems -- Appendix A: The Mathematics of Antenna Orientation -- A.1 Unit-Vector and Coordinate Variable Relations. -- A.2 The Horizontal Dipole -- A.3 The Vertical Loop -- Problems -- Appendix B: The Parallel-Ray Approximation -- Problems -- Appendix C: The Small Loop -- Problems -- Appendix D: The Proximity Effect -- D.1 Current Distribution -- D.1.1 Problem Formulation and Reduction to a System of Linear Equations -- D.1.2 Solution for the Current Coefficients -- D.2 Power and Resistance -- References -- Appendix E: What Every EE Student Should Know About Mathematics -- by the Senior Year -- E.1 What is Mathematics to an Engineer? -- E.2 The Process is as Important as the Result -- E.3 Facts and Idioms -- E.3.1 Special Numbers -- E.3.2 Identities and Formulas -- E.3.3 Approximations -- E.4 Integrals and Derivatives -- E.5 Radians or Degrees? -- E.6 Matrix Notation and Operations -- E.7 Answers for Section E.3 -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aRadio _xAntennas _xDesign and construction. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750678615 _z9780750678612 _w(DLC) 2005033797 _w(OCoLC)62493103 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750678612 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip064/2005033797.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04505nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162593488 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 maua s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750678650 020 _a0750678658 035 _a(OCoLC)162593488 037 _a108224:108267 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5103.2 _b.E33 2005eb 082 04 _a004.6/8 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aEady, Fred. 245 10 _aImplementing 802.11 with microcontrollers _h[electronic resource] : _bwireless networking for embedded systems designers / _cby Fred Eady. 260 _aBoston, Mass. ; _aOxford : _bNewnes, _cc2005. 300 _ax, 380 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4.75 in.) 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aWireless networking is poised to have a massive impact on communications, and the 802.11 standard is to wireless networking what Ethernet is to wired networking. There are already over 50 million devices using the dominant IEEE 802.11 (essentially wireless Ethernet) standard, with astronomical growth predicted over the next 10 years. New applications are emerging every day, with wireless capability being embedded in everything from electric meters to hospital patient tracking systems to security devices. This practical reference guides readers through the wireless technology forest, giving them the knowledge, the hardware and the software necessary to design a wireless embedded device rapidly, inexpensively, and effectively. Using off-the-shelf microcontrollers from Microchip and Atmel, the author provides step-by-step instructions for designing the hardware and firmware for a fully operational wireless networking device. The book gives a thorough introduction to 802.11 technology and puts it into perspective against the other wireless standard options. Just enough theory and mathematics is provided to give the depth of understanding needed for practical design work. The book thoroughly covers: * Laptop wireless Ethernet card introduction and theory *Introduction to CompactFlash-to-microcontroller interfacing * Implementing the laptop wireless Ethernet card in an embedded environment In addition, the book includes a CDROM containing all of the code, schematics and programs necessary to implement embedded 802.11 wireless networking. * Covers the hottest new embedded market area- wireless networking * Shows designers how to save money and time by using microcontrollers in their embedded wireless designs instead of expensive, complex prefab boards * CD-ROM accompanying book contains all the code, schematics and programs necessary to get started now! 505 0 _aPreface; Conventions; Chapter 1: Why Are We Doing This?; Chapter 2: The AirDrop-P; Chapter 3: The AirDrop-A; Chapter 4: 802.11b CompactFlash Network Interface Cards; Chapter 5: Talking With 802.11b CompactFlash NICs; Chapter 6: Touring the Card Information Structure; Chapter 7: Learning to Talk to 802.11b CompactFlash NICs; Chapter 8: Setting Up An AirDrop Wireless Network; Chapter 9: AirDrop Driver Basics; Chapter 10: Putting an AirDrop on a Wireless LAN; Chapter 11: Processing 802.11b Frames with the AirDrop; Chapter 12: PINGING the AirDrop; Chapter 13: Flying Cargo with UDP and the AirDrop; Chapter 14: Flying Cargo with TCP/IP and the AirDrop; Chapter 15: WEP and the AirDrop; Chapter 16: An Experimental AVR AirDrop Variant; Chapter 17: A New Kid in Town Who Calls Himself ZigBee; Chapter 18: Parting Frames. 500 _aThe accompanying CD-ROM includes C source code for the AirDrop-P and AirDrop-A, printable schematics, and 802.11b data sheets. 504 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aWireless communication systems. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems _xDesign and construction. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z9780750678650 _z0750678658 _w(DLC) 2005014188 _w(OCoLC)123531536 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750678650 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04464nam 2200433Ia 4500 001 ocn162593498 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750678667 020 _a0750678666 035 _a(OCoLC)162593498 037 _a108373:108418 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7868.D5 _bC64 2006eb 082 04 _a621.381 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aCofer, R. C. 245 10 _aRapid system prototyping with FPGAs _h[electronic resource] / _cby R.C. Cofer and Benjamin F. Harding. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Newnes, _cc2006. 300 _axv, 301 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe push to move products to market as quickly and cheaply as possible is fiercer than ever, and accordingly, engineers are always looking for new ways to provide their companies with the edge over the competition. Field-Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs), which are faster, denser, and more cost-effective than traditional programmable logic devices (PLDs), are quickly becoming one of the most widespread tools that embedded engineers can utilize in order to gain that needed edge. FPGAs are especially popular for prototyping designs, due to their superior speed and efficiency. This book hones in on that rapid prototyping aspect of FPGA use, showing designers exactly how they can cut time off production cycles and save their companies money drained by costly mistakes, via prototyping designs with FPGAs first. Reading it will take a designer with a basic knowledge of implementing FPGAs to the next-level of FPGA use because unlike broad beginner books on FPGAs, this book presents the required design skills in a focused, practical, example-oriented manner. *In-the-trenches expert authors assure the most applicable advice to practicing engineers *Dual focus on successfully making critical decisions and avoiding common pitfalls appeals to engineers pressured for speed and perfection *Hardware and software are both covered, in order to address the growing trend toward "cross-pollination" of engineering expertise. 505 0 _aChapter 1: Introduction; Chapter 2: FPGA Fundamentals; Chapter 3: Optimizing the Development Cycle; Chapter 4: System Engineering; Chapter 5:FPGA Device Level Design Decisions; Chapter 6: Board-Level Design Decisions and Allocation; Chapter 7: Design Implementation; Chapter 8: Design Simulation; Chapter 9: Design Constraints and Optimization; Chapter 10: Configuration; Chapter 11: Board-Level Testing; Chapter 12: Advanced Topics Introduction; Chapter 13:Cores and Intellectual Property; Chapter 14: Embedded Processing Cores; Chapter 15: Digital Signal Processing; Chapter 16: Advanced Interconnects; Chapter 17: Bringing it All Together; Appendices; Abbreviations and Acronyms; Index. 500 _aIncludes index. 505 0 _aFPGA fundamentals -- Optimizing the development cycle -- System engineering -- FPGA device-level design decisions -- Board-level design decisions and allocation -- Design implementation -- Design simulation -- Design constraints and optimization -- Configuration -- Board-level testing -- Advanced topics introduction -- Cores and intellectual property -- Embedded processing cores -- Digital signal processing -- Advanced interconnect -- Bringing it all toghther. 650 0 _aDigital electronics _xComputer-aided design. 650 0 _aField programmable gate arrays. 650 0 _aRapid prototyping. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aHarding, Benjamin F. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750678666 _z9780750678667 _w(DLC) 2005015745 _w(OCoLC)60557542 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750678667 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip0513/2005015745.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0713/2005015745-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03756nam 2200445Ia 4500 001 ocn162593524 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBTCTA _dBAKER 019 _a149213036 020 _a9780750678728 020 _a0750678720 035 _a(OCoLC)162593524 _z(OCoLC)149213036 037 _a108368:108413 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bH94 2005eb 082 04 _a004.16 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aHyder, Kamal. 245 10 _aEmbedded systems design using the Rabbit 3000 microprocessor _h[electronic resource] : _binterfacing, networking, and application design / _cby Kamal Hyder, Bob Perrin. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2005. 300 _axiv, 458 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe Rabbit 3000 is a popular high-performance microprocessor specifically designed for embedded control, communications, and Ethernet connectivity. This new technical reference book will help designers get the most out of the Rabbit's powerful feature set. The first book on the market to focus exclusively on the Rabbit 3000, it provides detailed coverage of: Rabbit architecture and development environment, interfacing to the external world, networking, Rabbit assembly language, multitasking, debugging, Dynamic C and much more! Authors Kamal Hyder and Bob Perrin are embedded engineers with years of experience and they offer a wealth of design details and "insider" tips and techniques. Extensive embedded design examples are supported by fully tested source code. Whether you're already working with the Rabbit or considering it for a future design, this is one reference you can't be without! * Let the experts teach you how to design embedded systems that efficiently hook up to the Internet using networked core modules * Provides a number of projects and source code using RabbitCore, which will make it easy for the system designer and programmer to get hands-on experience developing networked devices * Accompanying CD-ROM contains useful tools and software for embedded network design. 505 0 _a1 - Introduction; 2 - Basics; 3 - Starting Out; 4 - Debugging; 5 - Interfacing to the External World; 6 - Introduction to Rabbit Assembly Language; 7 - Interrupts Overview; 8 - Multitasking Overview; 9 - Networking; 10 - Softools - The Third Party Tool; Appendix A - Rabbit 3000A - Extending the Rabbit 3000's Architecture. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems _xDesign and construction _xData processing. 650 0 _aRabbit 3000 (Microprocessor) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aPerrin, Bob. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750678720 _z9780750678728 _w(DLC) 2005275066 _w(OCoLC)57442624 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750678728 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005275066-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0626/2005275066-t.html 938 _aBaker and Taylor _bBTCP _nBK0006110013 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c51.95 _d51.95 _i0750678720 _n0006110013 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04030nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162593537 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750678735 020 _a0750678739 035 _a(OCoLC)162593537 037 _a108456:108501 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5103.2 _b.D62 2005eb 082 04 _a621.382/1 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aDobkin, Daniel Mark. 245 10 _aRF engineering for wireless networks _h[electronic resource] : _bhardware, antennas, and propagation / _cDaniel M. Dobkin. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Newnes, _cc2005. 300 _avii, 436 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aCommunications engineering series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aFinally, here is a single volume containing all of the engineering information needed to successfully design and implement any type of wireless network! Author Dan Dobkin covers every aspect of RF engineering necessary for wireless networks. He begins with a review of essential math and electromagnetic theory followed by thorough discussions of multiplexing, modulation types, bandwidth, link budgets, network concepts, radio system architectures, RF amplifiers, mixers and frequency conversion, filters, single-chip radio systems, antenna theory and designs, signal propagation, as well as planning and implementing wireless networks for both indoor and outdoor environments. The appendices contain such vital data as U.S., European, and Japanese technical and regulatory standards for wireless networks, measurements in wireless networks, reflection and matching of transmission lines, determining power density, and much more. The accompanying CD includes useful software tools such as a link budget calculator, a Smith Chart calculator and plotter, and radio chain analysis utilities. No matter what type of wireless network you designBluetooth, UWB, or even metropolitan area network (MAN)this book is the one reference you cant do without! The A-to-Z guide to wireless network engineeringcovers everything from basic electromagnetic theory to modulation techniques to network planning and implementation! Engineering and design principles covered are applicable to any type of wireless network, including 802.11, 802.16, 802.20, and Bluetooth. Discusses state-of-the-art modulation techniques such as ultra wideband (UWB) and orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM). 505 0 _aIntroduction -- Basics of Wireless Communications -- Basics of Wireless Local Area Networks -- Radio Transmitters and Receivers -- Antennas -- Propagation -- Indoor Networks -- Outdoor Networks -- Afterword -- Appendix 1: Regulatory Issues -- Appendix 2: Measurement -- Appendix 3: Reflection and -- Appendix 4: The Lorentz Gauge -- Appendix 5: Power Density -- Appendix 6: Conventional E & M -- Appendix 7: Table of Symbols Used in the Text -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aWireless communication systems. 650 0 _aWireless LANs. 650 0 _aIEEE 802.11 (Standard) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750678739 _z9780750678735 _w(DLC) 2004023168 _w(OCoLC)56671955 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750678735 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2004023168.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip051/2004023168.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04475nam 2200445Ia 4500 001 ocn162593655 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750678865 020 _a0750678860 035 _a(OCoLC)162593655 037 _a109863:109911 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQA76.9.C643 _bB47 2005eb 082 04 _a004.2/2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBerger, Arnold S. 245 10 _aHardware and computer organization _h[electronic resource] : _bthe software perspective / _cby Arnold S. Berger. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier, _c2005. 300 _axvii, 492 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. _e+ 1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aHardware and Computer Organization is a practical introduction to the architecture of modern microprocessors for students and professional alike. It is designed to take practicing professionals under the hood of a PC and provide them with an understanding of the basics of the complex machine that has become such a pervasive part of our everyday life. It clearly explains how hardware and software cooperatively interact to accomplish real-world tasks. Instead of simply demonstrating how to design a computers hardware, it provides an understanding of the total machine, highlighting strengths and weaknesses, explaining how to deal with memory and how to write efficient assemble code that interacts with and takes best advantage of the underlying hardware. Additionally, the book has a unique emphasis on facilitating the ability to make real engineering decisions in industry when working with anything from simple 8-bit microprocessors in embedded applications to PCs and workstations. It demystifies the link between the behaviour of the code and the operation of the machine, while helping engineers and students to better understand the limitations imposed by finite speed and resources. This book is divided into three major sections: Part 1: Hardware Fundamentals and Digital Design Part 2: Assembly Language Programming Part 3: Computer Architecture The DVD accompanying the text will contain the following: *source code files for all the code examples used in the text *working demo versions of two different processor simulators *video lectures from industry notables covering several of the major topics dealt with in the text. 505 0 _aPreface -- Acknowledgments -- Whats on the DVD-ROM? -- 1.Introduction and Overview of Hardware Architecture -- 2.Introduction to Digital Logic -- 3.Introduction to Asynchronous Logic -- 4.Introduction to Synchronous Logic -- 5.Introduction to State Machines -- 6.Bus Organizations and Memory Design -- 7.Memory Organization and Assembly Language Programming -- 8.Programming in Assembly Language -- 9.Advanced Assembly Language Programming Concepts -- 10.The Intel x86 Architecture -- 11.The Arm Architecture -- 12.Interfacing with the Real World -- 13.Introduction to Modern Computer Architectures -- 14.Memory Revisited, Caches and Virtual Memory -- 15.Performance Issues in Computer Architecture -- 16.Future Trends in Reconfigurable Hardware -- Appendix A: Solutions for Odd-Numbered Exercises -- About the Author -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aComputer organization. 650 0 _aComputer engineering. 650 0 _aComputer interfaces. 655 0 _aCD-ROMs. 650 6 _aOrdinateurs _xConception et construction. 650 6 _aInterfaces (Informatique) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750678860 _z9780750678865 _w(DLC) 2005040553 _w(OCoLC)57695028 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750678865 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0623/2005040553-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0623/2005040553-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03198nam 2200349Ia 4500 001 ocn162593730 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 enkad s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750679077 020 _a0750679077 035 _a(OCoLC)162593730 037 _a111436:111520 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7868.S88 _bL58 2006eb 082 04 _a621.3815 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aLiu, Mingliang, _d1978- 245 10 _aDemystifying switched-capacitor circuits _h[electronic resource] / _cMingliang Liu. 260 _aOxford : _bNewnes, _c2006. 300 _axiii, 317 p. : _bill., charts ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book helps engineers to grasp fundamental theories and design principles by presenting physical and intuitive explanations of switched-capacitor circuits. Numerous circuit examples are discussed and the author emphasizes the most important and fundamental principles involved in implementing state-of-the-art switched-capacitor circuits for analog signal processing and power management applications. Throughout the book, the author presents numerous step-by-step tutorials and gives practical design examples. While some quantitative analysis is necessary to understand underlying concepts, tedious mathematical equations and formal proofs are avoided. An intuitive appreciation for switched-capacitor circuits is achieved. Much of the existing information on contemporary switched-capacitor circuit applications is in the form of applications notes and data sheets for various switched-capacitor ICs. This book compiles such information in a single volume and coherently organizes and structures it. The author has his own website at www.mingliangliu.com * Step-by-step tutorials which emphasize the most fundamental principals of switched-capacitor circuits * Few tedious mathematical equations * The first easy-to-understand compilation on this subject--most information available is not very cohesive. 505 0 _aChapter 1 Basic MOS Device Physics -- Chapter 2 Operational Amplifiers -- Chapter 3 Switched-Capacitor Building Blocks -- Chapter 4 Switched-Capacitor Filters -- Chapter 5 Switched-Capacitor Data Converters -- Chapter 6 Switched-Capacitor DC-DC Converters -- Chapter 7 Advanced Switched-Capacitor Circuit Techniques -- Chapter 8 Design of SC Delta-Sigma Modulators for Multi-Standard RF Receivers. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aSwitched capacitor circuits. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z9780750679077 _z0750679077 _w(OCoLC)64961208 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750679077 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03495nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162593757 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 maua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750679121 020 _a0750679123 035 _a(OCoLC)162593757 037 _a111665:111749 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5102.9 _b.K39 2006eb 082 04 _a004.16 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aKatz, David J. 245 10 _aEmbedded media processing _h[electronic resource] / _cby David J. Katz and Rick Gentile. 260 _aBurlington, MA : _bElsevier/Newnes, _cc2005. 300 _axxxi, 389 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.). 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aA key technology enabling fast-paced embedded media processing developments is the high-performance, low-power, small-footprint convergent processor, a specialized device that combines the real-time control of a traditional microcontroller with the signal processing power of a DSP. This practical guide is your one-stop shop for understanding how to implement this cutting-edge technology. You will learn how to: * Choose the proper processor for an application. * Architect your system to avoid problems at the outset. * Manage your data flows and memory accesses so that they line up properly * Make smart-trade-offs in portable applications between power considerations and computational performance. * Divide processing tasks across multiple cores. * Program frameworks that optimize performance without needlessly increasing programming model complexity. * Implement benchmarking techniques that will help you adapt a framework to best fit a target application, and much more! Covering the entire spectrum of EMP-related design issues, from easy-to-understand explanations of basic architecture and direct memory access (DMA), to in-depth discussions of code optimization and power management, this practical book will be an invaluable aid to every engineer working with EMP, from the beginner to the seasoned expert. * Comprehensive subject coverage with emphasis on practical application * Essential assembly language code included throughout text and on CD-ROM * Many real-world examples using Analog's popular Blackfin Processor architecture. 505 0 _aWhat is an Embedded Media Processor (EMP)?; Memory Structures; Direct Memory Access (DMA); Memory Partitioning; Important Factors in Audio Processing; Important Factors in Video Processing; Media Processing Frameworks; Dynamic Power Management; Application Examples. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 373-378) and index. 650 0 _aSignal processing _xDigital techniques. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aGentile, Rick. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750679123 _z9780750679121 _w(DLC) 2005013672 _w(OCoLC)60421201 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750679121 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04177cam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162593768 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 ne a fsb 000 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dOPELS 020 _a9780750679145 020 _a075067914X 035 _a(OCoLC)162593768 037 _a111782:111867 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5102.9 _bK445 2005eb 082 04 _a621.382/2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aKehtarnavaz, Nasser. 245 10 _aDigital signal processing system-level design using LabVIEW _h[electronic resource] / _cNasser Kehtarnavaz and Namjin Kim. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2005. 300 _axii, 290 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 computer optical disc (4 3/4 in.). 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aLabVIEW (Laboratory Virtual Instrumentation Engineering Workbench) developed by National Instruments is a graphical programming environment. Its ease of use allows engineers and students to streamline the creation of code visually, leaving time traditionally spent on debugging for true comprehension of DSP. This book is perfect for practicing engineers, as well as hardware and software technical managers who are familiar with DSP and are involved in system-level design. With this text, authors Kehtarnavaz and Kim have also provided a valuable resource for students in conventional engineering courses. The integrated lab exercises create an interactive experience which supports development of the hands-on skills essential for learning to navigate the LabVIEW program. Digital Signal Processing System-Level Design Using LabVIEW is a comprehensive tool that will greatly accelerate the DSP learning process. Its thorough examination of LabVIEW leaves no question unanswered. LabVIEW is the program that will demystify DSP and this is the book that will show you how to master it. * A graphical programming approach (LabVIEW) to DSP system-level design * DSP implementation of appropriate components of a LabVIEW designed system * Providing system-level, hands-on experiments for DSP lab or project courses. 505 0 _aPreface -- Chapter 1: Introduction -- Chapter 2: LabVIEW Programming Environment -- Lab 1: Getting Familiar with LabVIEW:Part 1 -- Lab 2: Getting Familiar with LabVIEW:Part 2 -- Chapter 3: Analog-to-Digital Signal Conversion -- Lab 3: Sampling, Quantization, and Reconstruction -- Chapter 4: Digital Filtering -- Lab 4: FIR/IIR Filtering System Design -- Chapter 5: Fixed-Point vs. Floating-Point -- Lab 5: Data Type and Scaling -- Chapter 6: Adaptive Filtering -- Lab 6: Adaptive Filtering Systems -- Chapter 7: Frequency Domain Processing -- Lab 7: FFT, STFT, and DWT -- Chapter 8: DSP Implementation Platform: TMS320C6x Architecture and Software Tools -- Lab 8: Getting Familiar with Code Composer Studio -- Chapter 9: LabVIEW DSP Integration -- Lab 9: DSP Integration Examples -- Chapter 10: DSP System Design: Dual Tone Multi Frequency (DTMF) Signaling -- Lab 10: Dual Tone Multi Frequency -- Chapter 11: DSP System Design: Software-Defined Radio -- Lab 11: Building a 4-QAM Modem -- Chapter 12: DSP System Design: MP3 Player -- Lab 12: Implementation of MP3 Player in LabVIEW. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 500 _aAccompanying CD-ROM contains lab files from the book. 630 00 _aLabVIEW. 650 0 _aSignal processing _xDigital techniques _xComputer programs. 650 0 _aSystem design _xComputer programs. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aKim, Namjin. 776 1 _cOriginal _z075067914X _z9780750679145 _w(OCoLC)61769012 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750679145 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03585nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162593794 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 maua s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750679183 020 _a0750679182 035 _a(OCoLC)162593794 037 _a112486:112575 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bC87 2006eb 082 04 _a004/.35 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aCurtis, Keith, _d1961- 245 10 _aEmbedded multitasking _h[electronic resource] / _cKeith Curtis. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Newnes, _cc2006. 300 _axiv, 400 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.). 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aIn an embedded system, firmware is the software that directly interfaces with the microcontroller, controlling the systems function. The major forces driving the embedded firmware development process today are reduced development times, increased complexity, and the need to handle multiple tasks simultaneously. These forces translate into strenuous design requirements for embedded engineers and programmers. Many low-level embedded microcontroller designs have insufficient memory and/or architectural limitations that make the use of a real-time operating system impractical. The techniques presented in this book allow the design of robust multitasking firmware through the use of interleaved state machines. This book presents a complete overview of multitasking terminology and basic concepts. Practical criteria for task selection and state machine design are also discussed. Designing multitasking firmware is arduous, complex and fraught with potential for errors, and there is no one, standard way to do it. This book will present a complete and well-organized design approach with examples and sample source code that designers can follow. * Covers every aspect of design from the system level to the component level, including system timing, communicating with the hardware, integration and testing. * Accompanying CD-ROM contains the source code for the text examples and other useful design tools. 505 0 _a1.Introduction -- 2.Embedded Basics -- 3.System Level Design -- 4.Component Level Design -- 5.Implementation and Testing -- 6.Conclusions. 500 _aIncludes index. 505 0 _aWhat's in this book, and why should I read it? -- Basic embedded programming concepts -- System-level design -- Component-level design -- Implementation and testing -- Does it do the job? 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems. 650 0 _aComputer firmware _xDesign. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems _xProgramming. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750679182 _z9780750679183 _w(DLC) 2005029822 _w(OCoLC)62179124 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750679183 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip062/2005029822.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0661/2005029822-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03152nam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162593804 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2005 maua s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750679275 020 _a0750679271 035 _a(OCoLC)162593804 037 _a113003:113091 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7881.15 _b.S84 2005eb 082 04 _a621.31/7 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aSueker, Keith H. 245 10 _aPower electronics design _h[electronic resource] : _ba practitioner's guide / _cKeith H. Sueker. 260 _aBurlington, MA : _bElsevier/Newnes, _cc2005. 300 _axxi, 250 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis book serves as an invaluable reference to Power Electronics Design, covering the application of high-power semiconductor technology to large motor drives, power supplies, power conversion equipment, electric utility auxiliaries and numerous other applications. Design engineers, design drafters and technicians in the power electronics industry, as well as students studying power electronics in various contexts, will benefit from Keith Suekers decades of experience in the industry. With this experience, the author has put the overall power electronics design process in the context of primary electronic components and the many associated components required for a system. The seeming complexity of power electronics design is made transparent with Keith Suekers simple, direct language and a minimum reliance on mathematics. Readers will come away with a wealth of practical design information that has hundreds of explanatory diagrams to support it, having also seen many examples of potential pitfalls in the design process. * A down-to-earth approach, free of complex jargon and esoteric information. * Over 200 illustrations to clarify discussion points. * Examples of costly design goofs will provide invaluable cautionary advice. 505 0 _aElectric Power; Power Apparatus; Analytical Tools; Feedback Control Systems; Transients; Traveling Waves; Transformers and Reactors; Rotating Machines; Rectifiers and Converters; Phase Control; Series and Parallel Operation. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aPower electronics _xDesign and construction. 650 6 _a�Electronique de puissance _xConception et construction. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750679271 _z9780750679275 _w(DLC) 2005013673 _w(OCoLC)60373312 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750679275 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0713/2005013673-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04532nam 2200481Ia 4500 001 ocn162593819 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 maua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750679329 020 _a0750679328 035 _a(OCoLC)162593819 037 _a113347:113436 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQA76.76.O63 _bA24 2006eb 082 04 _a005.4/32 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aAbbott, Doug. 245 10 _aLinux for embedded and real-time appplications _h[electronic resource] / _cby Doug Abbot. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aBurlington, MA : _bNewnes, _cc2006. 300 _axviii, 300 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe open source nature of Linux has always intrigued embedded engineers, and the latest kernel releases have provided new features enabling more robust functionality for embedded applications. Enhanced real-time performance, easier porting to new architectures, support for microcontrollers and an improved I/O system give embedded engineers even more reasons to love Linux! However, the rapid evolution of the Linux world can result in an eternal search for new information sources that will help embedded programmers to keep up! This completely updated second edition of noted author Doug Abbotts respected introduction to embedded Linux brings readers up-to-speed on all the latest developments. This practical, hands-on guide covers the many issues of special concern to Linux users in the embedded space, taking into account their specific needs and constraints. Youll find updated information on: The GNU toolchain Configuring and building the kernel BlueCat Linux Debugging on the target Kernel Modules Devices Drivers Embedded Networking Real-time programming tips and techniques The RTAI environment And much more The accompanying CD-ROM contains all the source code from the books examples, helpful software and other resources to help you get up to speed quickly. This is still the reference youll reach for again and again! * 100+ pages of new material adds depth and breadth to the 2003 embedded bestseller. * Covers new Linux kernel 2.6 and the recent major OS release, Fedora. * Gives the engineer a guide to working with popular and cost-efficient open-source code. 505 0 _aPreface, About the Author, Whats on the CD-ROM, CHAPTER 1: The Embedded and Real-Time Space, CHAPTER 2: Introducing Linux, CHAPTER 3: The Host Development Environment, CHAPTER 4: Configuring and Building the Kernel, CHAPTER 5: BlueCat Linux, The Less is More Philosophy, CHAPTER 6: Debugging Embedded Software, CHAPTER 7: Kernel Modules and Device Drivers, CHAPTER.8:.Embedded.Networking, CHAPTER 9: Introduction to Real-Time Programming, CHAPTER 10: Linux and Real-Time, CHAPTER 11: The RTAI, CHAPTER 12: Posix Threads, CHAPTER 13: Cutting It Down to Size, CHAPTER 14: Eclipse Integrated Development Environment, APPENDIX A: RTAI Application Programming Interface (API), APPENDIX B: Posix Threads (Pthreads) Application, Programming Interface, APPENDIX C: Why Software Should Not Have Owners, APPENDIX D: Upgrading From Kernel 2.4 to 2.6, Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 630 00 _aLinux. 650 0 _aOperating systems (Computers) 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems _xProgramming. 650 0 _aReal-time programming. 630 06 _aLinux. 650 6 _aSyst�emes d'exploitation (Ordinateurs) 650 6 _aSyst�emes enfouis (Informatique) _xProgrammation. 650 6 _aProgrammation en temps r�eel. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750679328 _z9780750679329 _w(DLC) 2006005262 _w(OCoLC)64098497 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750679329 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip068/2006005262.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0632/2006005262-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 06053nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162593820 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750679343 020 _a0750679344 035 _a(OCoLC)162593820 037 _a113407:113497 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7872.H3 _bR36 2006eb 082 04 _a681/.2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aRamsden, Ed. 245 10 _aHall-effect sensors _h[electronic resource] : _btheory and applications / _cby Edward Ramsden. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Newnes, _cc2006. 300 _axiii, 250 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aWithout sensors most electronic applications would not existsensors perform a vital function, namely providing an interface to the real world. Hall effect sensors, based on a magnetic phenomena, are one of the most commonly used sensing technologies today. In the 1970s it became possible to build Hall effect sensors on integrated circuits with onboard signal processing circuitry, vastly reducing the cost and enabling widespread practical use. One of the first major applications was in computer keyboards, replacing mechanical contacts. Hundreds of millions of these devices are now manufactured each year for use in a great variety of applications, including automobiles, computers, industrial control systems, cell phones, and many others. The importance of these sensors, however, contrasts with the limited information available. Many recent advances in miniaturization, smart sensor configurations, and networkable sensor technology have led to design changes and a need for reliable information. Most of the technical information on Hall effect sensors is supplied by sensor manufacturers and is slanted toward a particular product line. System design and control engineers need an independent, readable source of practical design information and technical details that is not product- or manufacturer-specific and that shows how Hall effect sensors work, how to interface to them, and how to apply them in a variety of uses. This book covers: the physics behind Hall effect sensors Hall effect transducers transducer interfacing integrated Hall effect sensors and how to interface to them sensing techniques using Hall effect sensors application-specific sensor ICs relevant development and design tools This second edition is expanded and updated to reflect the latest advances in Hall effect devices and applications! Information about various sensor technologies is scarce, scattered and hard to locate. Most of it is either too theoretical for working engineers, or is manufacturer literature that cant be entirely trusted. Engineers and engineering managers need a comprehensive, up-to-date, and accurate reference to use when scoping out their designs incorporating Hall effect sensors. * A comprehensive, up-to-date reference to use when crafting all kinds of designs with Hall effect sensors *Replaces other information about sensors that is too theoretical, too biased toward one particular manufacturer, or too difficult to locate *Highly respected and influential author in the burgeoning sensors community. 505 0 _a1.Hall Effect Physics -- The theory and math behind the Hall effect. -- 2.Practical Hall Effect Transducers -- Key characteristics, integrated Hall transducers, transducer geometry, examples. -- 3.Transducer Interfacing -- Modeling Hall transducers, biasing, amplifiers, temp. compensation, offset adjustment. -- 4.Integrated Sensors, Linear and Digital Devices -- Linear sensors, switches and latches, speed sensors, application-specific devices. -- 5.Interfacing to Integrated Hall Sensors -- Interface issues, line driver circuits, the pull-up resistor, interfacing to standard logic devices, discrete logic, driving loads, LED interface, incandescent lamps, relays, solenoids, and inductive loads, wiring reduction schemes, encoding and serialization, digital to analog encoding, voltage regulation and power management. -- 6.Proximity Sensing Techniques -- Head-on sensing, slide-by sensing, magnet null-point sensing, float-level sensing, linear position sensing, rotary position sensing, Vane switches, -- 7.Current Sensing -- Resistive current sensing, free-space current sensing, toroidal current sensors, digital current sensor, closed-loop current sensors. -- 8.Speed and Timing Sensors -- Competitive technologies, magnetic targets, vane switches, geartooth sensing, single-point sensing, differential fixed threshold, differential variable-threshold, speed and direction sensing. -- 9.Application-Specific Hall Sensor ICs -- Micro-power switches, two-wire switches, networkable sensors, power devices, smart motor control. -- 10.Development Tools for Hall Effect Sensors -- Electronic bench equipment, magnetic instrumentation, mechanical tools, magnetic simulation software. -- Appendix A. Brief Introduction to Magnetics -- Appendix B. Suppliers List -- Glossary -- References and Bibliography -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 229-230) and index. 650 0 _aHall effect. 650 0 _aMagnetic devices. 650 0 _aDetectors. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750679344 _z9780750679343 _w(DLC) 2007271461 _w(OCoLC)64707660 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750679343 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0708/2007271461-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04759nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162130395 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2005 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750679466 020 _a0750679468 035 _a(OCoLC)162130395 037 _a114120:114213 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTJ223.P76 _bS62 2005eb 082 04 _a629.8/955262 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aSmith, Jack R., _d1946- 245 10 _aProgramming the PIC microcontroller with MBASIC _h[electronic resource] / _cby Jack R. Smith. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Newnes, _c2005. 300 _axiv, 783 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. _e+ 1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe Microchip PIC family of microcontrollers is the most popular series of microcontrollers in the world. However, no microcontroller is of any use without software to make it perform useful functions. This comprehensive reference focuses on designing with Microchips mid-range PIC line using MBASIC, a powerful but easy to learn programming language. It illustrates MBASICs abilities through a series of design examples, beginning with simple PIC-based projects and proceeding through more advanced designs. Unlike other references however, it also covers essential hardware and software design fundamentals of the PIC microcontroller series, including programming in assembly language when needed to supplement the capabilities of MBASIC. Details of hardware/software interfacing to the PIC are also provided. BENEFIT TO THE READER: This book provides one of the most thorough introductions available to the worlds most popular microcontroller, with numerous hardware and software working design examples which engineers, students and hobbyists can directly apply to their design work and studies. Using MBASIC, it is possible to develop working programs for the PIC in a much shorter time frame than when using assembly language. * Offers a complete introduction to programming the most popular microcontroller in the world, using the MBASIC compiler from a company that is committed to supporting the book both through purchases and promotion * Provides numerous real-world design examples, all carefully tested * CD contains the source code files and executables, and will include a demo version of the MBASIC compiler, allowing engineers to work out the design exercises in the book. 505 0 _aCHAPTER 1: What is a PICR?; CHAPTER 2: MBasic Compiler and Development Boards; CHAPTER 3: The Basics Output; CHAPTER 4: The Basics - Digital Input; CHAPTER 5: LCD Modules; CHAPTER 6: Reading Complex Input Switches; CHAPTER 7: Seven-Segment LED Displays; CHAPTER 8: Introductory Stepper Motors; CHAPTER 9: RS-232 Serial Interface; CHAPTER 10: Interrupts and Timers in MBasic; CHAPTER 11: Analog-to-Digital Conversion; CHAPTER 12: Digital Temperature Sensors and Real-Time Clocks; CHAPTER 13: Assembler 101; CHAPTER 14: In-Line Assembler; CHAPTER 15: Interrupt Handlers and Timers in Assembler; CHAPTER 16: Digital-to-Analog Conversion; CHAPTER 17: DTMF Tone Decoding and Telephone Interface; CHAPTER 18: External Memory; CHAPTER 19: Advanced Stepper Motors; CHAPTER 20: X-10 Home Automation; CHAPTER 21: Digital Potentiometers and Controllable Filter; CHAPTER 22: Infrared Remote Controls; CHAPTER 23: AC Power Control; CHAPTER 24: DC Motor Control; CHAPTER 25: Bar Code Reader; CHAPTER 26: Sending Morse Code; CHAPTER 27: Morse Code Reader; CHAPTER 28: Weather Station and Data Logger; CHAPTER 29: Migrating from v5.2.1.x to 5.3.0.0 and the Undocumented MBasic; APPENDIX A: Parts List; APPENDIX B: Function Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aProgrammable controllers. 650 0 _aBASIC (Computer program language) 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750679468 _z9780750679466 _w(DLC) 2005049115 _w(OCoLC)60188759 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750679466 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0625/2005049115-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0625/2005049115-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 05454nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162593823 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750679527 020 _a0750679522 035 _a(OCoLC)162593823 037 _a114805:114899 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK5103.4875 _b.C64 2006eb 082 04 _a621.384 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aCognitive radio technology _h[electronic resource] / _cedited by Bruce A. Fette. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes/Elsevier, _cc2006. 300 _axxv, 622 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 440 0 _aCommunications engineering series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aCognitive radio technology is a smarter, faster, and more efficient way to transmit information to and from fixed, mobile, other wireless communication devices. Cognitive radio builds upon software-defined radio technology. A cognitive radio system is 'aware' of its operating environment and automatically adjusts itself to maintain desired communicationsits like having a trained operator inside the radio making constant adjustments for maximum performance. Operating frequency, power output, antenna orientation/beamwidth, modulation, and transmitter bandwidth are just a few of the operating parameters that can automatically be adjusted on the fly in a cognitive radio system. Fette has constructed a cutting-edge volume that hits all of the important issues including research, management, and support. Cognitive techniques will be discussed such as position and network awareness, infrastructure and physical and link layer concerns. Though still a nascent technology, cognitive radio is being pushed by the US military and for mission-critical civilian communications (such as emergency and public safety services). *The first book on a revolutionary technology that will be critical to military, emergency, and public safety communications *A multi-contributed volume written by the leaders in this exciting new area *Describes the location-determination capabilities of cognitive radio (the precise location of all units in a cognitive radio network can be determined in real time). 505 0 _aForeword -- Preface -- Chapter 1: History and Background of Cognitive Radio Technology -- Chapter 2: Communications Policy and Spectrum Management -- Chapter 3: The Software Defined Radio as a Platform for Cognitive Radio -- Chapter 4: The Cognitive Radio - The Technologies Required -- Chapter 5: Spectrum Awareness -- Chapter 6: Cognitive Policy Engines -- Chapter 7: Cognitive Techniques - Physical and Link Layer -- Chapter 8: Cognitive Techniques - Position Awareness -- Chapter 9: Cognitive Techniques - Network Awareness -- Chapter 10: Cognitive Services for the User -- Chapter 11: Network Support - The Radio Environment Map -- Chapter 12: Cognitive Research: Knowledge Representation and Learning -- Chapter 13: Roles of Ontologies in Cognitive Radios -- Chapter 14: Cognitive Radio Architecture -- Chapter 15: Cognitive Radio Performance Analysis -- Chapter 16: The Really Hard Problems -- Glossary -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 505 0 _aHistory and Background of Cognitive Radio Technology / Bruce A. Fette -- Communications Policy and Spectrum Management / Paul Kolodzy -- The Software Defined Radio as a Platform for Cognitive Radio / Pablo Robert and Bruce Fette -- Cognitive Radio: The Technologies Required / John polson -- Spectrum Awareness / Preston Marshal -- Cognitive Policy Engines / Robert J. Wellington -- Cognitive Techniques: Physical and Link Layers / Thomas W. Rondeau and Charles W. Bostian -- Cognitive Techniques: Position Awareness / John Polson and Bruce Fette -- Cognitive Techniques: Network Awareness / Jonathan M. Smith -- Cognitive Services for the User / Joseph P. Campbell, William M. Campbell, Scott M. Lewandowski and Clifford J. Weinstein -- Network Support: The Radio Environment Map / Youping Zhao, Bin Le and Jeffrey H. Reed -- Cognitive Research: Knowledge Representation and Learning / Vince Kovarik -- Roles of Ontologies in Cognitive Radios / Mieczyslaw M. Kokar, David Brady and Kenneth Baclawski -- Cognitive Radio Architecture / Joseph Mitola III -- Cognitive Radio Performance Analysis / James Neel, Jeffrey H. Reed and Allen Mckenzie -- The Really Hard Problems / Bruce Fette. 650 0 _aSoftware radio. 650 0 _aArtificial intelligence. 650 0 _aWireless communication systems. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aFette, Bruce Alan. 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750679522 _z9780750679527 _w(DLC) 2006016824 _w(OCoLC)69791961 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750679527 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip0614/2006016824.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0646/2006016824-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 05083nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162593825 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 maua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750679534 020 _a0750679530 035 _a(OCoLC)162593825 037 _a114804:114898 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bE378 2006eb 082 04 _a004.16 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aEdwards, Lewin A. R. W. 245 10 _aSo, you wanna be an embedded engineer _h[electronic resource] : _bthe guide to embedded engineering, from consultancy to the corporate ladder / _cby Lewin A.R.W. Edwards. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Newnes, _cc2006. 300 _aviii, 248 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aIn this new, highly practical guide, expert embedded designer and manager Lewin Edwards answers the question, How do I become an embedded engineer? Embedded professionals agree that there is a treacherous gap between graduating from school and becoming an effective engineer in the workplace, and that there are few resources available for newbies to turn to when in need of advice and direction. This book provides that much-needed guidance for engineers fresh out of school, and for the thousands of experienced engineers now migrating into the popular embedded arena. This book helps new embedded engineers to get ahead quickly by preparing them for the technical and professional challenges they will face. Detailed instructions on how to achieve successful designs using a broad spectrum of different microcontrollers and scripting languages are provided. The author shares insights from a lifetime of experience spent in-the-trenches, covering everything from small vs. large companies, and consultancy work vs. salaried positions, to which types of training will prove to be the most lucrative investments. This book provides an experts authoritative answers to questions that pop up constantly on Usenet newsgroups and in break rooms all over the world. * An approachable, friendly introduction to working in the world of embedded design * Full of design examples using the most common languages and hardware that new embedded engineers will be likely to use every day * Answers important basic questions on which are the best products to learn, trainings to get, and kinds of companies to work for. 505 0 _aChapter 1: Introduction -- About This Book -- Chapter 2: Education -- Traditional Education Paths into Embedded Engineering -- Getting into the Field Without Traditional Education -- How Much Electronics Must I Learn? -- Educational Traps, Dead-Ends and Scams to Avoid -- Practical Skills You'll Want To Acquire -- Chapter 3: Teaching Yourself, Bottom-Up (Small Embedded Systems) -- Target Audience -- 8051 -- Atmel AVR -- Texas Instruments MSP430 -- C vs. Assembly Language in Small Embedded Systems -- Chapter 4: Teaching Yourself, Top-Down (Large Embedded Systems) -- Target Audience -- Embedded x86 Solutions -- ARM -- PowerPC -- Linux -- eCos -- Chapter 5: Working For Yourself -- Is Self-Employment for You? Risks and Benefits -- From Moonlighting to Fulltime Consultant Status Bookkeeping, Taxes and Workload -- Ways to Find Customers -- Iterative Projects: Never-Ending Horror? -- Pricing Your Services Appropriately -- Establishing Your Own Working Best Practices -- Business Has No Friends: The Importance of Contracts -- Chapter 6: Working in a Small Company -- Analyze your Goals: Benefits and Downsides of the Small Company -- How to Get the Job -- Responsibilities and Stresses in a Small Company -- Personal Dynamics in Small Companies -- Managing Tightly-Limited Resources -- Task Breakdown: A Typical Week -- Chapter 7: Working in a Larger Company -- Analyze your Goals: Benefits and Downsides of the Large Company -- How to Get the Job -- Globalization: Outsourcing and Temporary Worker Visas -- Procedures and You: Keeping Your Head Above Water -- Task Breakdown: A Typical Week. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems _xProgramming _xVocational guidance. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750679530 _z9780750679534 _w(DLC) 2006015867 _w(OCoLC)69734388 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750679534 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip0614/2006015867.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0646/2006015867-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04335nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162130413 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2006 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750679541 020 _a0750679549 035 _a(OCoLC)162130413 037 _a114851:114946 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bW35 2006eb 082 04 _a005.1 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aWalls, Colin. 245 10 _aEmbedded software _h[electronic resource] : _bthe works / _cColin Walls. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Newnes, _cc2006. 300 _axxiv, 390 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aEmbedded software needs have grown exponentially over the past quarter century. In 1975 writing 10,000 lines of assembly code was a considered a huge undertaking. Today, a cell phone can contain five million lines of C or C++! Embedded software developers must have a strong grasp of many complex topics in order to make faster, more efficient and more powerful microprocessors to meet the publics growing demand. This practical guide, written by industry pioneer Colin Walls, helps embedded design engineers to rise to that challenge. The author offers expertise and insights from his quarter century of design experience, covering a plethora of major concerns in an easy-to-reference essay format that provides the reader with detailed tips and techniques, and rigorous explanations of technologies. Contributions from other well-known designers in the embedded systems field offer additional seasoned perspectives on everything from exotic memories to USB software. This one book has an amazing breadth of coverage, undertaking all the key subjects embedded engineers need to understand in order to succeed, including Design and Development, Programming, Languages including C/C++, and UML, Real Time Operating Systems Considerations, Networking, Programmable Logic and much more. For those in the field who are looking to broaden their professional skill-sets in order to advance, as well as those "newbies" just entering the field of embedded systems design, this comprehensive new reference is a must-have! The accompanying CD-ROM contains source code for the many real-world examples in the text, to save readers from needless re-typing. Also included are PowerPoint slides to create training seminars or classes from the text, and various product-related spec sheets. * Provides an amazing breadth of coverage by undertaking all the key subjects embedded engineers need to understand * Author is a true pioneer in the field, with almost 30 years' experience * Accompanying CD-ROM includes training materials and source code for the many real-world examples in the text. 505 0 _aForeward; Preface; What's on the CD-ROM?; Chapter 1: Embedded Software; Chapter 2: Design and Development; Chapter 3: Programming; Chapter 4: C Language; Chapter 5: C++; Chapter 6: Real Time; Chapter 7: Real-Time Operating Systems; Chapter 8: Networking; Chapter 9: Embedded Systems and Programmable Logic; Afterword; Index. 500 _aIncludes index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 505 0 _aEmbedded software -- Design and development -- Programming -- C language -- C++ -- Real time -- Real-time operating systems -- Networking -- Embedded systems and programmable logic. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems _xProgramming. 650 6 _aSyst�emes enfouis (Informatique) _xProgrammation. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750679549 _z9780750679541 _w(DLC) 2005014209 _w(OCoLC)60420902 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750679541 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0713/2005014209-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04035nam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162130420 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2006 enk s 000 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9780750679602 020 _a0750679603 035 _a(OCoLC)162130420 037 _a115425:115520 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bK56 2006eb 082 04 _a621.3916 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aKinney, Steven L. 245 10 _aTrusted platform module basics _h[electronic resource] : _busing TPM in embedded systems / _cSteven L. Kinney. 260 _aOxford : _bNewnes, _c2006. 300 _axv, 352 p. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _a* Clear, practical tutorial style text with real-world applications * First book on TPM for embedded designers * Provides a sound foundation on the TPM, helping designers take advantage of hardware security based on sound TCG standards * Covers all the TPM basics, discussing in detail the TPM Key Hierarchy and the Trusted Platform Module specification * Presents a methodology to enable designers and developers to successfully integrate the TPM into an embedded design and verify the TPM's operation on a specific platform * Includes an accompanying CD-ROM that contains the full source code, which can be customized and used in embedded designsan extremely useful tool and timesaver for embedded developers! This sound foundation on the TPM provides clear, practical tutorials with detailed real-world application examples The author is reknowned for training embedded systems developers to successfully implement the TPM worldwide CD-ROM includes source code which can be customized for different embedded applications. 505 0 _aChapter 1: History of the Trusted Computing Group -- Chapter 2: Cryptographic Basics -- Chapter 3: Software vs. Hardware Based Security Models -- Chapter 4: Hardware Design Considerations -- Chapter 5: TPM Architectural Overview -- Chapter 6: Root of Trust, the TPM Endorsement Key -- Chapter 7: Key Hierarchy and Management -- Chapter 8: Platform Configuration Registers -- Chapter 9: TPM Command Message Overview -- Chapter 10: TPM Intra Message Structures -- Chapter 11: Anti-Replay Protection and Rolling Nonces -- Chapter 12: Command Authorization -- Chapter 13: Communicating with the TPM, Intels Low Pin Count (LPC) Bus -- Chapter 14: TPM LPC Base Address Definitions and Functionality -- Chapter 15: TPM Sacred Seven Command Suite -- Chapter 16: Compliance Vectors and Their Purpose -- Chapter 17: TPM System Deployment Initialization -- Chapter 18: Establishing a TPM Owner and Owner Authorized Command Suite -- Chapter 19: TPM Cryptographic Command Suite -- Chapter 20: TPM PCR Command Suite -- Chapter 21: TPM Protection Profile -- Chapter 22: Trusted Device Driver -- Chapter 23: Trusted Device Driver Layer and Interface -- Chapter 24: Sequential Command Examples -- Chapter 25: Migrating to the 1.2 Version of the TPM -- APPENDIX A: TPM Command List by Ordinal -- APPENDIX B: TPM Error List by Return Code -- APPENDIX C: SMBus, An Alternate Communication Model -- APPENDIX D: Compliance Test Suite Source Code, C Source. 500 _aIncludes CD-ROM. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems. 650 0 _aComputer security. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z9780750679602 _z0750679603 _w(OCoLC)67871952 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750679602 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c59.95 _d59.95 _i0750679603 _n0006733842 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03247nam 2200349Ia 4500 001 ocn162593879 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2006 enka s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750680288 020 _a0750680288 035 _a(OCoLC)162593879 037 _a132653:132774 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTJ223.P76 _bB377 2006eb 082 04 _a629.89 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBates, Martin, _d1952- 245 10 _aInterfacing PIC microcontrollers _h[electronic resource] : _bembedded design by interactive simulation / _cMartin Bates. 260 _aOxford ; _aBurlington, MA : _bNewnes, _c2006. 300 _axiv, 298 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aExplore in detail microcontroller interfacing techniques using the popular PIC 16F877 Work through step-by-step examples interactively using circuit simulation software, supplied as assembly source code Gain the knowledge of a wide range of peripheral devices such as keyboards, displays, sensors and drives and serial communication with other processors, memory and more Use interactive simulation software to design and test circuits Interfacing PIC Microcontrollers provides a thorough introduction to interfacing techniques for students, hobbyists and engineers looking to take their knowledge of PIC application development to the next level. Each chapter ends with suggestions for further applications, based on the examples given, and numerous line drawings illustrate application of the hardware. Step-by-step examples in assembly language are used to illustrate a comprehensive set of interfaces, and these can be run interactively on circuit simulation software, used to aid understanding without the need to build real hardware. A companion website includes all examples in the text which can be downloaded together with a free version of Proteuss ISIS Lite: www.picmicros.org.uk *Comprehensive coverage of a topic not widely explored in the wealth of PIC books on the market, concentrating on the popular PIC16F877 device *Circuit simulation software allows step-by-step examples, supplied as assembly source code, to be run interactively - aiding student, technician and hobbyist learning. *A companion website includes all examples in the text which can be downloaded together with a free version of Proteus's ISIS Lite: www.picmicros.org.uk. 505 0 _aPART 1:PIC MICROCONTROLLERS; PART 2:SIMPLE INTERFACING; PART 3:SYSTEM INTERFACING;APPENDICES. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aProgrammable controllers. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750680288 _z9780750680288 _w(OCoLC)70844730 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750680288 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04118nam 2200421Ia 4500 001 ocn162131407 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2006 enka sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750680721 020 _a0750680725 035 _a(OCoLC)162131407 037 _a132662:132783 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7871.58.A9 _bS45 2006eb 082 04 _a621.389/3 _222 082 04 _a621.381535 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aSelf, Douglas. 245 10 _aAudio power amplifier design handbook _h[electronic resource] / _cDouglas Self. 250 _a4th ed. 260 _aOxford ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _c2006. 300 _axix, 468 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aDouglas Self offers a tried and tested method for designing audio amplifiers in a way that improves performance at every point in the circuit where distortion can creep in without significantly increasing cost. His quest for the Blameless Amplifier takes readers through the causes of distortion, measurement techniques, and design solutions to minimise distortion and efficiency. The result is a book that is crammed with unique insights into audio design and performance, as well as complete amplifier designs and schematics. Whether you are a dedicated audiophile who wants to gain a more complete understanding of the design issues behind a truly great amp, or a professional electronic designer seeking to learn more about the art of amplifier design, Douglas Selfs Handbook is the essential guide to design principles and practice. Self is senior designer with a high-end audio manufacturer, as well as author of numerous magazine articles in the pages of Electronics World / Wireless World. His career in audio design is the foundation of a book that is based solidly on practical experience as well as a dedication to a methodology based on measurement, analysis and scientific design principles. The fourth edition includes new material on DC offset protection circuitry, the design of DC servos and electrical safety and safety standards. In addition, there is a new chapter on Class D power amplifiers. EPS files for selected figures are available at http://books.elsevier.com/companions/9780750680721 * The definitive guide to understanding and designing audio amplifiers * Includes Douglas Self's classic amp designs for readers to build and adapt * A classic work for electronics enthusiasts, Hi-Fi devotees and professional designers alike. 505 0 _aPreface; Introduction and general survey; History, architecture and negative feedback; The general principles of power amplifiers; The small signal stages; The Class-B output stage; The output stage II; Compensation, slew-rate, and stability; Power supplies and PSRR; Class-A power amplifiers; Class D power amplifiers; Class-G power amplifiers; FET output stages; Thermal compensation and thermal dynamics; Amplifier and loudspeaker protection; Grounding and practical matters; Testing and safety; Index. 500 _aIncludes index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aAudio amplifiers _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aPower amplifiers _xDesign and construction. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z9780750680721 _z0750680725 _w(DLC) 2006927666 _w(OCoLC)67874181 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750680721 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/fy0707/2006927666.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0707/2006927666-d.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04783cam 2200445Ia 4500 001 ocn162131430 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2006 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER _dOPELS 020 _a9780750681124 020 _a0750681128 035 _a(OCoLC)162131430 037 _a133102:133225 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTJ223.P76 _bB65 2006 082 04 _a629.895 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aBolton, W. _q(William), _d1933- 245 10 _aProgrammable logic controllers _h[electronic resource] / _cW. Bolton. 250 _a4th ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aLondon : _bNewnes, _c2006. 300 _ap. cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis is the introduction to PLCs for which baffled students, technicians and managers have been waiting. In this straightforward, easy-to-read guide, Bill Bolton has kept the jargon to a minimum, considered all the programming methods in the standard IEC 1131-3 - in particular ladder programming, and presented the subject in a way that is not device specific to ensure maximum applicability to courses in electronics and control systems. Now in its fourth edition, this best-selling text has been expanded with increased coverage of industrial systems and PLCs and more consideration has been given to IEC 1131-3 and all the programming methods in the standard. The new edition brings the book fully up to date with the current developments in PLCs, describing new and important applications such as PLC use in communications (e.g. Ethernet an extremely popular system), and safety in particular proprietary emergency stop relays (now appearing in practically every PLC based system). The coverage of commonly used PLCs has been increased, including the ever popular Allen Bradley PLCs, making this book an essential source of information both for professionals wishing to update their knowledge, as well as students who require a straight forward introduction to this area of control engineering. Having read this book, readers will be able to: * Identify the main design characteristics and internal architecture of PLCs * Describe and identify the characteristics of commonly used input and output devices * Explain the processing of inputs and outputs of PLCs * Describe communication links involved with control systems * Develop ladder programs for the logic functions AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOT and XOR * Develop functional block, instruction list, structured text and sequential function chart programs * Develop programs using internal relays, timers, counters, shift registers, sequencers and data handling * Identify safety issues with PLC systems * Identify methods used for fault diagnosis, testing and debugging programs Fully matched to the requirements of BTEC Higher Nationals, students are able to check their learning and understanding as they work through the text using the Problems section at the end of each chapter. Complete answers are provided in the back of the book. * Thoroughly practical introduction to PLC use and application - not device specific, ensuring relevance to a wide range of courses * New edition expanded with increased coverage of IEC 1131-3, industrial control scenarios and communications - an important aspect of PLC use * Problems included at the end of each chapter, with a complete set of answers given at the back of the book. 505 0 _aPreface; Programmable logic controllers; Input-output devices; Number systems; I/O processing; Ladder and functional block programming; IL, SFC and ST programming methods; Internal relays; Jump and call; Timers; Counters; Shift registers; Data handling; Designing systems; Programs; Appendix: Symbols; Answers; Index. 500 _aPrevious ed.: 2003. 500 _aIncludes index. 650 0 _aProgrammable controllers. 650 0 _aLogic circuits. 650 0 _aProgrammable logic devices. 650 6 _aAutomates programmables. 650 6 _aCircuits logiques. 650 6 _aDispositifs logiques programmables. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750681128 _z9780750681124 _w(OCoLC)70400718 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750681124 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c34.95 _d26.21 _i0750681128 _n0006774592 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 02797nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162129811 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2000 maua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9780750699921 020 _a0750699922 035 _a(OCoLC)162129811 037 _a95656:95655 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7881.15 _b.K84 1999eb 082 04 _a621.31/7 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aKularatna, Nihal. 245 10 _aModern component families and circuit block design _h[electronic resource] / _cNihal Kularatna. 260 _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2000. 300 _axvii, 452 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aKularatna's new book describes modern component families and how to design circuit blocks using them. While much of this information may be available elsewhere, in Modern Component Families and Circuit Block Design it is integrated with additional design hints that are unique. The discussion covers most components necessary in an embedded design or a DSP-based real time system design. The chapter on modern semi-conductor sensors allows system designers to use the latest sensor ICs for real-world physical parameter sensing. *Covers the most recent low-power components *Written by an authority on power electronics *Includes extensive illustrations and references. 505 0 _aVoltage References and Voltage Regulators; Operational Amplifiers; Data Converters; Microprocessors and Microcontrollers; Digital Signal Processors; Optoisolators; Sensors; Nonlinear Devices; Rechargeable Batteries and Their Management; Programmable Logic Devices. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aPower electronics _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aLow voltage systems _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aElectronic circuit design. 650 4 _aElectronic apparatus and appliances. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z0750699922 _z9780750699921 _w(DLC) 99031348 _w(OCoLC)41326326 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9780750699921 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els033/99031348.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els033/99031348.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03490nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162595693 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2001 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9781558606364 020 _a155860636X 035 _a(OCoLC)162595693 037 _a97012:97012 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7868.T5 _b.H37 2001eb 082 04 _a621.3815 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aHarris, David Money. 245 10 _aSkew-tolerant circuit design _h[electronic resource] / _cDavid Harris. 260 _aSan Francisco : _bMorgan Kaufmann Publishers, _cc2001. 300 _axiv, 223 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _a

As advances in technology and circuit design boost operating frequencies of microprocessors, DSPs and other fast chips, new design challenges continue to emerge. One of the major performance limitations in today's chip designs is clock skew, the uncertainty in arrival times between a pair of clocks. Increasing clock frequencies are forcing many engineers to rethink their timing budgets and to use skew-tolerant circuit techniques for both domino and static circuits. While senior designers have long developed their own techniques for reducing the sequencing overhead of domino circuits, this knowledge has routinely been protected as trade secret and has rarely been shared. Skew-Tolerant Circuit Design presents a systematic way of achieving the same goal and puts it in the hands of all designers.

This book clearly presents skew-tolerant techniques and shows how they address the challenges of clocking, latching, and clock skew. It provides the practicing circuit designer with a clearly detailed tutorial and an insightful summary of the most recent literature on these critical clock skew issues. * Synthesizes the most recent advances in skew-tolerant design in one cohesive tutorial * Provides incisive instruction and advice punctuated by humorous illustrations * Includes exercises to test understanding of key concepts and solutions to selected exercises. 505 0 _aChapter 1 - Introduction -- Chapter 2 - Fundamental Concepts -- Chapter 3 - IP Switching -- Chapter 4 - Tag Switching -- Chapter 5 - MPLS Core Protocols -- Chapter 6 - Quality of Service -- Chapter 7 - Constraint�based routing -- Chapter 8 - Virtual Private Networks. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 211-217) and index. 650 0 _aTiming circuits _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aIntegrated circuits, Very large scale integration _xDesign and construction. 650 0 _aSynchronization. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z155860636X _z9781558606364 _w(DLC) 00036538 _w(OCoLC)43729104 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9781558606364 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/00036538.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/00036538.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 05388nam 2200457Ia 4500 001 ocn162595988 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2002 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9781558606746 020 _a1558606742 035 _a(OCoLC)162595988 037 _a97065:97065 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7888.3 _b.A863 2002eb 082 04 _a621.39/2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aAshenden, Peter J. 245 14 _aThe designer's guide to VHDL _h[electronic resource] / _cPeter J. Ashenden. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aSan Francisco, CA : _bMorgan Kaufmann, _cc2002. 300 _axxiv, 759 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 computer optical disc (4 3/4 in.) 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _a

Since the publication of the first edition of The Designer's Guide to VHDL in 1996, digital electronic systems have increased exponentially in their complexity, product lifetimes have dramatically shrunk, and reliability requirements have shot through the roof. As a result more and more designers have turned to VHDL to help them dramatically improve productivity as well as the quality of their designs.

VHDL, the IEEE standard hardware description language for describing digital electronic systems, allows engineers to describe the structure and specify the function of a digital system as well as simulate and test it before manufacturing. In addition, designers use VHDL to synthesize a more detailed structure of the design, freeing them to concentrate on more strategic design decisions and reduce time to market. Adopted by designers around the world, the VHDL family of standards have recently been revised to address a range of issues, including portability across synthesis tools.

This best-selling comprehensive tutorial for the language and authoritative reference on its use in hardware design at all levels--from system to gates--has been revised to reflect the new IEEE standard, VHDL-2001. Peter Ashenden, a member of the IEEE VHDL standards committee, presents the entire description language and builds a modeling methodology based on successful software engineering techniques. Reviewers on Amazon.com have consistently rated the first edition with five stars. This second edition updates the first, retaining the authors unique ability to teach this complex subject to a broad audience of students and practicing professionals. * Details how the new standard allows for increased portability across tools. * Covers related standards, including the Numeric Synthesis Package and the Synthesis Operability Package, demonstrating how they can be used for digital systems design. * Presents four extensive case studies to demonstrate and combine features of the language taught across multiple chapters. * Requires only a minimal background in programming, making it an excellent tutorial for anyone in computer architecture, digital systems engineering, or CAD. 505 0 _a1 Fundamental Concepts -- 2 Scalar Data Types and Operations -- 3 Sequential Statements -- 4 Composite Data Types and Operations -- 5 Basic Modeling Constructs -- 6 Case Study: A Pipelined Multiplier Accumulator -- 7 Subprograms -- 8 Packages and Use Clauses -- 9 Aliases -- 10 Case Study: A Bit-Vector Arithmetic Package -- 11 Resolved Signals -- 12 Generic Constants -- 13 Components and Configurations -- 14 Generate Statements -- 15 Case Study: The DLX Computer System -- 16 Guards and Blocks -- 17 Access Types and Abstract Data Types -- 18 Files and Input/Output -- 19 Case Study: Queuing Networks -- 20 Attributes and Groups -- 21 Miscellaneous Topics -- A Synthesis -- B The Predefined Package Standard -- C IEEE Standard Packages -- D Related Standards -- E VHDL Syntax -- F Differences -- G Answers to Exercises -- References -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 743-744) and index. 505 2 _aCD contents: all of the examples used in the book -- Loadable versions of the software tools used to simulate and synthesize the examples in the book: Leonardo synthesis software -- Modelsim simulator to simulate the design examples. 650 0 _aVHDL (Computer hardware description language) 650 0 _aElectronic digital computers _xComputer simulation. 650 17 _aVHDL. _2gtt 650 6 _aVHDL (Langage de description de mat�eriel informatique) 650 6 _aOrdinateurs. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z1558606742 _z9781558606746 _z1558606750 _z9781558606753 _w(DLC) 2001022449 _w(OCoLC)46394493 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9781558606746 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2001022449.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2001022449.html 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c75.95 _d75.95 _i1558606742 _n0003528549 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03857nam 2200445Ia 4500 001 ocn162596019 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2002 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9781558607026 020 _a1558607021 035 _a(OCoLC)162596019 037 _a97081:97081 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bD46 2002eb 082 04 _a004.16 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aDe Micheli, Giovanni. 245 10 _aReadings in hardware/software co-design _h[electronic resource] / _cGiovanni de Micheli, Rolf Ernst, Wayne Wolf. 246 3 _aHardware/software co-design 260 _aSan Francisco : _bMorgan Kaufmann Publishers, _cc2002. 300 _axiv, 697 p. : _bill. ; _c28 cm. 440 4 _aThe Morgan Kaufmann series in systems on silicon 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _a

Embedded system designers are constantly looking for new tools and techniques to help satisfy the exploding demand for consumer information appliances and specialized industrial products. One critical barrier to the timely release of embedded system products is integrating the design of the hardware and software systems. Hardware/software co-design is a set of methodologies and techniques specifically created to support the concurrent design of both systems, effectively reducing multiple iterations and major redesigns. In addition to its critical role in the development of embedded systems, many experts believe that co-design will be a key design methodology for Systems-on-a-Chip.

Readings in Hardware/Software Co-Design presents the papers that have shaped the hardware/software co-design field since its inception in the early 90s. Field experts -- Giovanni De Micheli, Rolf Ernst, and Wayne Wolf -- introduce sections of the book, and provide context for the paper that follow. This collection provides professionals, researchers and graduate students with a single reference source for this critical aspect of computing design. * Over 50 peer-reviewed papers written from leading researchers and designers in the field * Selected, edited, and introduced by three of the fields' most eminent researchers and educators * Accompanied by an annually updated companion Web site with links and references to recently published papers, providing a forum for the editors to comment on how recent work continues or breaks with previous work in the field. 505 0 _aChapter 1: Introduction -- Chapter 2: Modeling -- Chapter 3: Analysis and ktimation -- Chapter 4: System-Level Partitioning, Synthesis and lnterfacing -- Chapter 5: Implementation Generation -- Chapter 6: Co-Simulation and Emulation -- Chapter 7: Reconfigurable Computing Platforms -- Chapter 8: Case Studies. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and indexes. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems. 650 0 _aMicroprocessors. 650 0 _aComputer software. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aErnst, Rolf. 700 1 _aWolf, Wayne Hendrix. 776 1 _cOriginal _z1558607021 _z9781558607026 _w(DLC) 2001029289 _w(OCoLC)46364813 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9781558607026 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2001029289.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2001029289.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 05041nam 2200445Ia 4500 001 ocn162596153 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS _dBAKER 020 _a9781558607491 020 _a1558607498 035 _a(OCoLC)162596153 037 _a97116:97116 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7885.7 _b.A845 2003eb 082 04 _a621.39/2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aAshenden, Peter J. 245 14 _aThe system designer's guide to VHDL-AMS _h[electronic resource] : _banalog, mixed-signal, and mixed-technology modeling / _cPeter J. Ashenden, Gregory D. Peterson, Darrell A. Teegarden. 260 _aSan Francisco, Calif. : _bMorgan Kaufmann, _cc2003. 300 _axxvi, 880 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aMorgan Kaufmann series in systems on silicon 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _a

The demand is exploding for complete, integrated systems that sense, process, manipulate, and control complex entities such as sound, images, text, motion, and environmental conditions. These systems, from hand-held devices to automotive sub-systems to aerospace vehicles, employ electronics to manage and adapt to a world that is, predominantly, neither digital nor electronic.

To respond to this design challenge, the industry has developed and standardized VHDL-AMS, a unified design language for modeling digital, analog, mixed-signal, and mixed-technology systems. VHDL-AMS extends VHDL to bring the successful HDL modeling methodology of digital electronic systems design to these new design disciplines.

Gregory Peterson and Darrell Teegarden join best-selling author Peter Ashenden in teaching designers how to use VHDL-AMS to model these complex systems. This comprehensive tutorial and reference provides detailed descriptions of both the syntax and semantics of the language and of successful modeling techniques. It assumes no previous knowledge of VHDL, but instead teaches VHDL and VHDL-AMS in an integrated fashion, just as it would be used by designers of these complex, integrated systems. * Explores the design of an electric-powered, unmanned aerial vehicle system (UAV) in five separate case studies to illustrate mixed-signal, mixed-technology, power systems, communication systems, and full system modeling. * Includes a CD-ROM with code for all the examples and case studies in the book, an educational model library, a quick reference guide for VHDL-AMS, a syntax reference from Appendix E in the book, links to VHDL-AMS resources and Mentor Graphics SystemVision software, which provides a simulation and modeling environment with a schematic entry tool, a VHDL-AMS simulator, and a waveform viewing facility. 505 0 _a1 Fundamental Concepts -- 2 Scalar Data Types, Natures and Operations -- 3 Sequential Statements -- 4 Composite Data Types and Operations -- 5 Digital Modeling Constructs -- 6 Analog Modeling Constructs -- 7 Design Processing -- 8 Case Study 1: Mixed-Signal Focus -- 9 Subprograms -- 10 Packages and Use Clauses -- 11 Aliases -- 12 Generic Constants -- 13 Frequency and Transfer Function Modeling -- 14 Case Study 2: Mixed-Technology Focus -- 15 Resolved Signals -- 16 Components and Configurations -- 17 Generate Statements -- 18 Case Study 3: DC-DC Power Converter -- 19 Guards and Blocks -- 21 Files and Input/Output -- 22 Attributes and Groups -- 23 Case Study 4: Communication System -- 24 Miscellaneous Topics -- 25 Integrated System Modeling -- 26 Case Study 5: RC Airplane System -- A Using SPICE Models in VHDL-AMS -- B The Predefined Package Standard -- C IEEE Standard Packages -- D Related Standards -- E VHDL-AMS Syntax -- F Answers to Exercises -- G CD-ROM Guide -- References -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 853-855) and index. 650 0 _aVHDL (Computer hardware description language) 650 0 _aElectronic digital computers _xComputer simulation. 650 6 _aVHDL (Langage de description de mat�eriel informatique) 650 6 _aLangages de description de mat�eriel informatique. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aPeterson, Gregory D. 700 1 _aTeegarden, Darrell A. 776 1 _cOriginal _z1558607498 _z9781558607491 _w(DLC) 2002110023 _w(OCoLC)50647665 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9781558607491 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2002110023.html 938 _aBaker & Taylor _bBKTY _c81.95 _d81.95 _i1558607498 _n0003993052 _sactive 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04010nam 2200373Ia 4500 001 ocn162596254 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 cau fs 000 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9781558607668 020 _a1558607668 035 _a(OCoLC)162596254 037 _a97220:97220 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bF57 2005eb 082 04 _a621.391 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aFisher, Joseph A. 245 10 _aEmbedded computing _h[electronic resource] : _ba VLIW approach to architecture, compilers and tools / _cJoseph A. Fisher, Paolo Faraboschi and Cliff Young. 260 _aSan Francisco, Calif. : _bMorgan Kaufmann, _c2004. 300 _a650 p. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThe fact that there are more embedded computers than general-purpose computers and that we are impacted by hundreds of them every day is no longer news. What is news is that their increasing performance requirements, complexity and capabilities demand a new approach to their design. Fisher, Faraboschi, and Young describe a new age of embedded computing design, in which the processor is central, making the approach radically distinct from contemporary practices of embedded systems design. They demonstrate why it is essential to take a computing-centric and system-design approach to the traditional elements of nonprogrammable components, peripherals, interconnects and buses. These elements must be unified in a system design with high-performance processor architectures, microarchitectures and compilers, and with the compilation tools, debuggers and simulators needed for application development. In this landmark text, the authors apply their expertise in highly interdisciplinary hardware/software development and VLIW processors to illustrate this change in embedded computing. VLIW architectures have long been a popular choice in embedded systems design, and while VLIW is a running theme throughout the book, embedded computing is the core topic. Embedded Computing examines both in a book filled with fact and opinion based on the authors many years of R&D experience. Complemented by a unique, professional-quality embedded tool-chain on the authors' website, http://www.vliw.org/book Combines technical depth with real-world experience Comprehensively explains the differences between general purpose computing systems and embedded systems at the hardware, software, tools and operating system levels. Uses concrete examples to explain and motivate the trade-offs. 505 0 _aPreface -- Chapter 1: An Introduction to Embedded Processing -- Chapter 2: An Overview of VLIW and ILP -- Chapter 3: An Overview of ISA Design -- Chapter 4: Architectural Structures in ISA design -- Chapter 5: Microarchitecture Design -- Chapter 6: System Design and Simulation -- Chapter 7: Embedded Compiling and Toolchains -- Chapter 8: Compiling for VLIWs and ILP -- Chapter 9: The Run-time System -- Chapter 10: Application Design and Customization -- Chapter 11: Application Areas -- Appendix A: The VEX System -- Appendix B: Glossary -- Appendix C: Bibliography. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems _xDesign and construction. 650 6 _aSyst�emes enfouis (Informatique) _xConception et construction. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aFaraboschi, Paolo. 700 1 _aYoung, Clifford, _d1947- 776 1 _cOriginal _z1558607668 _z9781558607668 _w(OCoLC)56912257 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9781558607668 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 05890nam 2200409Ia 4500 001 ocn162596272 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9781558607927 020 _a1558607927 035 _a(OCoLC)162596272 037 _a97079:97079 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK6678 _b.P65 2003eb 082 04 _a621.388 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aPoynton, Charles A., _d1950- 245 10 _aDigital video and HDTV _h[electronic resource] : _balgorithms and interfaces / _cCharles Poynton. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bMorgan Kaufmann Publishers, _cc2003. 300 _axlii, 692 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 440 0 _aMorgan Kaufmann series in computer graphics and geometric modeling 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _a

Rapidly evolving computer and communications technologies have achieved data transmission rates and data storage capacities high enough for digital video. But video involves much more than just pushing bits! Achieving the best possible image quality, accurate color, and smooth motion requires understanding many aspects of image acquisition, coding, processing, and display that are outside the usual realm of computer graphics. At the same time, video system designers are facing new demands to interface with film and computer system that require techniques outside conventional video engineering.

Charles Poynton's 1996 book A Technical Introduction to Digital Video became an industry favorite for its succinct, accurate, and accessible treatment of standard definition television (SDTV). In Digital Video and HDTV, Poynton augments that book with coverage of high definition television (HDTV) and compression systems. For more information on HDTV Retail markets, go to: http://www.insightmedia.info/newsletters.php#hdtv With the help of hundreds of high quality technical illustrations, this book presents the following topics: * Basic concepts of digitization, sampling, quantization, gamma, and filtering * Principles of color science as applied to image capture and display * Scanning and coding of SDTV and HDTV * Video color coding: luma, chroma (4:2:2 component video, 4fSC composite video) * Analog NTSC and PAL * Studio systems and interfaces * Compression technology, including M-JPEG and MPEG-2 * Broadcast standards and consumer video equipment. 505 0 _aAcknowledgments -- List of Figures -- List of Tables -- Preface -- Part 1 - Introduction -- Chapter 1 - Raster Images -- Chapter 2 - Quantization -- Chapter 3 - Brightness Contrast Controls -- Chapter 4 - Raster Images in Computing -- Chapter 5 - Raster Scanning -- Chapter 6 - Image Structure -- Chapter 7 - Resolution -- Chapter 8 - Constant Luminance -- Chapter 9 - Rendering Intent -- Chapter 10 - Introduction to Luma Chroma -- Chapter 11 - Introduction to Component SDTV -- Chapter 12 - Introduction to Composite NTSC PAL -- Chapter 13 - Introduction to HDTV -- Chapter 14 - Introduction to Compression -- Chapter 15 - Digital Video Interfaces -- Part 2 - Principles -- Chapter 16 - Filtering and Sampling -- Chapter 17 - Resampling, Interpolation, and decimation -- Chapter 18 - Image Digitization and Reconstruction -- Chapter 19 - Perception and Visual Acuity -- Chapter 20 - Luminance and Lightness -- Chapter 21 - The CIE System of Colorimetry -- Chapter 22 - Color Science for Video -- Chapter 23 - Gamma -- Chapter 24 - Luma and Color Differences -- Chapter 25 - Component Video Color Coding for SDTV -- Chapter 26 - Component Video Color Coding for HDTV -- Chapter 27 - NTSC PAL Chroma Modulation -- Chapter 28 - NTSC PAL Frequency Interleaving -- Chapter 29 - NTSC Y'IQ System -- Chapter 30 - Frame, Field, Line, and Sample Rates -- Chapter 31 - Timecode -- Chapter 32 - Video Signal Structure -- Chapter 33 - Digital Sync., TRS, Ancillary Data, and Interface -- Chapter 34 - Analog SDTV Sync, Genlock, and Interface -- Chapter 35 - Videotape Recording -- Chapter 36 - 2-3 Pulldown -- Chapter 37 - Deinterlacing -- Part 3 - Video Compression -- Chapter 38 - JPEG and Motion-JPEG Compression -- Chapter 39 - MPEG-2 Video Compression -- Part 4 - Studio Standards -- Chapter 40 - 525/59.94 Component Video -- Chapter 41 - 525/59.94 NTSC Composite Video -- Chapter 42 - 625/50 Component Video -- Chapter 43 - 625/50 PAL Composite Video -- Chapter 44 - SDTV Test Signals -- Chapter 45 - 1280x720 HDTV -- Chapter 46 - 1920x1080 HDTV -- Chapter 47 - Electrical and Mechanical Interfaces -- Part 5 - Broadcast Consumer Video -- Chapter 48 - Analog NTSC nbsp; PAL Broadcast Standards -- Chapter 49 - Consumer Analog NTSC PAL -- Chapter 50 - Digital Television Broadcast Standards -- Appendices -- A - YUV and Luminance Considered Harmful -- B - Introduction to Radiometry Photometry -- C - Glossary of Video Signal Terms -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aDigital television. 650 0 _aHigh definition television. 650 0 _aDigital video. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z1558607927 _z9781558607927 _w(DLC) 2002115312 _w(OCoLC)47900513 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9781558607927 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2002115312.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2002115312.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04701nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162596343 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 ne a sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9781558608283 020 _a1558608281 035 _a(OCoLC)162596343 037 _a97236:97236 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK6675 _b.M64 2004eb 082 04 _a621.388/57 _222 049 _aTEFA 245 00 _aModern cable television technology _h[electronic resource] : _bvideo, voice and data communications / _cWalter Ciciora ... [et al.]. 250 _a2nd ed. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bElsevier/Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, _cc2004. 300 _axxxviii, 1053 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aFully updated, revised, and expanded, this second edition of Modern Cable Television Technology addresses the significant changes undergone by cable since 1999--including, most notably, its continued transformation from a system for delivery of television to a scalable-bandwidth platform for a broad range of communication services. It provides in-depth coverage of high speed data transmission, home networking, IP-based voice, optical dense wavelength division multiplexing, new video compression techniques, integrated voice/video/data transport, and much more. Intended as a day-to-day reference for cable engineers, this book illuminates all the technologies involved in building and maintaining a cable system. But it's also a great study guide for candidates for SCTE certification, and its careful explanations will benefit any technician whose work involves connecting to a cable system or building products that consume cable services. *Written by four of the most highly-esteemed cable engineers in the industry with a wealth of experience in cable, consumer electronics, and telecommunications. *All new material on digital technologies, new practices for delivering high speed data, home networking, IP-based voice technology, optical dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM), new video compression techniques, and integrated voice/video/data transport. *Covers the latest on emerging digital standards for voice, data, video, and multimedia. *Presents distribution systems, from drops through fiber optics, an covers everything from basic principles to network architectures. 505 0 _aPart 1 Once Over Lightly -- Chapter 1 Introduction to Cable Television -- Part 2 The Signals -- Chapter 2 Analog Television -- Chapter 3 Digitally-Compressed Television -- Chapter 4 Digital Modulation -- Chapter 5 Cable Networking Protocols -- Chapter 6 Cable Telephony -- Part 3 Headends -- Chapter 7 Signal Reception -- Chapter 8 Headend Signal Processing -- Chapter 9 Headend Operation -- Part 4 Broadband Distribution Systems -- Chapter 10 Coaxial RF Technology -- Chapter 11 Coaxial Distribution Design -- Chapter 12 Linear Fiber-Optic Signal Transportation -- Chapter 13 Wavelength-Division Multiplexing -- Chapter 14 Linear Microwave Signal Transportation -- Chapter 15 End-to-End Performance -- Chapter 16 Upstream Issues -- Part 5 System Architecture -- Chapter 17 Service-Related Architecture Requirements -- Chapter 18 Architectural Elements and Examples -- Chapter 19 Digital Fiber Modulation and Deep Fiber Architectures -- Chapter 20 Network Reliability -- Part 6 Customer Interface Issues -- Chapter 21 Analog Video Reception -- Chapter 22 Digital Video Reception -- Chapter 23 Consumer Electronics Interface -- Chapter 24 Equipment Compatibility -- Chapter 25 Home Networks -- Appendix A: Channel Allocation -- Appendix B: Video Waveforms -- Appendix C: Digital Video Components -- Glossary -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aCable television. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aCiciora, Walter S. 776 1 _cOriginal _z1558608281 _z9781558608283 _w(DLC) 2003107478 _w(OCoLC)52946032 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9781558608283 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els051/2003107478.html 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els051/2003107478.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 07777nam 2200397Ia 4500 001 ocn162129895 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070802s2004 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9781558608740 020 _a1558608745 035 _a(OCoLC)162129895 037 _a97261:97261 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQA76.76.D47 _bS565 2004eb 082 04 _a005.1 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aSloss, Andrew N. 245 10 _aARM system developer's guide _h[electronic resource] : _bdesigning and optimizing system software / _cAndrew N. Sloss, Dominic Symes, Chris Wright ; with a contribution by John Rayfield. 260 _aSan Francisco, CA : _bElsevier/ Morgan Kaufman, _cc2004. 300 _axiii, 689 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on July 25, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aOver the last ten years, the ARM architecture has become one of the most pervasive architectures in the world, with more than 2 billion ARM-based processors embedded in products ranging from cell phones to automotive braking systems. A world-wide community of ARM developers in semiconductor and product design companies includes software developers, system designers and hardware engineers. To date no book has directly addressed their need to develop the system and software for an ARM-based system. This text fills that gap. This book provides a comprehensive description of the operation of the ARM core from a developers perspective with a clear emphasis on software. It demonstrates not only how to write efficient ARM software in C and assembly but also how to optimize code. Example code throughout the book can be integrated into commercial products or used as templates to enable quick creation of productive software. The book covers both the ARM and Thumb instruction sets, covers Intel's XScale Processors, outlines distinctions among the versions of the ARM architecture, demonstrates how to implement DSP algorithms, explains exception and interrupt handling, describes the cache technologies that surround the ARM cores as well as the most efficient memory management techniques. A final chapter looks forward to the future of the ARM architecture considering ARMv6, the latest change to the instruction set, which has been designed to improve the DSP and media processing capabilities of the architecture. * No other book describes the ARM core from a system and software perspective. * Author team combines extensive ARM software engineering experience with an in-depth knowledge of ARM developer needs. * Practical, executable code is fully explained in the book and available on the publisher's Website. * Includes a simple embedded operating system. 505 0 _aTable of Contents: -- 1. ARM Embedded Systems -- 1.1 The RISC Design Philosophy -- 1.2 The ARM Design Philosophy -- 1.3 Embedded System Hardware -- 1.4 Embedded System Software -- 1.5 Summary -- 2 ARM Processor Fundamentals -- 2.1 Registers -- 2.2 Current Program Status Register -- 2.3 Pipeline -- 2.4 Exceptions, Interrupts, and the Vector Table -- 2.5 Core Extensions -- 2.6 Architecture Revisions -- 2.7 ARM Processor Families -- 2.8 Summary -- 3 Introduction to the ARM Instruction Set -- 3.1 Data Processing Instructions -- 3.2 Branch Instructions -- 3.3 Load-Store Instructions -- 3.4 Software Interrupt Instruction -- 3.5 Program Status Register Instructions -- 3.6 Loading Constants -- 3.7 ARMv5E Extensions -- 3.8 Conditional Execution -- 3.9 Summary -- 4 Introduction to the Thumb Instruction Set -- 4.1 Thumb Register Usage -- 4.2 ARM-Thumb Interworking -- 4.3 Other Branch Instructions -- 4.4 Data Processing Instructions -- 4.5 Single-Register Load-Store Instructions -- 4.6 Multiple-Register Load-Store Instructions -- 4.7 Stack Instructions -- 4.8 Software Interrupt Instruction -- 4.9 Summary -- 5 Efficient C Programming -- 5.1 Overview of C Compilers and Optimization -- 5.2 Basic C Data Types -- 5.3 C Looping Structures -- 5.4 Register Allocation -- 5.5 Function Calls -- 5.6 Pointer Aliasing -- 5.7 Structure Arrangement -- 5.8 Bit-fields -- 5.9 Unaligned Data and Endianness -- 5.10 Division -- 5.11 Floating Point -- 5.12 Inline Functions and Inline Assembly -- 5.13 Portability Issues -- 5.14 Summary -- 6 Writing and Optimizing ARM Assembly Code -- 6.1 Writing Assembly Code -- 6.2 Profiling and Cycle Counting -- 6.3 Instruction Scheduling -- 6.4 Register Allocation -- 6.5 Conditional Execution -- 6.6 Looping Constructs -- 6.7 Bit Manipulation -- 6.8 Efficient Switches -- 6.9 Handling Unaligned Data -- 6.10 Summary -- 7 Optimized Primitives -- 7.1 Double-Precision Integer Multiplication -- 7.2 Integer Normalization and Count Leading Zeros -- 7.3 Division -- 7.4 Square Roots -- 7.5 Transcendental Functions: log, exp, sin, cos -- 7.6 Endian Reversal and Bit Operations -- 7.7 Saturated and Rounded Arithmetic -- 7.8 Random Number Generation -- 7.9 Summary -- 8 Digital Signal Processing -- 8.1 Representing a Digital Signal -- 8.2 Introduction to DSP on the ARM -- 8.3 FIR filters -- 8.4 IIR Filters -- 8.5 The Discrete Fourier Transform -- 8.6 Summary -- 9 Exception and Interruput Handling -- 9.1 Exception Handling -- 9.2 Interrupts -- 9.3 Interrupt Handling Schemes -- 9.4 Summary -- 10 Firmware -- 10.1 Firmware and Bootloader -- 10.2 Example: Sandstone -- 10.3 Summary -- 11 Embedded Operating Systems -- 11.1 Fundamental Components -- 11.2 Example: Simple Little Operating System -- 11.3 Summary -- 12 Caches -- 12.1 The Memory Hierarchy and Cache Memory -- 12.2 Cache Architecture -- 12.3 Cache Policy -- 12.4 Coprocessor 15 and Caches -- 12.5 Flushing and Cleaning Cache Memory -- 12.6 Cache Lockdown -- 12.7 Caches and Software Performance -- 12.8 Summary -- 13 Memory Protection Units -- 13.1 Protected Regions -- 13.2 Initializing the MPU, Caches, and Write Buffer -- 13.3 Demonstration of an MPU system -- 13.4 Summary -- 14 Memory Management Units -- 14.1 Moving from an MPU to an MMU -- 14.2 How Virtual Memory Works -- 14.3 Details of the ARM MMU -- 14.4 Page Tables -- 14.5 The Translation Lookaside Buffer -- 14.6 Domains and Memory Access Permission -- 14.7 The Caches and Write Buffer -- 14.8 Coprocessor 15 and MMU Configuration -- 14.9 The Fast Context Switch Extension -- 14.10 Demonstration: A Small Virtual Memory System -- 14.11 The Demonstration as mmuSLOS -- 14.12 Summary -- 15 The Future of the Architecture -- by John Rayfield -- 15.1 Advanced DSP and SIMD Support in ARMv6 -- 15.2 System and Multiprocessor Support Additions to ARMv6 -- 15.3 ARMv6 Implementations -- 15.4 Future Technologies beyond ARMv6 -- 15.5 Conclusions -- Appendix A: ARM and Thumb Assembler Instructions -- Appendix: B ARM and Thumb Instruction Encodings -- Appendix C: Processors and Architecture -- Appendix D: Instruction Cycle Timings -- Appendix E: Suggested Reading -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 667-668) and index. 650 0 _aComputer software _xDevelopment. 650 0 _aRISC microprocessors. 650 0 _aComputer architecture. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aSymes, Dominic. 700 1 _aWright, Chris, _d1953- 776 1 _cOriginal _z1558608745 _z9781558608740 _w(DLC) 2004040366 _w(OCoLC)54034975 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9781558608740 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03789nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162717439 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9781558609143 020 _a1558609148 035 _a(OCoLC)162717439 037 _a97282:97282 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7872.D48 _bZ43 2004eb 082 04 _a681/.2 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aZhao, Feng, _d1962- 245 10 _aWireless sensor networks _h[electronic resource] : _ban information processing approach / _cFeng Zhao, Leonidas J. Guibas. 260 _aSan Francisco : _bMorgan Kaufmann, _c2004. 300 _axvii, 258 p. : _bill. ; _c25 cm. 440 4 _aThe Morgan Kaufmann series in networking 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aDesigning, implementing, and operating a wireless sensor network involves a wide range of disciplines and many application-specific constraints. To make sense of and take advantage of these systems, a holistic approach is neededand this is precisely what Wireless Sensor Networks delivers. Inside, two eminent researchers review the diverse technologies and techniques that interact in todays wireless sensor networks. At every step, they are guided by the high-level information-processing tasks that determine how these networks are architected and administered. Zhao and Guibas begin with the canonical problem of localizing and tracking moving objects, then systematically examine the many fundamental sensor network issues that spring from it, including network discovery, service establishment, data routing and aggregation, query processing, programming models, and system organization. The understanding gained as a resulthow different layers support the needs of different applications, and how a wireless sensor network should be built to optimize performance and economyis sure to endure as individual component technologies come and go. Written for practitioners, researchers, and students and relevant to all application areas, including environmental monitoring, industrial sensing and diagnostics, automotive and transportation, security and surveillance, military and battlefield uses, and large-scale infrastructural maintenance. Skillfully integrates the many disciplines at work in wireless sensor network design: signal processing and estimation, communication theory and protocols, distributed algorithms and databases, probabilistic reasoning, energy-aware computing, design methodologies, evaluation metrics, and more. Demonstrates how querying, data routing, and network self-organization can support high-level information-processing tasks. 505 0 _aCh 1 Intro. Ch 2 Canonical Problem: Localization and Tracking Ch 3 Networking Sensor Networks Ch 4 Synchronization and Localization Ch 5 Sensor Tasking and Control Ch 6 Sensor Network Database Ch 7 Sensor Network Platforms and Tools Ch 8 Application and Future Direction. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. 323-345) and index. 650 0 _aSensor networks. 650 0 _aWireless LANs. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aGuibas, Leonidas J. 776 1 _cOriginal _z1558609148 _z9781558609143 _w(OCoLC)55994668 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9781558609143 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03928nam 2200445Ia 4500 001 ocn162596809 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2004 caua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9781558609259 020 _a1558609253 035 _a(OCoLC)162596809 037 _a97289:97289 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTK7895.E42 _bJ365 2004eb 082 04 _a004.16 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aJantsch, Axel. 245 10 _aModeling embedded systems and SoC's _h[electronic resource] : _bconcurrency and time in models of computation / _cAxel Jantsch. 260 _aSan Francisco : _bMorgan Kaufmann, _c2004. 300 _axxii, 351 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 440 4 _aThe Morgan Kaufmann series in systems on silicon 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aOver the last decade, advances in the semiconductor fabrication process have led to the realization of true system-on-a-chip devices. But the theories, methods and tools for designing, integrating and verifying these complex systems have not kept pace with our ability to build them. System level design is a critical component in the search for methods to develop designs more productively. However, there are a number of challenges that must be overcome in order to implement system level modeling. This book directly addresses that need by developing organizing principles for understanding, assessing, and comparing the different models of computation necessary for system level modeling. Dr. Axel Jantsch identifies the representation of time as the essential feature for distinguishing these models. After developing this conceptual framework, he presents a single formalism for representing very different models, allowing them to be easily compared. As a result, designers, students, and researchers are able to identify the role and the features of the "right" model of computation for the task at hand. *Offers a unique and significant contribution to the emerging field of models of computation *Presents a systematic way of understanding and applying different Models of Computation to embedded systems and SoC design *Offers insights and illustrative examples for practioners, researchers and students of complex electronic systems design. 505 0 _aPreface -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Behavior and Concurrency -- 3. The Untimed Model of Computation -- 4. The Synchronous Model of Computation -- 5. The Timed Model of Computation -- 6. MoC Interfaces -- 7. Tightly Coupled Process Networks -- 8. Nondeterminism and Probability -- 9. Applications -- 10. Concluding Remarks. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aEmbedded computer systems _xDesign and construction _xData processing. 650 0 _aSystems on a chip _xDesign and construction _xData processing. 650 0 _aTiming circuits _xDesign and construction _xData processing. 650 0 _aMultitasking (Computer science) 650 7 _aArquitetura e organiza�c�ao de computadores. _2larpcal 650 7 _aSistemas embutidos. _2larpcal 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z1558609253 _z9781558609259 _w(DLC) 2003047408 _w(OCoLC)51978028 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9781558609259 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2003047408.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2003047408.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03040nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162597162 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2003 ne a s 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9781589950016 020 _a1589950011 035 _a(OCoLC)162597162 037 _a96116:96115 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTJ223.P76 _bH45 2003eb 082 04 _a629.8955133 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aHellebuyck, Chuck. 245 10 _aProgramming PIC microcontrollers using PICBASIC _h[electronic resource] / _cby Chuck Hellebuyck. 260 _aAmsterdam ; _aBoston : _bNewnes, _cc2003. 300 _axiii, 317 p. : _bill. ; _c23 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 440 0 _aEmbedded technology series 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aThis comprehensive tutorial assumes no prior experience with PICBASIC. It opens with an introduction to such basic concepts as variables, statements, operators, and structures. This is followed by discussion of the two most commonly used PICBASIC compilers. The author then discusses programming the most common version of the PIC microcontroller, the 15F84. The remainder of the book examines several real-world examples of programming PICs with PICBASIC. In keeping with the integrated nature of embedded technology, both hardware and software are discussed in these examples; circuit details are given so that readers may replicate the designs for themselves or use them as the starting points for their development efforts. *Offers a complete introduction to programming the world's most commonly used microcontroller, the Microchip PIC, with the powerful but easy to use PICBASIC language *Gives numerous design examples and projects to illustrate important concepts *Accompanying CD contains the source files and executables discussed in the book as well as an electronic version of the book. 505 0 _aIntroduction; Fundamentals Of The PIC Microcontroller And PICBASIC; The PICBASIC Compiler; The PICBASIC Pro Compiler; Programming The 16F84 With PICBASIC; Advanced Projects And Applications. 650 0 _aBASIC Stamp computers. 650 0 _aProgrammable controllers. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z1589950011 _z9781589950016 _w(DLC) 2002728397 _w(OCoLC)51583313 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9781589950016 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2002728397.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2002728397.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 04265nam 2200385Ia 4500 001 ocn162598024 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806s2002 maua sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9781878707963 020 _a1878707965 035 _a(OCoLC)162598024 037 _a96069:96068 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aQA76.9.A25 _bS744 2002eb 082 04 _a005.8 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aStefanek, George L. 245 10 _aInformation security best practices _h[electronic resource] : _b205 basic rules / _cby George L. Stefanek. 260 _aBoston [Mass.] : _bButterworth-Heinemann, _cc2002. 300 _axii, 194 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. + _e1 CD-ROM (4 3/4 in.) 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aProtecting computer networks and their client computers against willful (or accidental) attacks is a growing concern for organizations and their information technology managers. This book draws upon the author's years of experience in computer security to describe a set of over 200 "rules" designed to enhance the security of a computer network (and its data) and to allow quick detection of an attack and development of effective defensive responses to attacks. Both novice and experienced network administrators will find this book an essential part of their professional "tool kit." It is also essential reading for a corporate or organization manager who needs a solid understanding of the issues involved in computer security. Much literature is available on network and data security that describes security concepts, but offers so many different solutions to information security problems that it typically overwhelms both the novice and the experienced network administrator. This book presents a simple set of rules important in maintaining good information security. These rules or best practices are intended to be a recipe for setting up network and information security. This manual will take the mystery out of configuring an information security solution and provide a framework which the novice as well as experienced network administrator can follow and adapt to their network and data environment. * Provides practical, "battle tested" rules and guidelines to protect computer networks against different forms of attack * Covers both network and client level attacks, including attacks via the internet and damage to the physical hardware of a network * Accompanying CD includes an electronic version of the book. 505 0 _aPreface -- Ch. 1 Information Security Attacks And Vulnerabilities -- Ch. 2 Anatomy Of An Attack -- Ch. 3 Awareness And Management Commitment To Security -- Ch. 4 Security Policy -- Ch. 5 Infosec Network Architecture Design -- Ch. 6 Selecting Security Hardware And Software -- Ch. 7 Physical Security -- Ch. 8 Network Hardware Security -- Ch. 9 Network Operating System Security -- Ch. 10 PC Operating System Security -- Ch. 11 Internet Security -- Ch. 12 Application Security -- Ch. 13 Software Validation And Verification -- Ch. 14 Data Encryption -- Ch. 15 Configuration Management -- Ch. 16 Monitoring The Network -- Ch. 17 Maintenance And Troubleshooting Security -- Ch. 18 Training -- Ch. 19 Emergency Rules Against Attacks -- Index. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references and index. 650 0 _aComputer security. 650 0 _aComputer networks _xSecurity measures. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 776 1 _cOriginal _z1878707965 _z9781878707963 _w(DLC) 2002016635 _w(OCoLC)51511617 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9781878707963 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2002016635.html 856 41 _3Table of contents _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2002016635.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF LDR 03189nam 2200445Ia 4500 001 ocn162598118 003 OCoLC 005 20071121032324.0 006 m d 007 cr cn||||||||| 008 070806r20042002enka sb 001 0 eng d 040 _aOPELS _cOPELS 020 _a9781903996669 020 _a190399666X 035 _a(OCoLC)162598118 037 _a115557:115653 _bElsevier Science & Technology _nhttp://www.sciencedirect.com 050 14 _aTJ211 _b.K48 2004eb 082 04 _a629.892015118 _222 049 _aTEFA 100 1 _aKhalil, W. _q(Wisama) 245 10 _aModeling, identification & control of robots _h[electronic resource] / _cW. Khalil & E. Dombre. 246 30 _aRobots 260 _aLondon ; _aSterling, VA : _bKogan Page Science, _c2004, c2002. 300 _axix, 480 p. : _bill. ; _c24 cm. 490 0 _aKogan Page Science paper edition 533 _aElectronic reproduction. _bAmsterdam : _cElsevier Science & Technology, _d2007. _nMode of access: World Wide Web. _nSystem requirements: Web browser. _nTitle from title screen (viewed on Aug. 2, 2007). _nAccess may be restricted to users at subscribing institutions. 520 _aWritten by two of Europes leading robotics experts, this book provides the tools for a unified approach to the modelling of robotic manipulators, whatever their mechanical structure. No other publication covers the three fundamental issues of robotics: modelling, identification and control. It covers the development of various mathematical models required for the control and simulation of robots. World class authority Unique range of coverage not available in any other book Provides a complete course on robotic control at an undergraduate and graduate level. 505 0 _aTerminology and general definitions. Transformation matrix between vectors, frames and screws. Direct geometric model of serial robots. Inverse geometric model of serial robots. Direct kinematic model of serial robots. Inverse kinematic model of serial robots. Geometric and kinematic models of complex chain robots. Introduction to geometric and kinematic modelling of parallel robots. Dynamic modelling of serial robots. Dynamics of robots with complex structure. Geometric calibration of robots. Identification of the dynamic parameters. Trajectory control. Motion control. Compliant motion control. Appendices. 500 _aOriginally published: London : HPS, 2002. 504 _aIncludes bibliographical references (p. [447]-473) and index. 650 0 _aRobots _xMathematical models. 650 0 _aRobots _xDynamics. 650 0 _aRobots _xControl systems. 655 7 _aElectronic books. _2local 700 1 _aDombre, E. _q(Etienne) 776 1 _cOriginal _z190399666X _z9781903996669 _w(DLC) 2005295038 _w(OCoLC)56657723 856 40 _3Referex _uhttp://www.engineeringvillage.com/controller/servlet/OpenURL?genre=book&isbn=9781903996669 _zAn electronic book accessible through the World Wide Web; click for information 856 42 _3Publisher description _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005295038-d.html 856 41 _3Table of contents only _uhttp://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0627/2005295038-t.html 994 _aC0 _bTEF Recs Errs Filename ----- ----- -------- 178 0 ELE2.mrc